updated for version 7.3.807

Problem:    Popup menu does not work properly with the preview window, folds
            and 'cursorcolumn'.
Solution:   Redraw the popup menu after redrawing windows. (Christian
            Brabandt)

.gitignore

@@ -30,6 +30,7 @@ src/auto/pathdef.c
 *.suo
 *.res
 *.RES
+src/if_perl.c
 src/pathdef.c
 src/Obj*/pathdef.c
 gvimext.dll
@@ -41,6 +42,7 @@ gvimext.lib
 *.mo
 *.swp
 *~
+src/po/vim.pot
 
 # Generated by "make test"
 src/po/*.ck 

Filelist

@@ -261,6 +261,7 @@ SRC_DOS =	\
 		src/Make_mvc.mak \
 		src/Make_w16.mak \
 		src/bigvim.bat \
+		src/bigvim64.bat \
 		src/msvcsetup.bat \
 		src/msvc2008.bat \
 		src/msvc2010.bat \
@@ -349,6 +350,13 @@ SRC_DOS_BIN =	\
 		src/vim*.ico \
 		src/vim.tlb \
 		src/vimtbar.lib \
+		src/xpm/COPYRIGHT \
+		src/xpm/README.txt \
+		src/xpm/include/*.h \
+		src/xpm/x64/lib/libXpm.a \
+		src/xpm/x64/lib/libXpm.lib \
+		src/xpm/x86/lib/libXpm.a \
+		src/xpm/x86/lib/libXpm.lib \
 		src/vimtbar.dll \
 		nsis/icons/*.bmp \
 		nsis/icons/*.ico \
@@ -463,6 +471,7 @@ RT_ALL =	\
 		runtime/macros/hanoi/hanoi.vim \
 		runtime/macros/hanoi/poster \
 		runtime/macros/justify.vim \
+		runtime/macros/less.bat \
 		runtime/macros/less.sh \
 		runtime/macros/less.vim \
 		runtime/macros/life/click.me \
@@ -666,6 +675,8 @@ EXTRA =		\
 
 # generic language files
 LANG_GEN = \
+		runtime/doc/*-de.1 \
+		runtime/doc/*-de.UTF-8.1 \
 		runtime/doc/*-fr.1 \
 		runtime/doc/*-fr.UTF-8.1 \
 		runtime/doc/*-it.1 \
@@ -682,9 +693,17 @@ LANG_GEN = \
 		runtime/tutor/Makefile \
 		runtime/tutor/tutor.utf-8 \
 		runtime/tutor/tutor.?? \
-		runtime/tutor/tutor.??.* \
+		runtime/tutor/tutor.??.utf-8 \
+		runtime/tutor/tutor.??.euc \
+		runtime/tutor/tutor.??.sjis \
+		runtime/tutor/tutor.??.iso9 \
+		runtime/tutor/tutor.??.big5 \
+		runtime/tutor/tutor.??.cp1250 \
+		runtime/tutor/tutor.??.cp1251 \
+		runtime/tutor/tutor.??.cp737 \
+		runtime/tutor/tutor.??_??.utf-8 \
 		runtime/tutor/tutor.bar \
-		runtime/tutor/tutor.bar.* \
+		runtime/tutor/tutor.bar.utf-8 \
 		runtime/spell/README.txt \
 		runtime/spell/??/*.diff \
 		runtime/spell/??/main.aap \

README.txt

@@ -97,10 +97,12 @@ The latest news about Vim can be found on the Vim home page:
 If you have problems, have a look at the Vim FAQ:
 	http://vimdoc.sf.net/vimfaq.html
 
-Send bug reports to:
+If you still have problems or any other questions, use one of the mailing
-	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
+lists to discuss them with Vim users and developers:
+	http://www.vim.org/maillist.php
 
-There are several mailing lists for Vim, see http://www.vim.org/maillist.php.
+If nothing else works, report bugs directly:
+	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
 
 
 MAIN AUTHOR

runtime/autoload/ccomplete.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim completion script
 " Language:	C
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2011 Dec 30
+" Last Change:	2012 Jun 20
 
 let s:cpo_save = &cpo
 set cpo&vim
@@ -500,7 +500,7 @@ function! s:StructMembers(typename, items, all)
   endif
   if !cached
     while 1
-      exe 'silent! ' . n . 'vimgrep /\t' . typename . '\(\t\|$\)/j ' . fnames
+      exe 'silent! keepj noautocmd ' . n . 'vimgrep /\t' . typename . '\(\t\|$\)/j ' . fnames
 
       let qflist = getqflist()
       if len(qflist) > 0 || match(typename, "::") < 0

runtime/autoload/netrwSettings.vim

@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ fun! netrwSettings#NetrwSettings()
    put = 'let g:netrw_browsex_viewer    = (not defined)'
   endif
   put = 'let g:netrw_compress          = '.g:netrw_compress
-  put = 'let g:netrw_cursorline        = '.g:netrw_cursorline
+  put = 'let g:netrw_cursor            = '.g:netrw_cursor
   let decompressline= line("$")
   put ='let g:netrw_decompress...'
   put = 'let g:netrw_dirhistmax        = '.g:netrw_dirhistmax
@@ -125,9 +125,9 @@ fun! netrwSettings#NetrwSettings()
   put = 'let g:netrw_list_hide         = '.g:netrw_list_hide
   put = 'let g:netrw_liststyle         = '.g:netrw_liststyle
   put = 'let g:netrw_localcopycmd      = '.g:netrw_localcopycmd
-  put = 'let g:netrw_local_mkdir       = '.g:netrw_local_mkdir
+  put = 'let g:netrw_localmkdir        = '.g:netrw_localmkdir
   put = 'let g:netrw_localmovecmd      = '.g:netrw_localmovecmd
-  put = 'let g:netrw_local_rmdir       = '.g:netrw_local_rmdir
+  put = 'let g:netrw_localrmdir       = '.g:netrw_localrmdir
   put = 'let g:netrw_maxfilenamelen    = '.g:netrw_maxfilenamelen
   put = 'let g:netrw_menu              = '.g:netrw_menu
   put = 'let g:netrw_mkdir_cmd         = '.g:netrw_mkdir_cmd

runtime/autoload/sqlcomplete.vim

@@ -1,23 +1,43 @@
 " Vim OMNI completion script for SQL
 " Language:    SQL
 " Maintainer:  David Fishburn <dfishburn dot vim at gmail dot com>
-" Version:     12.0
+" Version:     14.0
-" Last Change: 2012 Feb 08
+" Last Change: 2012 Dec 04
+" Homepage:    http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=1572
 " Usage:       For detailed help
 "              ":help sql.txt"
 "              or ":help ft-sql-omni"
 "              or read $VIMRUNTIME/doc/sql.txt
 
 " History
-" Version 12.0
+"
+" Version 14.0 (Dec 2012)
+"     - BF: Added check for cpo
+"
+" Version 13.0 (Dec 2012)
+"     - NF: When completing column lists or drilling into a table
+"           and g:omni_sql_include_owner is enabled, the
+"           only the table name would be replaced with the column
+"           list instead of the table name and owner (if specified).
+"     - NF: When completing column lists using table aliases
+"           and g:omni_sql_include_owner is enabled, account
+"           for the owner name when looking up the table
+"           list instead of the table name and owner (if specified).
+"     - BF: When completing column lists or drilling into a table
+"           and g:omni_sql_include_owner is enabled, the
+"           column list could often not be found for the table.
+"     - BF: When OMNI popped up, possibly the wrong word
+"           would be replaced for column and column list options.
+"
+" Version 12.0 (Feb 2012)
 "     - Partial column name completion did not work when a table
 "       name or table alias was provided (Jonas Enberg).
 "     - Improved the handling of column completion.  First we match any
 "       columns from a previous completion.  If not matches are found, we
-"       consider the partial name to be a table or table alias for the 
+"       consider the partial name to be a table or table alias for the
 "       query and attempt to match on it.
 "
-" Version 11.0
+" Version 11.0 (Jan 2012)
 "     Added g:omni_sql_default_compl_type variable
 "         - You can specify which type of completion to default to
 "           when pressing <C-X><C-O>.  The entire list of available
@@ -40,7 +60,7 @@
 "         - Prepends error message with SQLComplete so you know who issued
 "           the error.
 "
-" Version 9.0
+" Version 9.0 (May 2010)
 "     This change removes some of the support for tables with spaces in their
 "     names in order to simplify the regexes used to pull out query table
 "     aliases for more robust table name and column name code completion.
@@ -51,10 +71,10 @@
 "     Incorrectly re-executed the g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key_right and g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key_left
 "     when drilling in and out of a column list for a table.
 "
-" Version 7.0
+" Version 7.0 (Jan 2010)
 "     Better handling of object names
 "
-" Version 6.0
+" Version 6.0 (Apr 2008)
 "     Supports object names with spaces "my table name"
 "
 " Set completion with CTRL-X CTRL-O to autoloaded function.
@@ -71,7 +91,9 @@ endif
 if exists('g:loaded_sql_completion')
     finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_sql_completion = 120
+let g:loaded_sql_completion = 130
+let s:keepcpo= &cpo
+set cpo&vim
 
 " Maintains filename of dictionary
 let s:sql_file_table        = ""
@@ -137,6 +159,13 @@ if !exists('g:omni_sql_default_compl_type')
 endif
 
 " This function is used for the 'omnifunc' option.
+" It is called twice by omni and it is responsible
+" for returning the completion list of items.
+" But it must also determine context of what to complete
+" and what to "replace" with the completion.
+" The a:base, is replaced directly with what the user
+" chooses from the choices.
+" The s:prepend provides context for the completion.
 function! sqlcomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
 
     " Default to table name completion
@@ -145,6 +174,7 @@ function! sqlcomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
     if exists('b:sql_compl_type')
         let compl_type = b:sql_compl_type
     endif
+    let begindot = 0
 
     " First pass through this function determines how much of the line should
     " be replaced by whatever is chosen from the completion list
@@ -153,7 +183,6 @@ function! sqlcomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
         let line     = getline('.')
         let start    = col('.') - 1
         let lastword = -1
-        let begindot = 0
         " Check if the first character is a ".", for column completion
         if line[start - 1] == '.'
             let begindot = 1
@@ -179,7 +208,10 @@ function! sqlcomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
                 " If lastword has already been set for column completion
                 " break from the loop, since we do not also want to pickup
                 " a table name if it was also supplied.
+                " Unless g:omni_sql_include_owner == 1, then we can
+                " include the ownername.
                 if lastword != -1 && compl_type == 'column'
+                            \ && g:omni_sql_include_owner == 0
                     break
                 endif
                 " If column completion was specified stop at the "." if
@@ -191,7 +223,7 @@ function! sqlcomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
                 " If omni_sql_include_owner = 0, do not include the table
                 " name as part of the substitution, so break here
                 if lastword == -1 &&
-                            \ compl_type =~ 'table\|view\|procedure\column_csv' &&
+                            \ compl_type =~ '\<\(table\|view\|procedure\|column\|column_csv\)\>' &&
                             \ g:omni_sql_include_owner == 0
                     let lastword = start
                     break
@@ -288,6 +320,12 @@ function! sqlcomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
             let table  = matchstr( base, '^\(.*\.\)\?\zs.*\ze\..*' )
             let column = matchstr( base, '.*\.\zs.*' )
 
+            if g:omni_sql_include_owner == 1 && owner == '' && table != '' && column != ''
+                let owner  = table
+                let table  = column
+                let column = ''
+            endif
+
             " It is pretty well impossible to determine if the user
             " has entered:
             "    owner.table
@@ -370,7 +408,16 @@ function! sqlcomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
                 let list_type     = 'csv'
             endif
 
-            let compl_list  = s:SQLCGetColumns(table, list_type)
+            " If we are including the OWNER for the objects, then for
+            " table completion, if we have it, it should be included
+            " as there can be the same table names in a database yet
+            " with different owner names.
+            if g:omni_sql_include_owner == 1 && owner != '' && table != ''
+                let compl_list  = s:SQLCGetColumns(owner.'.'.table, list_type)
+            else
+                let compl_list  = s:SQLCGetColumns(table, list_type)
+            endif
+
             if column != ''
                 " If no column prefix has been provided and the table
                 " name was provided, append it to each of the items
@@ -393,11 +440,14 @@ function! sqlcomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
         endif
     elseif compl_type == 'resetCache'
         " Reset all cached items
-        let s:tbl_name  = []
+        let s:tbl_name           = []
-        let s:tbl_alias = []
+        let s:tbl_alias          = []
-        let s:tbl_cols  = []
+        let s:tbl_cols           = []
-        let s:syn_list  = []
+        let s:syn_list           = []
-        let s:syn_value = []
+        let s:syn_value          = []
+        let s:sql_file_table     = ""
+        let s:sql_file_procedure = ""
+        let s:sql_file_view      = ""
 
         let msg = "All SQL cached items have been removed."
         call s:SQLCWarningMsg(msg)
@@ -423,12 +473,27 @@ function! sqlcomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
         " let expr = 'v:val '.(g:omni_sql_ignorecase==1?'=~?':'=~#').' "\\(^'.base.'\\|\\(\\.\\)\\?'.base.'\\)"'
         " let expr = 'v:val '.(g:omni_sql_ignorecase==1?'=~?':'=~#').' "\\(^'.base.'\\|\\([^.]*\\)\\?'.base.'\\)"'
         let compl_list = filter(deepcopy(compl_list), expr)
+
+        if empty(compl_list) && compl_type == 'table' && base =~ '\.$'
+            " It is possible we could be looking for column name completion
+            " and the user simply hit C-X C-O to lets try it as well
+            " since we had no hits with the tables.
+            " If the base ends with a . it is hard to know if we are
+            " completing table names or column names.
+            let list_type = ''
+
+            let compl_list  = s:SQLCGetColumns(base, list_type)
+        endif
     endif
 
     if exists('b:sql_compl_savefunc') && b:sql_compl_savefunc != ""
         let &omnifunc = b:sql_compl_savefunc
     endif
 
+    if empty(compl_list)
+        call s:SQLCWarningMsg( 'Could not find type['.compl_type.'] using prepend[.'.s:prepended.'] base['.a:base.']' )
+    endif
+
     return compl_list
 endfunc
 
@@ -664,8 +729,26 @@ function! s:SQLCGetObjectOwner(object)
 endfunction
 
 function! s:SQLCGetColumns(table_name, list_type)
+    if a:table_name =~ '\.'
+        " Check if the owner/creator has been specified
+        let owner  = matchstr( a:table_name, '^\zs.*\ze\..*\..*' )
+        let table  = matchstr( a:table_name, '^\(.*\.\)\?\zs.*\ze\..*' )
+        let column = matchstr( a:table_name, '.*\.\zs.*' )
+
+        if g:omni_sql_include_owner == 1 && owner == '' && table != '' && column != ''
+            let owner  = table
+            let table  = column
+            let column = ''
+        endif
+    else
+        let owner  = ''
+        let table  = matchstr(a:table_name, '^["\[\]a-zA-Z0-9_ ]\+\ze\.\?')
+        let column = ''
+    endif
+
     " Check if the table name was provided as part of the column name
-    let table_name   = matchstr(a:table_name, '^["\[\]a-zA-Z0-9_ ]\+\ze\.\?')
+    " let table_name   = matchstr(a:table_name, '^["\[\]a-zA-Z0-9_ ]\+\ze\.\?')
+    let table_name   = table
     let table_cols   = []
     let table_alias  = ''
     let move_to_top  = 1
@@ -786,7 +869,12 @@ function! s:SQLCGetColumns(table_name, list_type)
 
              if table_name_new != ''
                  let table_alias = table_name
-                 let table_name  = matchstr( table_name_new, '^\(.*\.\)\?\zs.*\ze' )
+                 if g:omni_sql_include_owner == 1
+                    let table_name  = matchstr( table_name_new, '^\zs\(.\{-}\.\)\?\(.\{-}\.\)\?.*\ze' )
+                 else
+                     " let table_name  = matchstr( table_name_new, '^\(.*\.\)\?\zs.*\ze' )
+                    let table_name  = matchstr( table_name_new, '^\(.\{-}\.\)\?\zs\(.\{-}\.\)\?.*\ze' )
+                 endif
 
                  let list_idx = index(s:tbl_name, table_name, 0, &ignorecase)
                  if list_idx > -1
@@ -828,7 +916,8 @@ function! s:SQLCGetColumns(table_name, list_type)
     if empty(table_cols)
         " Specify silent mode, no messages to the user (tbl, 1)
         " Specify do not comma separate (tbl, 1, 1)
-        let table_cols_str = DB_getListColumn(table_name, 1, 1)
+        " let table_cols_str = DB_getListColumn(table_name, 1, 1)
+        let table_cols_str = DB_getListColumn((owner!=''?owner.'.':'').table_name, 1, 1)
 
         if table_cols_str != ""
             let s:tbl_name  = add( s:tbl_name,  table_name )
@@ -854,3 +943,7 @@ function! s:SQLCGetColumns(table_name, list_type)
 
     return table_cols
 endfunction
+"  Restore:
+let &cpo= s:keepcpo
+unlet s:keepcpo
+" vim: ts=4 fdm=marker

runtime/autoload/syntaxcomplete.vim

@@ -1,12 +1,32 @@
 " Vim completion script
 " Language:    All languages, uses existing syntax highlighting rules
 " Maintainer:  David Fishburn <dfishburn dot vim at gmail dot com>
-" Version:     8.0
+" Version:     11.0
-" Last Change: 2011 Nov 02
+" Last Change: 2012 Dec 04
-" Usage:       For detailed help, ":help ft-syntax-omni" 
+" Usage:       For detailed help, ":help ft-syntax-omni"
 
 " History
 "
+" Version 11.0
+"     Corrected which characters required escaping during
+"     substitution calls.
+"
+" Version 10.0
+"     Cycle through all the character ranges specified in the
+"     iskeyword option and build a list of valid word separators.
+"     Prior to this change, only actual characters were used,
+"     where for example ASCII "45" == "-".  If "45" were used
+"     in iskeyword the hyphen would not be picked up.
+"     This introduces a new option, since the character ranges
+"     specified could be multibyte:
+"         let g:omni_syntax_use_single_byte = 1
+"     This by default will only allow single byte ASCII
+"     characters to be added and an additional check to ensure
+"     the charater is printable (see documentation for isprint).
+"
+" Version 9.0
+"     Add the check for cpo.
+"
 " Version 8.0
 "     Updated SyntaxCSyntaxGroupItems()
 "         - Some additional syntax items were also allowed
@@ -16,7 +36,7 @@
 " Version 7.0
 "     Updated syntaxcomplete#OmniSyntaxList()
 "         - Looking up the syntax groups defined from a syntax file
-"           looked for only 1 format of {filetype}GroupName, but some 
+"           looked for only 1 format of {filetype}GroupName, but some
 "           syntax writers use this format as well:
 "               {b:current_syntax}GroupName
 "           OmniSyntaxList() will now check for both if the first
@@ -24,11 +44,11 @@
 "
 " Version 6.0
 "     Added syntaxcomplete#OmniSyntaxList()
-"         - Allows other plugins to use this for their own 
+"         - Allows other plugins to use this for their own
 "           purposes.
 "         - It will return a List of all syntax items for the
-"           syntax group name passed in.  
+"           syntax group name passed in.
-"         - XPTemplate for SQL will use this function via the 
+"         - XPTemplate for SQL will use this function via the
 "           sqlcomplete plugin to populate a Choose box.
 "
 " Version 5.0
@@ -38,7 +58,7 @@
 "
 " Set completion with CTRL-X CTRL-O to autoloaded function.
 " This check is in place in case this script is
-" sourced directly instead of using the autoload feature. 
+" sourced directly instead of using the autoload feature.
 if exists('+omnifunc')
     " Do not set the option if already set since this
     " results in an E117 warning.
@@ -48,9 +68,13 @@ if exists('+omnifunc')
 endif
 
 if exists('g:loaded_syntax_completion')
-    finish 
+    finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_syntax_completion = 80
+let g:loaded_syntax_completion = 110
+
+" Turn on support for line continuations when creating the script
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
 
 " Set ignorecase to the ftplugin standard
 " This is the default setting, but if you define a buffer local
@@ -67,6 +91,18 @@ if !exists('g:omni_syntax_use_iskeyword')
     let g:omni_syntax_use_iskeyword = 1
 endif
 
+" When using iskeyword, this setting controls whether the characters
+" should be limited to single byte characters.
+if !exists('g:omni_syntax_use_single_byte')
+    let g:omni_syntax_use_single_byte = 1
+endif
+
+" When using iskeyword, this setting controls whether the characters
+" should be limited to single byte characters.
+if !exists('g:omni_syntax_use_iskeyword_numeric')
+    let g:omni_syntax_use_iskeyword_numeric = 1
+endif
+
 " Only display items in the completion window that are at least
 " this many characters in length.
 " This is the default setting, but if you define a buffer local
@@ -158,7 +194,7 @@ endfunc
 function! syntaxcomplete#OmniSyntaxList(...)
     if a:0 > 0
         let parms = []
-        if 3 == type(a:1) 
+        if 3 == type(a:1)
             let parms = a:1
         elseif 1 == type(a:1)
             let parms = split(a:1, ',')
@@ -172,7 +208,7 @@ endfunc
 function! OmniSyntaxList(...)
     let list_parms = []
     if a:0 > 0
-        if 3 == type(a:1) 
+        if 3 == type(a:1)
             let list_parms = a:1
         elseif 1 == type(a:1)
             let list_parms = split(a:1, ',')
@@ -208,18 +244,18 @@ function! OmniSyntaxList(...)
 
     let saveL = @l
     let filetype = substitute(&filetype, '\.', '_', 'g')
-    
+
     if empty(list_parms)
         " Default the include group to include the requested syntax group
         let syntax_group_include_{filetype} = ''
         " Check if there are any overrides specified for this filetype
         if exists('g:omni_syntax_group_include_'.filetype)
             let syntax_group_include_{filetype} =
-                        \ substitute( g:omni_syntax_group_include_{filetype},'\s\+','','g') 
+                        \ substitute( g:omni_syntax_group_include_{filetype},'\s\+','','g')
             let list_parms = split(g:omni_syntax_group_include_{filetype}, ',')
             if syntax_group_include_{filetype} =~ '\w'
-                let syntax_group_include_{filetype} = 
+                let syntax_group_include_{filetype} =
-                            \ substitute( syntax_group_include_{filetype}, 
+                            \ substitute( syntax_group_include_{filetype},
                             \ '\s*,\s*', '\\|', 'g'
                             \ )
             endif
@@ -229,11 +265,11 @@ function! OmniSyntaxList(...)
     endif
 
     " Loop through all the syntax groupnames, and build a
-    " syntax file which contains these names.  This can 
+    " syntax file which contains these names.  This can
     " work generically for any filetype that does not already
     " have a plugin defined.
     " This ASSUMES the syntax groupname BEGINS with the name
-    " of the filetype.  From my casual viewing of the vim7\syntax 
+    " of the filetype.  From my casual viewing of the vim7\syntax
     " directory this is true for almost all syntax definitions.
     " As an example, the SQL syntax groups have this pattern:
     "     sqlType
@@ -246,7 +282,7 @@ function! OmniSyntaxList(...)
     let syntax_full = "\n".@l
     let @l = saveL
 
-    if syntax_full =~ 'E28' 
+    if syntax_full =~ 'E28'
                 \ || syntax_full =~ 'E411'
                 \ || syntax_full =~ 'E415'
                 \ || syntax_full =~ 'No Syntax items'
@@ -256,7 +292,7 @@ function! OmniSyntaxList(...)
     let filetype = substitute(&filetype, '\.', '_', 'g')
 
     let list_exclude_groups = []
-    if a:0 > 0 
+    if a:0 > 0
         " Do nothing since we have specific a specific list of groups
     else
         " Default the exclude group to nothing
@@ -264,11 +300,11 @@ function! OmniSyntaxList(...)
         " Check if there are any overrides specified for this filetype
         if exists('g:omni_syntax_group_exclude_'.filetype)
             let syntax_group_exclude_{filetype} =
-                        \ substitute( g:omni_syntax_group_exclude_{filetype},'\s\+','','g') 
+                        \ substitute( g:omni_syntax_group_exclude_{filetype},'\s\+','','g')
             let list_exclude_groups = split(g:omni_syntax_group_exclude_{filetype}, ',')
-            if syntax_group_exclude_{filetype} =~ '\w' 
+            if syntax_group_exclude_{filetype} =~ '\w'
-                let syntax_group_exclude_{filetype} = 
+                let syntax_group_exclude_{filetype} =
-                            \ substitute( syntax_group_exclude_{filetype}, 
+                            \ substitute( syntax_group_exclude_{filetype},
                             \ '\s*,\s*', '\\|', 'g'
                             \ )
             endif
@@ -285,14 +321,14 @@ function! OmniSyntaxList(...)
     while ftindex > -1
         let ft_part_name = matchstr( &filetype, '\w\+', ftindex )
 
-        " Syntax rules can contain items for more than just the current 
+        " Syntax rules can contain items for more than just the current
         " filetype.  They can contain additional items added by the user
         " via autocmds or their vimrc.
         " Some syntax files can be combined (html, php, jsp).
         " We want only items that begin with the filetype we are interested in.
         let next_group_regex = '\n' .
                     \ '\zs'.ft_part_name.'\w\+\ze'.
-                    \ '\s\+xxx\s\+' 
+                    \ '\s\+xxx\s\+'
         let index    = 0
         let index    = match(syntax_full, next_group_regex, index)
 
@@ -306,11 +342,11 @@ function! OmniSyntaxList(...)
             "     syn keyword {syntax_filename}Keyword  values ...
             "     let b:current_syntax = "mysql"
             " So, we will make the format of finding the syntax group names
-            " a bit more flexible and look for both if the first fails to 
+            " a bit more flexible and look for both if the first fails to
             " find a match.
             let next_group_regex = '\n' .
                         \ '\zs'.b:current_syntax.'\w\+\ze'.
-                        \ '\s\+xxx\s\+' 
+                        \ '\s\+xxx\s\+'
             let index    = 0
             let index    = match(syntax_full, next_group_regex, index)
         endif
@@ -324,9 +360,9 @@ function! OmniSyntaxList(...)
                     let get_syn_list = 0
                 endif
             endfor
-        
+
             " This code is no longer needed in version 6.0 since we have
-            " augmented the syntax list command to only retrieve the syntax 
+            " augmented the syntax list command to only retrieve the syntax
             " groups we are interested in.
             "
             " if get_syn_list == 1
@@ -338,7 +374,7 @@ function! OmniSyntaxList(...)
             " endif
 
             if get_syn_list == 1
-                " Pass in the full syntax listing, plus the group name we 
+                " Pass in the full syntax listing, plus the group name we
                 " are interested in.
                 let extra_syn_list = s:SyntaxCSyntaxGroupItems(group_name, syntax_full)
                 let syn_list = syn_list . extra_syn_list . "\n"
@@ -392,7 +428,7 @@ function! s:SyntaxCSyntaxGroupItems( group_name, syntax_full )
     "     \|           - 2nd potential match
     "     \%$          - matches end of the file or string
     "     \)           - end a group
-    let syntax_group = matchstr(a:syntax_full, 
+    let syntax_group = matchstr(a:syntax_full,
                 \ "\n".a:group_name.'\s\+xxx\s\+\zs.\{-}\ze\(\n\w\|\%$\)'
                 \ )
 
@@ -402,42 +438,42 @@ function! s:SyntaxCSyntaxGroupItems( group_name, syntax_full )
 
         " We only want the words for the lines begining with
         " containedin, but there could be other items.
-        
+
         " Tried to remove all lines that do not begin with contained
         " but this does not work in all cases since you can have
         "    contained nextgroup=...
         " So this will strip off the ending of lines with known
         " keywords.
-        let syn_list = substitute( 
+        let syn_list = substitute(
                     \    syntax_group, '\<\('.
                     \    substitute(
                     \      escape(s:syn_remove_words, '\\/.*$^~[]')
                     \      , ',', '\\|', 'g'
                     \    ).
                     \    '\).\{-}\%($\|'."\n".'\)'
-                    \    , "\n", 'g' 
+                    \    , "\n", 'g'
                     \  )
 
         " Now strip off the newline + blank space + contained.
         " Also include lines with nextgroup=@someName skip_key_words syntax_element
-        let syn_list = substitute( 
+        let syn_list = substitute(
                     \    syn_list, '\%(^\|\n\)\@<=\s*\<\(contained\|nextgroup=\)'
-                    \    , "", 'g' 
+                    \    , "", 'g'
                     \ )
 
         " This can leave lines like this
         "     =@vimMenuList  skipwhite onoremenu
         " Strip the special option keywords first
         "     :h :syn-skipwhite*
-        let syn_list = substitute( 
+        let syn_list = substitute(
                     \    syn_list, '\<\(skipwhite\|skipnl\|skipempty\)\>'
-                    \    , "", 'g' 
+                    \    , "", 'g'
                     \ )
 
         " Now remove the remainder of the nextgroup=@someName lines
-        let syn_list = substitute( 
+        let syn_list = substitute(
                     \    syn_list, '\%(^\|\n\)\@<=\s*\(@\w\+\)'
-                    \    , "", 'g' 
+                    \    , "", 'g'
                     \ )
 
         if b:omni_syntax_use_iskeyword == 0
@@ -446,19 +482,74 @@ function! s:SyntaxCSyntaxGroupItems( group_name, syntax_full )
             " This will replace non-word characters with spaces.
             let syn_list = substitute( syn_list, '[^0-9A-Za-z_ ]', ' ', 'g' )
         else
-            let accept_chars = ','.&iskeyword.','
+            if g:omni_syntax_use_iskeyword_numeric == 1
-            " Remove all character ranges
+                " iskeyword can contain value like this
-            " let accept_chars = substitute(accept_chars, ',[^,]\+-[^,]\+,', ',', 'g')
+                " 38,42,43,45,47-58,60-62,64-90,97-122,_,+,-,*,/,%,<,=,>,:,$,?,!,@-@,94
-            let accept_chars = substitute(accept_chars, ',\@<=[^,]\+-[^,]\+,', '', 'g')
+                " Numeric values convert to their ASCII equivalent using the
-            " Remove all numeric specifications
+                " nr2char() function.
-            " let accept_chars = substitute(accept_chars, ',\d\{-},', ',', 'g')
+                "     &       38
-            let accept_chars = substitute(accept_chars, ',\@<=\d\{-},', '', 'g')
+                "     *       42
-            " Remove all commas
+                "     +       43
-            let accept_chars = substitute(accept_chars, ',', '', 'g')
+                "     -       45
-            " Escape special regex characters
+                "     ^       94
-            let accept_chars = escape(accept_chars, '\\/.*$^~[]' )
+                " Iterate through all numeric specifications and convert those
-            " Remove all characters that are not acceptable
+                " to their ascii equivalent ensuring the character is printable.
-            let syn_list = substitute( syn_list, '[^0-9A-Za-z_ '.accept_chars.']', ' ', 'g' )
+                " If so, add it to the list.
+                let accepted_chars = ''
+                for item in split(&iskeyword, ',')
+                    if item =~ '-'
+                        " This is a character range (ie 47-58),
+                        " cycle through each character within the range
+                        let [b:start, b:end] = split(item, '-')
+                        for range_item in range( b:start, b:end )
+                            if range_item <= 127 || g:omni_syntax_use_single_byte == 0
+                                if nr2char(range_item) =~ '\p'
+                                    let accepted_chars = accepted_chars . nr2char(range_item)
+                                endif
+                            endif
+                        endfor
+                    elseif item =~ '^\d\+$'
+                        " Only numeric, translate to a character
+                        if item < 127 || g:omni_syntax_use_single_byte == 0
+                            if nr2char(item) =~ '\p'
+                                let accepted_chars = accepted_chars . nr2char(item)
+                            endif
+                        endif
+                    else
+                        if char2nr(item) < 127 || g:omni_syntax_use_single_byte == 0
+                            if item =~ '\p'
+                                let accepted_chars = accepted_chars . item
+                            endif
+                        endif
+                    endif
+                endfor
+                " Escape special regex characters
+                " Looks like the wrong chars are escaped.  In a collection,
+                "      :h /[]
+                "      only `]', `\', `-' and `^' are special:
+                " let accepted_chars = escape(accepted_chars, '\\/.*$^~[]' )
+                let accepted_chars = escape(accepted_chars, ']\-^' )
+                " Remove all characters that are not acceptable
+                let syn_list = substitute( syn_list, '[^A-Za-z'.accepted_chars.']', ' ', 'g' )
+            else
+                let accept_chars = ','.&iskeyword.','
+                " Remove all character ranges
+                " let accept_chars = substitute(accept_chars, ',[^,]\+-[^,]\+,', ',', 'g')
+                let accept_chars = substitute(accept_chars, ',\@<=[^,]\+-[^,]\+,', '', 'g')
+                " Remove all numeric specifications
+                " let accept_chars = substitute(accept_chars, ',\d\{-},', ',', 'g')
+                let accept_chars = substitute(accept_chars, ',\@<=\d\{-},', '', 'g')
+                " Remove all commas
+                let accept_chars = substitute(accept_chars, ',', '', 'g')
+                " Escape special regex characters
+                " Looks like the wrong chars are escaped.  In a collection,
+                "      :h /[]
+                "      only `]', `\', `-' and `^' are special:
+                " let accept_chars = escape(accept_chars, '\\/.*$^~[]' )
+                let accept_chars = escape(accept_chars, ']\-^' )
+                " Remove all characters that are not acceptable
+                let syn_list = substitute( syn_list, '[^0-9A-Za-z_'.accept_chars.']', ' ', 'g' )
+            endif
         endif
 
         if b:omni_syntax_minimum_length > 0
@@ -471,3 +562,27 @@ function! s:SyntaxCSyntaxGroupItems( group_name, syntax_full )
 
     return syn_list
 endfunction
+
+function! OmniSyntaxShowChars(spec)
+  let result = []
+  for item in split(a:spec, ',')
+    if len(item) > 1
+      if item == '@-@'
+        call add(result, char2nr(item))
+      else
+        call extend(result, call('range', split(item, '-')))
+      endif
+    else
+      if item == '@'  " assume this is [A-Za-z]
+        for [c1, c2] in [['A', 'Z'], ['a', 'z']]
+          call extend(result, range(char2nr(c1), char2nr(c2)))
+        endfor
+      else
+        call add(result, char2nr(item))
+      endif
+    endif
+  endfor
+  return join(map(result, 'nr2char(v:val)'), ', ')
+endfunction
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save

runtime/autoload/tohtml.vim

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 " Vim autoload file for the tohtml plugin.
 " Maintainer: Ben Fritz <fritzophrenic@gmail.com>
-" Last Change: 2011 Apr 05
+" Last Change: 2012 Jun 30
 "
 " Additional contributors:
 "
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
 
 " this file uses line continuations
 let s:cpo_sav = &cpo
-set cpo-=C
+set cpo&vim
 
 " Automatically find charsets from all encodings supported natively by Vim. With
 " the 8bit- and 2byte- prefixes, Vim can actually support more encodings than
@@ -391,12 +391,25 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list) "{{{
   call add(html, '<meta name="plugin-version" content="'.g:loaded_2html_plugin.'"'.tag_close)
   call add(html, '<meta name="settings" content="'.
 	\ join(filter(keys(s:settings),'s:settings[v:val]'),',').
+	\ ',prevent_copy='.s:settings.prevent_copy.
 	\ '"'.tag_close)
+  call add(html, '<meta name="colorscheme" content="'.
+	\ (exists('g:colors_name')
+	\ ? g:colors_name
+	\ : 'none'). '"'.tag_close)
 
   call add(html, '</head>')
   let body_line_num = len(html)
-  call add(html, '<body>')
+  if !empty(s:settings.prevent_copy)
-  call add(html, '<table border="1" width="100%">')
+    call add(html, "<body onload='FixCharWidth();'>")
+    call add(html, "<!-- hidden divs used by javascript to get the width of a char -->")
+    call add(html, "<div id='oneCharWidth'>0</div>")
+    call add(html, "<div id='oneInputWidth'><input size='1' value='0'".tag_close."</div>")
+    call add(html, "<div id='oneEmWidth' style='width: 1em;'></div>")
+  else
+    call add(html, '<body>')
+  endif
+  call add(html, "<table border='1' width='100%' id='vimCodeElement'>")
 
   call add(html, '<tr>')
   for buf in a:win_list
@@ -454,16 +467,19 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list) "{{{
       let insert_index = diff_style_start
     endif
 
-    " Delete those parts that are not needed so
+    " Delete those parts that are not needed so we can include the rest into the
-    " we can include the rest into the resulting table
+    " resulting table.
-    1,/^<body/d_
+    1,/^<body.*\%(\n<!--.*-->\_s\+.*id='oneCharWidth'.*\_s\+.*id='oneInputWidth'.*\_s\+.*id='oneEmWidth'\)\?\zs/d_
     $
     ?</body>?,$d_
     let temp = getline(1,'$')
+    " clean out id on the main content container because we already set it on
+    " the table
+    let temp[0] = substitute(temp[0], " id='vimCodeElement'", "", "")
     " undo deletion of start and end part
     " so we can later save the file as valid html
     " TODO: restore using grabbed lines if undolevel is 1?
-    normal 2u
+    normal! 2u
     if s:settings.use_css
       call add(html, '<td valign="top"><div>')
     elseif s:settings.use_xhtml
@@ -520,12 +536,47 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list) "{{{
     1
     let style_start = search('^</head>')-1
 
+    " add required javascript in reverse order so we can just call append again
+    " and again without adjusting {{{
+
+    " insert script closing tag if any javascript is needed
+    if s:settings.dynamic_folds || !empty(s:settings.prevent_copy)
+      call append(style_start, [
+	    \ '',
+	    \ s:settings.use_xhtml ? '//]]>' : '-->',
+	    \ "</script>"
+	    \ ])
+    endif
+
+    " insert script which corrects the size of small input elements in
+    " prevent_copy mode. See 2html.vim for details on why this is needed and how
+    " it works.
+    if !empty(s:settings.prevent_copy)
+      call append(style_start, [
+	    \ '',
+	    \ '/* simulate a "ch" unit by asking the browser how big a zero character is */',
+	    \ 'function FixCharWidth() {',
+	    \ '  /* get the hidden element which gives the width of a single character */',
+	    \ '  var goodWidth = document.getElementById("oneCharWidth").clientWidth;',
+	    \ '  /* get all input elements, we''ll filter on class later */',
+	    \ '  var inputTags = document.getElementsByTagName("input");',
+	    \ '  var ratio = 5;',
+	    \ '  var inputWidth = document.getElementById("oneInputWidth").clientWidth;',
+	    \ '  var emWidth = document.getElementById("oneEmWidth").clientWidth;',
+	    \ '  if (inputWidth > goodWidth) {',
+	    \ '    while (ratio < 100*goodWidth/emWidth && ratio < 100) {',
+	    \ '    ratio += 5;',
+	    \ '  }',
+	    \ '  document.getElementById("vimCodeElement").className = "em"+ratio;',
+	    \ '  }',
+	    \ '}'
+	    \ ])
+    endif
+
     " Insert javascript to toggle matching folds open and closed in all windows,
-    " if dynamic folding is active. {{{
+    " if dynamic folding is active.
     if s:settings.dynamic_folds
       call append(style_start, [
-	    \  "<script type='text/javascript'>",
-	    \  s:settings.use_xhtml ? '//<![CDATA[' : "  <!--",
 	    \  "  function toggleFold(objID)",
 	    \  "  {",
 	    \  "    for (win_num = 1; win_num <= ".len(a:buf_list)."; win_num++)",
@@ -542,9 +593,14 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list) "{{{
 	    \  "      }",
 	    \  "    }",
 	    \  "  }",
-	    \  s:settings.use_xhtml ? '//]]>' : "  -->",
-	    \  "</script>"
 	    \ ])
+    endif
+
+    " insert script tag if any javascript is needed
+    if s:settings.dynamic_folds || s:settings.prevent_copy != ""
+      call append(style_start, [
+	    \ "<script type='text/javascript'>",
+	    \ s:settings.use_xhtml ? '//<![CDATA[' : "<!--"])
     endif "}}}
 
     " Insert styles from all the generated html documents and additional styles
@@ -609,9 +665,10 @@ func! tohtml#GetUserSettings() "{{{
     call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings, 'ignore_conceal', 0 )
     call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings, 'ignore_folding', 0 )
     call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,  'dynamic_folds', 0 )
-    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,  'no_foldcolumn', 0 )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,  'no_foldcolumn', user_settings.ignore_folding)
     call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,   'hover_unfold', 0 )
     call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,         'no_pre', 0 )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,     'no_invalid', 0 )
     call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,   'whole_filler', 0 )
     call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,      'use_xhtml', 0 )
     " }}}
@@ -637,6 +694,8 @@ func! tohtml#GetUserSettings() "{{{
     " dynamic folding implies css
     if user_settings.dynamic_folds
       let user_settings.use_css = 1
+    else
+      let user_settings.no_foldcolumn = 1 " won't do anything but for consistency and for the test suite
     endif
 
     " if we're not using CSS we cannot use a pre section because <font> tags
@@ -663,6 +722,7 @@ func! tohtml#GetUserSettings() "{{{
     endif
     " }}}
 
+    " textual options
     if exists("g:html_use_encoding") "{{{
       " user specified the desired MIME charset, figure out proper
       " 'fileencoding' from it or warn the user if we cannot
@@ -705,6 +765,45 @@ func! tohtml#GetUserSettings() "{{{
       endif
     endif "}}}
 
+    " Default to making nothing uncopyable, because we default to
+    " not-standards way of doing things, and also because Microsoft Word and
+    " others paste the <input> elements anyway.
+    "
+    " html_prevent_copy only has an effect when using CSS.
+    "
+    " All options:
+    "	  f - fold column
+    "	  n - line numbers (also within fold text)
+    "	  t - fold text
+    "	  d - diff filler
+    "	  c - concealed text (reserved future)
+    "	  l - listchars (reserved possible future)
+    "	  s - signs (reserved possible future)
+    "
+    " Normal text is always selectable.
+    let user_settings.prevent_copy = ""
+    if user_settings.use_css
+      if exists("g:html_prevent_copy")
+	if user_settings.dynamic_folds && !user_settings.no_foldcolumn && g:html_prevent_copy =~# 'f'
+	  let user_settings.prevent_copy .= 'f'
+	endif
+	if user_settings.number_lines && g:html_prevent_copy =~# 'n'
+	  let user_settings.prevent_copy .= 'n'
+	endif
+	if &diff && g:html_prevent_copy =~# 'd'
+	  let user_settings.prevent_copy .= 'd'
+	endif
+	if !user_settings.ignore_folding && g:html_prevent_copy =~# 't'
+	  let user_settings.prevent_copy .= 't'
+	endif
+      else
+	let user_settings.prevent_copy = ""
+      endif
+    endif
+    if empty(user_settings.prevent_copy)
+      let user_settings.no_invalid = 0
+    endif
+
     " TODO: font
 
     return user_settings

runtime/compiler/mcs.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,8 @@
 " Vim compiler file
 " Compiler:    Mono C# Compiler
 " Maintainer:  Jarek Sobiecki <harijari@go2.pl>
-" Latest Revision: 2006-06-18
+" Last Updated By: Peter Collingbourne
+" Latest Revision: 2012 Jul 19
 
 if exists("current_compiler")
   finish
@@ -12,13 +13,18 @@ let s:cpo_save = &cpo
 set cpo-=C
 
 setlocal errorformat=
+         \%D%.%#Project\ \"%f/%[%^/\"]%#\"%.%#,
+         \%X%.%#Done\ building\ project\ \"%f/%[%^/\"]%#\"%.%#,
+         \%-G%\\s%.%#,
+         \%E%f(%l):\ error\ CS%n:%m,
+         \%W%f(%l):\ warning\ CS%n:%m,
          \%E%f(%l\\,%c):\ error\ CS%n:%m,
          \%W%f(%l\\,%c):\ warning\ CS%n:%m,
          \%E%>syntax\ error\\,%m,%Z%f(%l\\,%c):\ error\ CS%n:%m,
          \%D%*\\a[%*\\d]:\ Entering\ directory\ `%f',
          \%X%*\\a[%*\\d]:\ Leaving\ directory\ `%f',
          \%DMaking\ %*\\a\ in\ %f,
-         \%G-%.%#
+         \%-G%.%#
 
 let &cpo = s:cpo_save
 unlet s:cpo_save

runtime/doc/autocmd.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Feb 22
+*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Sep 05
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -263,8 +263,10 @@ Name			triggered by ~
 	Startup and exit
 |VimEnter|		after doing all the startup stuff
 |GUIEnter|		after starting the GUI successfully
+|GUIFailed|		after starting the GUI failed
 |TermResponse|		after the terminal response to |t_RV| is received
 
+|QuitPre|			when using `:quit`, before deciding whether to quit
 |VimLeavePre|		before exiting Vim, before writing the viminfo file
 |VimLeave|		before exiting Vim, after writing the viminfo file
 
@@ -312,6 +314,7 @@ Name			triggered by ~
 |SessionLoadPost|	after loading a session file
 
 |MenuPopup|		just before showing the popup menu
+|CompleteDone|		after Insert mode completion is done
 
 |User|			to be used in combination with ":doautocmd"
 
@@ -385,6 +388,10 @@ BufRead or BufReadPost		When starting to edit a new buffer, after
 				This does NOT work for ":r file".  Not used
 				when the file doesn't exist.  Also used after
 				successfully recovering a file.
+				Also triggered for the filetypedetect group
+				when executing ":filetype detect" and when
+				writing an unnamed buffer in a way that the
+				buffer gets a name.
 							*BufReadCmd*
 BufReadCmd			Before starting to edit a new buffer.  Should
 				read the file into the buffer. |Cmd-event|
@@ -474,6 +481,11 @@ CmdwinLeave			Before leaving the command-line window.
 							*ColorScheme*
 ColorScheme			After loading a color scheme. |:colorscheme|
 
+							*CompleteDone*
+CompleteDone			After Insert mode completion is done.  Either
+				when something was completed or abandoning
+				completion. |ins-completion|
+
 							*CursorHold*
 CursorHold			When the user doesn't press a key for the time
 				specified with 'updatetime'.  Not re-triggered
@@ -717,6 +729,12 @@ QuickFixCmdPost			Like QuickFixCmdPre, but after a quickfix
 				it is run after error file is read and before
 				moving to the first error. 
 				See |QuickFixCmdPost-example|.
+							*QuitPre*
+QuitPre				When using `:quit`, before deciding whether it
+				closes the current window or quits Vim.  Can
+				be used to close any non-essential window if
+				the current window is the last ordinary
+				window.
 							*RemoteReply*
 RemoteReply			When a reply from a Vim that functions as
 				server was received |server2client()|.  The

runtime/doc/change.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*change.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Apr 30
+*change.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Nov 02
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -598,8 +598,11 @@ For other systems the tmpnam() library function is used.
 			the flags.
 
 								*g&*
-g&			Synonym for `:%s//~/&` (repeat last substitute on all
+g&			Synonym for `:%s//~/&` (repeat last substitute with
-			lines with the same flags).
+			last search pattern on all lines with the same flags).
+			For exaple, when you first do a substitution with
+			`:s/pattern/repl/flags` and then `/search` for
+			something else, `g&` will do `:%s/search/repl/flags`.
 			Mnemonic: global substitute. {not in Vi}
 
 						*:snomagic* *:sno*
@@ -666,6 +669,8 @@ The flags that you can use for the substitute commands:
 [n]	Report the number of matches, do not actually substitute.  The [c]
 	flag is ignored.  The matches are reported as if 'report' is zero.
 	Useful to |count-items|.
+	If \= |sub-replace-expression| is used, the expression will be
+	evaluated in the |sandbox| at every match.
 
 [p]	Print the line containing the last substitute.
 
@@ -1502,6 +1507,7 @@ n	When formatting text, recognize numbered lists.  This actually uses
 			first line of a paragraph
 		second line of the same paragraph
 		third line.
+<	This also works inside comments, ignoring the comment leader.
 v	Vi-compatible auto-wrapping in insert mode: Only break a line at a
 	blank that you have entered during the current insert command.  (Note:
 	this is not 100% Vi compatible.  Vi has some "unexpected features" or

runtime/doc/cmdline.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*cmdline.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Feb 05
+*cmdline.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Jan 17
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ CTRL-\ e {expr}						*c_CTRL-\_e*
 			   :return cmd
 			:endfunc
 <		This doesn't work recursively, thus not when already editing
-		an expression.
+		an expression.  But it is possible to use in a mapping.
 
 							*c_CTRL-Y*
 CTRL-Y		When there is a modeless selection, copy the selection into
@@ -714,10 +714,15 @@ three lines: >
 Visual Mode and Range					*v_:*
 
 {Visual}:	Starts a command-line with the Visual selected lines as a
-		range.  The code ":'<,'>" is used for this range, which makes
+		range.  The code `:'<,'>` is used for this range, which makes
 		it possible to select a similar line from the command-line
 		history for repeating a command on different Visually selected
 		lines.
+		When Visual mode was already ended, a short way to use the
+		Visual area for a range is `:*`.  This requires that "*" does
+		not appear in 'cpo', see |cpo-star|.  Otherwise you will have
+		to type `:'<,'>`
+
 
 ==============================================================================
 5. Ex command-line flags				*ex-flags*
@@ -826,10 +831,11 @@ These modifiers can be given, in this order:
 		the home directory.  If the name is a directory a path
 		separator is added at the end.  For a file name that does not
 		exist and does not have an absolute path the result is
-		unpredictable.
+		unpredictable.  On MS-Windows an 8.3 filename is expanded to
+		the long name.
 	:8	Converts the path to 8.3 short format (currently only on
-		win32).  Will act on as much of a path that is an existing
+		MS-Windows).  Will act on as much of a path that is an
-		path.
+		existing path.
 	:~	Reduce file name to be relative to the home directory, if
 		possible.  File name is unmodified if it is not below the home
 		directory.

runtime/doc/diff.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*diff.txt*      For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 May 18
+*diff.txt*      For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Sep 05
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -86,16 +86,16 @@ diff mode.  You could use a construct like this: >
 While already in Vim you can start diff mode in three ways.
 
 							*E98*
-:diffsplit {filename}					*:diffs* *:diffsplit*
+:diffs[plit] {filename}					*:diffs* *:diffsplit*
 		Open a new window on the file {filename}.  The options are set
 		as for "vimdiff" for the current and the newly opened window.
 		Also see 'diffexpr'.
 
 							*:difft* *:diffthis*
-:diffthis	Make the current window part of the diff windows.  This sets
+:difft[his]	Make the current window part of the diff windows.  This sets
 		the options like for "vimdiff".
 
-:diffpatch {patchfile}				 *E816* *:diffp* *:diffpatch*
+:diffp[atch] {patchfile}				 *E816* *:diffp* *:diffpatch*
 		Use the current buffer, patch it with the diff found in
 		{patchfile} and open a buffer on the result.  The options are
 		set as for "vimdiff".
@@ -123,9 +123,9 @@ Since the option values are remembered with the buffer, you can edit another
 file for a moment and come back to the same file and be in diff mode again.
 
 							*:diffo* *:diffoff*
-:diffoff	Switch off diff mode for the current window.
+:diffo[ff]	Switch off diff mode for the current window.
 
-:diffoff!	Switch off diff mode for the current window and in all windows
+:diffo[ff]!	Switch off diff mode for the current window and in all windows
 		in the current tab page where 'diff' is set.
 
 The ":diffoff" command resets the relevant options to their default value.
@@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ The diffs are highlighted with these groups:
 				that parts in the middle that are still the
 				same are highlighted anyway.  Only "iwhite" of
 				'diffopt' is used here.
-|hl-DiffDelete| DiffDelete	Deleted lines.  Also called filler lines,
+|hl-DiffDelete|	DiffDelete	Deleted lines.  Also called filler lines,
 				because they don't really exist in this
 				buffer.
 
@@ -333,7 +333,7 @@ diff.  This example explains the format that Vim expects: >
 
 The "1a2" item appends the line "bbb".
 The "4d4" item deletes the line "111".
-The '7c7" item replaces the line "GGG" with "ggg".
+The "7c7" item replaces the line "GGG" with "ggg".
 
 When 'diffexpr' is not empty, Vim evaluates it to obtain a diff file in the
 format mentioned.  These variables are set to the file names used:

runtime/doc/editing.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*editing.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Apr 03
+*editing.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Aug 08
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -377,8 +377,9 @@ command that accepts more than one file name (like ":next file1 file2")
 embedded spaces must be escaped with a backslash.
 
 						*wildcard* *wildcards*
-Wildcards in {file} are expanded.  Which wildcards are supported depends on
+Wildcards in {file} are expanded, but as with file completion, 'wildignore'
-the system.  These are the common ones:
+and 'suffixes' apply.  Which wildcards are supported depends on the system.
+These are the common ones:
 	?	matches one character
 	*	matches anything, including nothing
 	**	matches anything, including nothing, recurses into directories
@@ -392,7 +393,7 @@ is to use "path\[[]abc]".  Then the file "path[abc]" literally.
 					*starstar-wildcard*
 Expanding "**" is possible on Unix, Win32, Mac OS/X and a few other systems.
 This allows searching a directory tree.  This goes up to 100 directories deep.
-Note there are some commands where this works slightly different, see
+Note there are some commands where this works slightly differently, see
 |file-searching|.
 Example: >
 	:n **/*.txt
@@ -422,9 +423,11 @@ You can have the backticks expanded as a Vim expression, instead of an
 external command, by using the syntax `={expr}` e.g.: >
 	:e `=tempname()`
 The expression can contain just about anything, thus this can also be used to
-avoid the special meaning of '"', '|', '%' and '#'.  Names are to be separated
+avoid the special meaning of '"', '|', '%' and '#'.  However, 'wildignore'
-with line breaks.  When the result is a |List| then each item is used as a
+does apply like to other wildcars.
-name.  Line breaks also separate names.
+If the expression returns a string then names are to be separated with line
+breaks.  When the result is a |List| then each item is used as a name.  Line
+breaks also separate names.
 
 							*++opt* *[++opt]*
 The [++opt] argument can be used to force the value of 'fileformat',
@@ -1066,6 +1069,7 @@ The names can be in upper- or lowercase.
 			If there are other tab pages and quitting the last
 			window in the current tab page the current tab page is
 			closed |tab-page|.
+			Triggers the |QuitPre| autocommand event.
 
 :conf[irm] q[uit]	Quit, but give prompt when changes have been made, or
 			the last file in the argument list has not been
@@ -1215,13 +1219,13 @@ For versions of Vim where browsing is not supported, the command is executed
 unmodified.
 
 							*browsefilter*
-For MS Windows, you can modify the filters that are used in the browse dialog.
+For MS Windows and GTK, you can modify the filters that are used in the browse
-By setting the g:browsefilter or b:browsefilter variables, you can change the
+dialog.  By setting the g:browsefilter or b:browsefilter variables, you can
-filters globally or locally to the buffer.  The variable is set to a string in
+change the filters globally or locally to the buffer.  The variable is set to
-the format "{filter label}\t{pattern};{pattern}\n" where {filter label} is the
+a string in the format "{filter label}\t{pattern};{pattern}\n" where {filter
-text that appears in the "Files of Type" comboBox, and {pattern} is the
+label} is the text that appears in the "Files of Type" comboBox, and {pattern}
-pattern which filters the filenames.  Several patterns can be given, separated
+is the pattern which filters the filenames.  Several patterns can be given,
-by ';'.
+separated by ';'.
 
 For Motif the same format is used, but only the very first pattern is actually
 used (Motif only offers one pattern, but you can edit it).
@@ -1229,7 +1233,7 @@ used (Motif only offers one pattern, but you can edit it).
 For example, to have only Vim files in the dialog, you could use the following
 command: >
 
-     let g:browsefilter="Vim Scripts\t*.vim\nVim Startup Files\t*vimrc\n"
+     let g:browsefilter = "Vim Scripts\t*.vim\nVim Startup Files\t*vimrc\n"
 
 You can override the filter setting on a per-buffer basis by setting the
 b:browsefilter variable.  You would most likely set b:browsefilter in a
@@ -1239,6 +1243,13 @@ difficult to start editing a file of a different type.  To overcome this, you
 may want to add "All Files\t*.*\n" as the final filter, so that the user can
 still access any desired file.
 
+To avoid setting browsefilter when Vim does not actually support it, you can
+use has("browsefilter"): >
+
+	if has("browsefilter")
+	   let g:browsefilter = "whatever"
+	endif
+
 ==============================================================================
 7. The current directory				*current-directory*
 

runtime/doc/eval.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*eval.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 May 18
+*eval.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Jan 23
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -91,8 +91,8 @@ For boolean operators Numbers are used.  Zero is FALSE, non-zero is TRUE.
 Note that in the command >
 	:if "foo"
 "foo" is converted to 0, which means FALSE.  To test for a non-empty string,
-use strlen(): >
+use empty(): >
-	:if strlen("foo")
+	:if !empty("foo")
 <				*E745* *E728* *E703* *E729* *E730* *E731*
 List, Dictionary and Funcref types are not automatically converted.
 
@@ -759,7 +759,7 @@ of a |List| is different from the original |List|.  When using "is" without
 a |List| or a |Dictionary| it is equivalent to using "equal", using "isnot"
 equivalent to using "not equal".  Except that a different type means the
 values are different: "4 == '4'" is true, "4 is '4'" is false and "0 is []" is
-false and not a error. "is#"/"isnot#" and "is?"/"isnot?" can be used to match
+false and not an error. "is#"/"isnot#" and "is?"/"isnot?" can be used to match
 and ignore case.
 
 When comparing a String with a Number, the String is converted to a Number,
@@ -1716,7 +1716,7 @@ call( {func}, {arglist} [, {dict}])
 				any	call {func} with arguments {arglist}
 ceil( {expr})			Float	round {expr} up
 changenr()			Number	current change number
-char2nr( {expr})		Number	ASCII value of first char in {expr}
+char2nr( {expr}[, {utf8}])	Number	ASCII/UTF8 value of first char in {expr}
 cindent( {lnum})		Number	C indent for line {lnum}
 clearmatches()			none	clear all matches
 col( {expr})			Number	column nr of cursor or mark
@@ -1873,13 +1873,15 @@ mkdir( {name} [, {path} [, {prot}]])
 mode( [expr])			String	current editing mode
 mzeval( {expr})			any	evaluate |MzScheme| expression
 nextnonblank( {lnum})		Number	line nr of non-blank line >= {lnum}
-nr2char( {expr})		String	single char with ASCII value {expr}
+nr2char( {expr}[, {utf8}])	String	single char with ASCII/UTF8 value {expr}
 or( {expr}, {expr})		Number  bitwise OR
 pathshorten( {expr})		String	shorten directory names in a path
 pow( {x}, {y})			Float	{x} to the power of {y}
 prevnonblank( {lnum})		Number	line nr of non-blank line <= {lnum}
 printf( {fmt}, {expr1}...)	String	format text
 pumvisible()			Number	whether popup menu is visible
+pyeval( {expr})			any	evaluate |Python| expression
+py3eval( {expr})		any	evaluate |python3| expression
 range( {expr} [, {max} [, {stride}]])
 				List	items from {expr} to {max}
 readfile( {fname} [, {binary} [, {max}]])
@@ -1901,6 +1903,8 @@ repeat( {expr}, {count})	String	repeat {expr} {count} times
 resolve( {filename})		String	get filename a shortcut points to
 reverse( {list})		List	reverse {list} in-place
 round( {expr})			Float	round off {expr}
+screencol()			Number	current cursor column
+screenrow()			Number	current cursor row
 search( {pattern} [, {flags} [, {stopline} [, {timeout}]]])
 				Number	search for {pattern}
 searchdecl( {name} [, {global} [, {thisblock}]])
@@ -1930,6 +1934,7 @@ setwinvar( {nr}, {varname}, {val})	set {varname} in window {nr} to {val}
 shellescape( {string} [, {special}])
 				String	escape {string} for use as shell
 					command argument
+shiftwidth()			Number	effective value of 'shiftwidth'
 simplify( {filename})		String	simplify filename as much as possible
 sin( {expr})			Float	sine of {expr}
 sinh( {expr})			Float	hyperbolic sine of {expr}
@@ -2289,14 +2294,16 @@ changenr()						*changenr()*
 		redo it is the number of the redone change.  After undo it is
 		one less than the number of the undone change.
 
-char2nr({expr})						*char2nr()*
+char2nr({expr}[, {utf8}])					*char2nr()*
 		Return number value of the first char in {expr}.  Examples: >
 			char2nr(" ")		returns 32
 			char2nr("ABC")		returns 65
-<		The current 'encoding' is used.  Example for "utf-8": >
+<		When {utf8} is omitted or zero, the current 'encoding' is used.
+		Example for "utf-8": >
 			char2nr("<22>")		returns 225
 			char2nr("<22>"[0])		returns 195
-<		A combining character is a separate character.
+<		With {utf8} set to 1, always treat as utf-8 characters.
+		A combining character is a separate character.
 		|nr2char()| does the opposite.
 
 cindent({lnum})						*cindent()*
@@ -3286,8 +3293,9 @@ getfperm({fname})					*getfperm()*
 		"rwx" flags represent, in turn, the permissions of the owner
 		of the file, the group the file belongs to, and other users.
 		If a user does not have a given permission the flag for this
-		is replaced with the string "-".  Example: >
+		is replaced with the string "-".  Examples: >
 			:echo getfperm("/etc/passwd")
+			:echo getfperm(expand("~/.vimrc"))
 <		This will hopefully (from a security point of view) display
 		the string "rw-r--r--" or even "rw-------".
 
@@ -3565,6 +3573,9 @@ histadd({history}, {item})				*histadd()*
 			"search" or "/"   search pattern history
 			"expr"	 or "="   typed expression history
 			"input"  or "@"	  input line history
+			"debug"  or ">"   debug command history
+		The {history} string does not need to be the whole name, one
+		character is sufficient.
 		If {item} does already exist in the history, it will be
 		shifted to become the newest entry.
 		The result is a Number: 1 if the operation was successful,
@@ -3748,10 +3759,10 @@ inputdialog({prompt} [, {text} [, {cancelreturn}]])		*inputdialog()*
 		Like |input()|, but when the GUI is running and text dialogs
 		are supported, a dialog window pops up to input the text.
 		Example: >
-			:let n = inputdialog("value for shiftwidth", &sw)
+		   :let n = inputdialog("value for shiftwidth", shiftwidth())
-			:if n != ""
+		   :if n != ""
-			:  let &sw = n
+		   :  let &sw = n
-			:endif
+		   :endif
 <		When the dialog is cancelled {cancelreturn} is returned.  When
 		omitted an empty string is returned.
 		Hitting <Enter> works like pressing the OK button.  Hitting
@@ -4033,7 +4044,7 @@ map({expr}, {string})					*map()*
 
 		The operation is done in-place.  If you want a |List| or
 		|Dictionary| to remain unmodified make a copy first: >
-			:let tlist = map(copy(mylist), ' & . "\t"')
+			:let tlist = map(copy(mylist), ' v:val . "\t"')
 
 <		Returns {expr}, the |List| or |Dictionary| that was filtered.
 		When an error is encountered while evaluating {string} no
@@ -4362,14 +4373,16 @@ nextnonblank({lnum})					*nextnonblank()*
 		below it, zero is returned.
 		See also |prevnonblank()|.
 
-nr2char({expr})						*nr2char()*
+nr2char({expr}[, {utf8}])				*nr2char()*
 		Return a string with a single character, which has the number
 		value {expr}.  Examples: >
 			nr2char(64)		returns "@"
 			nr2char(32)		returns " "
-<		The current 'encoding' is used.  Example for "utf-8": >
+<		When {utf8} is omitted or zero, the current 'encoding' is used.
+		Example for "utf-8": >
 			nr2char(300)		returns I with bow character
-<		Note that a NUL character in the file is specified with
+<		With {utf8} set to 1, always return utf-8 characters.
+		Note that a NUL character in the file is specified with
 		nr2char(10), because NULs are represented with newline
 		characters.  nr2char(0) is a real NUL and terminates the
 		string, thus results in an empty string.
@@ -4444,6 +4457,7 @@ printf({fmt}, {expr1} ...)				*printf()*
 
 		Often used items are:
 		  %s	string
+		  %6S	string right-aligned in 6 display cells
 		  %6s	string right-aligned in 6 bytes
 		  %.9s	string truncated to 9 bytes
 		  %c	single byte
@@ -4558,6 +4572,10 @@ printf({fmt}, {expr1} ...)				*printf()*
 		s	The text of the String argument is used.  If a
 			precision is specified, no more bytes than the number
 			specified are used.
+		S	The text of the String argument is used.  If a
+			precision is specified, no more display cells than the
+			number specified are used.  Without the |+multi_byte|
+			feature works just like 's'.
 
 							*printf-f* *E807*
 		f	The Float argument is converted into a string of the 
@@ -4610,6 +4628,29 @@ pumvisible()						*pumvisible()*
 		This can be used to avoid some things that would remove the
 		popup menu.
 
+							*E860* *E861*
+py3eval({expr})						*py3eval()*
+		Evaluate Python expression {expr} and return its result
+		converted to Vim data structures.
+		Numbers and strings are returned as they are (strings are 
+		copied though, unicode strings are additionally converted to 
+		'encoding').
+		Lists are represented as Vim |List| type.
+		Dictionaries are represented as Vim |Dictionary| type with 
+		keys converted to strings.
+		{only available when compiled with the |+python3| feature}
+
+							*E858* *E859*
+pyeval({expr})						*pyeval()*
+		Evaluate Python expression {expr} and return its result
+		converted to Vim data structures.
+		Numbers and strings are returned as they are (strings are 
+		copied though).
+		Lists are represented as Vim |List| type.
+		Dictionaries are represented as Vim |Dictionary| type, 
+		non-string keys result in error.
+		{only available when compiled with the |+python| feature}
+
 							*E726* *E727*
 range({expr} [, {max} [, {stride}]])				*range()*
 		Returns a |List| with Numbers:
@@ -4837,15 +4878,34 @@ round({expr})							*round()*
 			echo round(-4.5)
 <			-5.0
 		{only available when compiled with the |+float| feature}
-		
+
-		
+screencol()							*screencol()*
+		The result is a Number, which is the current screen column of
+		the cursor. The leftmost column has number 1.
+		This function is mainly used for testing.
+
+		Note: Always returns the current screen column, thus if used
+		in a command (e.g. ":echo screencol()") it will return the
+		column inside the command line, which is 1 when the command is
+		executed. To get the cursor position in the file use one of
+		the following mappings: >
+			nnoremap <expr> GG ":echom ".screencol()."\n"
+			nnoremap <silent> GG :echom screencol()<CR>
+<
+screenrow()							*screenrow()*
+		The result is a Number, which is the current screen row of the
+		cursor.  The top line has number one.
+		This function is mainly used for testing.
+
+		Note: Same restrictions as with |screencol()|.
+
 search({pattern} [, {flags} [, {stopline} [, {timeout}]]])	*search()*
 		Search for regexp pattern {pattern}.  The search starts at the
 		cursor position (you can use |cursor()| to set it).
 
+		When a match has been found its line number is returned.
 		If there is no match a 0 is returned and the cursor doesn't
 		move.  No error message is given.
-		When a match has been found its line number is returned.
 
 		{flags} is a String, which can contain these character flags:
 		'b'	search backward instead of forward
@@ -5224,8 +5284,9 @@ setreg({regname}, {value} [,{options}])
 
 		If {options} contains no register settings, then the default
 		is to use character mode unless {value} ends in a <NL>.
-		Setting the '=' register is not possible.
+		Setting the '=' register is not possible, but you can use >
-		Returns zero for success, non-zero for failure.
+			:let @= = var_expr
+<		Returns zero for success, non-zero for failure.
 
 		Examples: >
 			:call setreg(v:register, @*)
@@ -5301,6 +5362,23 @@ shellescape({string} [, {special}])			*shellescape()*
 		    :call system("chmod +w -- " . shellescape(expand("%")))
 
 
+shiftwidth()						*shiftwidth()*
+		Returns the effective value of 'shiftwidth'. This is the
+		'shiftwidth' value unless it is zero, in which case it is the
+		'tabstop' value.  To be backwards compatible in indent
+		plugins, use this: >
+			if exists('*shiftwidth')
+			  func s:sw()
+			    return shiftwidth()
+			  endfunc
+			else
+			  func s:sw()
+			    return &sw
+			  endfunc
+			endif
+<		And then use s:sw() instead of &sw.
+
+
 simplify({filename})					*simplify()*
 		Simplify the file name as much as possible without changing
 		the meaning.  Shortcuts (on MS-Windows) or symbolic links (on
@@ -5430,7 +5508,8 @@ split({expr} [, {pattern} [, {keepempty}]])			*split()*
 		empty each white-separated sequence of characters becomes an
 		item.
 		Otherwise the string is split where {pattern} matches,
-		removing the matched characters.
+		removing the matched characters. 'ignorecase' is not used
+		here, add \c to ignore case. |/\c|
 		When the first or last item is empty it is omitted, unless the
 		{keepempty} argument is given and it's non-zero.
 		Other empty items are kept when {pattern} matches at least one
@@ -5640,8 +5719,10 @@ substitute({expr}, {pat}, {sub}, {flags})		*substitute()*
 		This works like the ":substitute" command (without any flags).
 		But the matching with {pat} is always done like the 'magic'
 		option is set and 'cpoptions' is empty (to make scripts
-		portable).  'ignorecase' is still relevant.  'smartcase' is
+		portable).  'ignorecase' is still relevant, use |/\c| or |/\C|
-		not used.  See |string-match| for how {pat} is used.
+		if you want to ignore or match case and ignore 'ignorecase'.
+		'smartcase' is not used.  See |string-match| for how {pat} is
+		used.
 
 		A "~" in {sub} is not replaced with the previous {sub}.
 		Note that some codes in {sub} have a special meaning
@@ -5862,8 +5943,9 @@ taglist({expr})							*taglist()*
 		If there are no matching tags, then an empty list is returned.
 
 		To get an exact tag match, the anchors '^' and '$' should be
-		used in {expr}.  Refer to |tag-regexp| for more information
+		used in {expr}.  This also make the function work faster.
-		about the tag search regular expression pattern.
+		Refer to |tag-regexp| for more information about the tag
+		search regular expression pattern.
 
 		Refer to |'tags'| for information about how the tags file is
 		located by Vim. Refer to |tags-file-format| for the format of
@@ -6106,8 +6188,9 @@ winline()	The result is a Number, which is the screen line of the cursor
 winnr([{arg}])	The result is a Number, which is the number of the current
 		window.  The top window has number 1.
 		When the optional argument is "$", the number of the
-		last window is returned (the window count).
+		last window is returned (the window count). >
-		When the optional argument is "#", the number of the last
+			let window_count = winnr('$')
+<		When the optional argument is "#", the number of the last
 		accessed window is returned (where |CTRL-W_p| goes to).
 		If there is no previous window or it is in another tab page 0
 		is returned.
@@ -6219,6 +6302,7 @@ balloon_multiline	GUI supports multiline balloons.
 beos			BeOS version of Vim.
 browse			Compiled with |:browse| support, and browse() will
 			work.
+browsefilter		Compiled with support for |browsefilter|.
 builtin_terms		Compiled with some builtin terminals.
 byte_offset		Compiled with support for 'o' in 'statusline'
 cindent			Compiled with 'cindent' support.
@@ -6296,6 +6380,7 @@ mouse_gpm		Compiled with support for gpm (Linux console mouse)
 mouse_netterm		Compiled with support for netterm mouse.
 mouse_pterm		Compiled with support for qnx pterm mouse.
 mouse_sysmouse		Compiled with support for sysmouse (*BSD console mouse)
+mouse_sgr		Compiled with support for sgr mouse.
 mouse_urxvt		Compiled with support for urxvt mouse.
 mouse_xterm		Compiled with support for xterm mouse.
 mouseshape		Compiled with support for 'mouseshape'.
@@ -6476,6 +6561,8 @@ See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
 			is excluded, ":{range}call" will call the function for
 			each line in the range, with the cursor on the start
 			of each line.  See |function-range-example|.
+			The cursor is still moved to the first line of the
+			range, as is the case with all Ex commands.
 
 			When the [abort] argument is added, the function will
 			abort as soon as an error is detected.

runtime/doc/gui_w16.txt

@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ Vim's Graphical User Interface				*gui-w16* *win16-gui*
 
 Other relevant documentation:
 |gui.txt|	For generic items of the GUI.
-|os_msdos.txt|  For items common to DOS and Windows.
+|os_msdos.txt|	For items common to DOS and Windows.
 |gui_w32.txt|	Some items here are also applicable to the Win16 version.
 
 {Vi does not have a Windows GUI}

runtime/doc/gui_w32.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*gui_w32.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Jul 23
+*gui_w32.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Aug 04
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ Vim's Win32 Graphical User Interface			*gui-w32* *win32-gui*
 
 Other relevant documentation:
 |gui.txt|	For generic items of the GUI.
-|os_win32.txt|  For Win32 specific items.
+|os_win32.txt| 	For Win32 specific items.
 
 {Vi does not have a Windows GUI}
 
@@ -489,4 +489,16 @@ to:
 And add gvim to the list of applications.  This problem only appears to happen
 with the Intellimouse driver 2.2 and when "Universal Scrolling" is turned on.
 
+
+XPM support						*w32-xpm-support*
+
+Gvim can be build on MS-Windows with support for XPM files.  |+xpm_w32|
+See the Make_mvc.mak file for instructions, search for XPM.
+
+To try out if XPM support works do this: >
+	:help
+	:exe 'sign define vimxpm icon=' . $VIMRUNTIME . '\\vim16x16.xpm'
+	:exe 'sign place 1 line=1 name=vimxpm file=' . expand('%:p')
+<
+
  vim:tw=78:sw=4:ts=8:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/hebrew.txt

@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ Details
       This is also the keymap when 'keymap=hebrew' is set.  The advantage of
       'keymap' is that it works properly when using UTF8, e.g. it inserts the
       correct characters; 'hkmap' does not.  The 'keymap' keyboard can also
-      insert niqud and te`amim.  To see what those mappings are,look at the
+      insert niqud and te`amim.  To see what those mappings are, look at the
       keymap file 'hebrew.vim' etc.
 
 

runtime/doc/help.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*help.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Jul 20
+*help.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Dec 06
 
 			VIM - main help file
 									 k
@@ -195,12 +195,12 @@ Remarks about specific systems ~
 						*standard-plugin-list*
 Standard plugins ~
 |pi_getscript.txt| Downloading latest version of Vim scripts
-|pi_gzip.txt|	   Reading and writing compressed files
+|pi_gzip.txt|      Reading and writing compressed files
-|pi_netrw.txt|	   Reading and writing files over a network
+|pi_netrw.txt|     Reading and writing files over a network
-|pi_paren.txt|	   Highlight matching parens
+|pi_paren.txt|     Highlight matching parens
-|pi_tar.txt|	   Tar file explorer
+|pi_tar.txt|       Tar file explorer
 |pi_vimball.txt|   Create a self-installing Vim script
-|pi_zip.txt|	   Zip archive explorer
+|pi_zip.txt|       Zip archive explorer
 
 LOCAL ADDITIONS:				*local-additions*
 

runtime/doc/helphelp.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*helphelp.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 May 18
+*helphelp.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Nov 28
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -194,11 +194,12 @@ command: >
 				*E154* *E150* *E151* *E152* *E153* *E670*
 :helpt[ags] [++t] {dir}
 			Generate the help tags file(s) for directory {dir}.
-			All "*.txt" and "*.??x" files in the directory are
+			All "*.txt" and "*.??x" files in the directory and
-			scanned for a help tag definition in between stars.
+			sub-directories are scanned for a help tag definition
-			The "*.??x" files are for translated docs, they
+			in between stars.  The "*.??x" files are for
-			generate the "tags-??" file, see |help-translated|.
+			translated docs, they generate the "tags-??" file, see
-			The generated tags files are sorted.
+			|help-translated|.  The generated tags files are
+			sorted.
 			When there are duplicates an error message is given.
 			An existing tags file is silently overwritten.
 			The optional "++t" argument forces adding the

runtime/doc/if_lua.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_lua.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Jan 16
+*if_lua.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Jun 29
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Luis Carvalho
@@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ Examples:
 <
 
 ==============================================================================
-7. The luaeval function					*lua-luaeval*
+7. The luaeval function					*lua-luaeval* *lua-eval*
 
 The (dual) equivalent of "vim.eval" for passing Lua values to Vim is
 "luaeval". "luaeval" takes an expression string and an optional argument and

runtime/doc/if_mzsch.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_mzsch.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Feb 11
+*if_mzsch.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Dec 17
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Sergey Khorev
@@ -11,7 +11,8 @@ The MzScheme Interface to Vim				*mzscheme* *MzScheme*
 3. Threads				|mzscheme-threads|
 4. Vim access from MzScheme		|mzscheme-vim|
 5. mzeval() Vim function		|mzscheme-mzeval|
-6. Dynamic loading			|mzscheme-dynamic|
+6. Using Function references		|mzscheme-funcref|
+7. Dynamic loading			|mzscheme-dynamic|
 
 {Vi does not have any of these commands}
 
@@ -21,10 +22,17 @@ The MzScheme interface is available only if Vim was compiled with the
 Based on the work of Brent Fulgham.
 Dynamic loading added by Sergey Khorev
 
-For downloading MzScheme and other info:
+MzScheme and PLT Scheme names have been rebranded as Racket. For more
-	http://www.plt-scheme.org/software/mzscheme/
+information please check http://racket-lang.org
 
-Note: On FreeBSD you should use the "drscheme" port.
+Futures and places of Racket version 5.x up to and including 5.3.1 do not
+work correctly with processes created by Vim.
+The simplest solution is to build Racket on your own with these features
+disabled: >
+  ./configure --disable-futures --disable-places --prefix=your-install-prefix
+
+To speed up the process, you might also want to use --disable-gracket and
+--disable-docs
 
 ==============================================================================
 1. Commands						*mzscheme-commands*
@@ -155,8 +163,11 @@ Common
     (eval {expr-string})	    Evaluate the vim expression into
 				    respective MzScheme object: |Lists| are
 				    represented as Scheme lists,
-				    |Dictionaries| as hash tables.
+				    |Dictionaries| as hash tables,
-				    NOTE the name clashes with MzScheme eval
+				    |Funcref|s as functions (see also
+				    |mzscheme-funcref|)
+				    NOTE the name clashes with MzScheme eval,
+				    use module qualifiers to overcome this.
     (range-start)		    Start/End of the range passed with
     (range-end)			    the Scheme command.
     (beep)			    beep
@@ -237,7 +248,23 @@ To facilitate bi-directional interface, you can use |mzeval()| function to
 evaluate MzScheme expressions and pass their values to VimL.
 
 ==============================================================================
-6. Dynamic loading				    *mzscheme-dynamic* *E815*
+6. Using Function references				    *mzscheme-funcref*
+
+MzScheme interface allows use of |Funcref|s so you can call Vim functions
+directly from Scheme. For instance: >
+    function! MyAdd2(arg)
+	return a:arg + 2
+    endfunction
+    mz (define f2 (vim-eval "function(\"MyAdd2\")"))
+    mz (f2 7)
+< or : >
+    :mz (define indent (vim-eval "function('indent')"))
+    " return Vim indent for line 12
+    :mz (indent 12)
+<
+
+==============================================================================
+7. Dynamic loading				    *mzscheme-dynamic* *E815*
 
 On MS-Windows the MzScheme libraries can be loaded dynamically. The |:version|
 output then includes |+mzscheme/dyn|.

runtime/doc/if_perl.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_perl.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Jul 21
+*if_perl.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Oct 25
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Sven Verdoolaege
@@ -44,15 +44,17 @@ The Perl patches for Vim were made by:
 	Sven Verdoolaege <skimo@breughel.ufsia.ac.be>
 	Matt Gerassimof
 
-Perl for MS-Windows can be found at:
+Perl for MS-Windows can be found at: http://www.perl.com/
-http://www.perl.com/CPAN/ports/nt/Standard/x86/
+The ActiveState one should work.
 
 ==============================================================================
 3. Using the Perl interface				*perl-using*
 
 							*:perl* *:pe*
 :pe[rl] {cmd}		Execute Perl command {cmd}.  The current package
-			is "main".
+			is "main".  Simple example to test if `:perl` is
+			working: >
+				:perl VIM::Msg("Hello")
 
 :pe[rl] << {endpattern}
 {script}
@@ -173,7 +175,8 @@ VIM::Windows([{wn}...])	With no arguments, returns a list of all the windows
 VIM::DoCommand({cmd})	Executes Ex command {cmd}.
 
 							*perl-Eval*
-VIM::Eval({expr})	Evaluates {expr} and returns (success, val).
+VIM::Eval({expr})	Evaluates {expr} and returns (success, value) in list 
+			context or just value in scalar context.
 			success=1 indicates that val contains the value of
 			{expr}; success=0 indicates a failure to evaluate
 			the expression.  '@x' returns the contents of register

runtime/doc/if_pyth.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_pyth.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Feb 04
+*if_pyth.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Feb 03
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Paul Moore
@@ -6,13 +6,14 @@
 
 The Python Interface to Vim				*python* *Python*
 
-1. Commands			|python-commands|
+1. Commands					|python-commands|
-2. The vim module		|python-vim|
+2. The vim module				|python-vim|
-3. Buffer objects		|python-buffer|
+3. Buffer objects				|python-buffer|
-4. Range objects		|python-range|
+4. Range objects				|python-range|
-5. Window objects		|python-window|
+5. Window objects				|python-window|
-6. Dynamic loading		|python-dynamic|
+6. pyeval(), py3eval() Vim functions		|python-pyeval|
-7. Python 3			|python3|
+7. Dynamic loading				|python-dynamic|
+8. Python 3					|python3|
 
 {Vi does not have any of these commands}
 
@@ -26,7 +27,9 @@ The Python 3 interface is available only when Vim was compiled with the
 
 					*:python* *:py* *E205* *E263* *E264*
 :[range]py[thon] {stmt}
-			Execute Python statement {stmt}.
+			Execute Python statement {stmt}.  A simple check if
+			the `:python` command is working: >
+				:python print "Hello"
 
 :[range]py[thon] << {endmarker}
 {script}
@@ -51,8 +54,8 @@ Example: >
 	EOF
 	endfunction
 <
-Note: Python is very sensitive to the indenting.  Also make sure the "class"
+Note: Python is very sensitive to the indenting.  Make sure the "class" line
-line and "EOF" do not have any indent.
+and "EOF" do not have any indent.
 
 							*:pyfile* *:pyf*
 :[range]pyf[ile] {file}
@@ -150,6 +153,42 @@ vim.eval(str)						*python-eval*
 	[{'cmd': '/^eval_expr(arg, nextcmd)$/', 'static': 0, 'name':
 	'eval_expr', 'kind': 'f', 'filename': './src/eval.c'}]
 
+vim.bindeval(str)					*python-bindeval*
+	Like |python-eval|, but
+	1. if expression evaluates to |List| or |Dictionary| it is returned as 
+	   vimlist or vimdictionary python type that are connected to original 
+	   list or dictionary. Thus modifications to these objects imply 
+	   modifications of the original.
+
+	   Additionally, vimlist and vimdictionary type have read-write 
+	   `.locked` attribute that returns
+	     Value           Meaning ~
+	     zero            Variable is not locked
+	     vim.VAR_LOCKED  Variable is locked, but can be unlocked
+	     vim.VAR_FIXED   Variable is locked and can't be unlocked
+	   integer constants. If variable is not fixed, you can do 
+	   `var.locked=True` to lock it and `var.locked=False` to unlock. 
+	   There is no recursive locking like |:lockvar|! does. There is also 
+	   no way to lock a specific key or check whether it is locked (in any 
+	   case these locks are ignored by anything except |:let|: |extend()| 
+	   does not care, neither does python interface).
+
+	   Vimdictionary type also supports `.scope` attribute which is one of
+	     Value              Meaning ~
+	     zero               Dictionary is not a scope one
+	     vim.VAR_DEF_SCOPE  Function-local or global scope dictionary
+	     vim.VAR_SCOPE      Other scope dictionary
+
+	2. if expression evaluates to a function reference, then it returns 
+	   callable vimfunction object. Use self keyword argument to assign 
+	   |self| object for dictionary functions.
+
+	Note: this function has the same behavior as |lua-eval| (except that 
+	      lua does not support running vim functions), |python-eval| is 
+	      kept for backwards compatibility in order not to make scripts 
+	      relying on outputs of vim.eval() being a copy of original or 
+	      vim.eval("1") returning a string.
+
 
 
 Error object of the "vim" module
@@ -319,7 +358,13 @@ The height attribute is writable only if the screen is split horizontally.
 The width attribute is writable only if the screen is split vertically.
 
 ==============================================================================
-6. Dynamic loading					*python-dynamic*
+6. pyeval() and py3eval() Vim functions			*python-pyeval*
+
+To facilitate bi-directional interface, you can use |pyeval()| and |py3eval()| 
+functions to evaluate Python expressions and pass their values to VimL.
+
+==============================================================================
+7. Dynamic loading					*python-dynamic*
 
 On MS-Windows the Python library can be loaded dynamically.  The |:version|
 output then includes |+python/dyn|.
@@ -336,13 +381,16 @@ Currently the name is "python24.dll".  That is for Python 2.4.  To know for
 sure edit "gvim.exe" and search for "python\d*.dll\c".
 
 ==============================================================================
-7. Python 3						*python3*
+8. Python 3						*python3*
 
 							*:py3* *:python3*
-The |:py3| and |:python3| commands work similar to |:python|.
+The |:py3| and |:python3| commands work similar to |:python|.  A simple check
-							*:py3file*
+if the `:py3` command is working: >
+	:py3 print("Hello")
+<							*:py3file*
 The |:py3file| command works similar to |:pyfile|.
 
+
 Vim can be built in four ways (:version output):
 1. No Python support	    (-python, -python3)
 2. Python 2 support only    (+python or +python/dyn, -python3)

runtime/doc/if_ruby.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_ruby.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Oct 27
+*if_ruby.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Aug 02
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Shugo Maeda
@@ -25,7 +25,8 @@ downloading Ruby there.
 1. Commands						*ruby-commands*
 
 							*:ruby* *:rub*
-:rub[y] {cmd}		Execute Ruby command {cmd}.
+:rub[y] {cmd}		Execute Ruby command {cmd}.  A command to try it out: >
+				:ruby print "Hello"
 
 :rub[y] << {endpattern}
 {script}
@@ -40,9 +41,6 @@ downloading Ruby there.
 			wasn't compiled in.  To avoid errors, see
 			|script-here|.
 
-Command to try it out: >
-	:ruby print "Hello"   # this is a comment
-
 Example Vim script: >
 
 	function! RedGem()
@@ -211,6 +209,8 @@ for sure edit "gvim.exe" and search for "ruby\d*.dll\c".
 
 If you want to build Vim with Ruby 1.9.1, you need to edit the config.h file
 and comment-out the check for _MSC_VER.
+You may also need to rename the include directory name to match the version,
+strangely for Ruby 1.9.3 the directory is called 1.9.1.
 
 ==============================================================================
  vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/if_tcl.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_tcl.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2008 Aug 16
+*if_tcl.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Aug 02
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Ingo Wilken
@@ -27,7 +27,9 @@ comments, ideas etc to <Ingo.Wilken@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de>
 1. Commands				*tcl-ex-commands* *E571* *E572*
 
 							*:tcl* *:tc*
-:tc[l] {cmd}		Execute Tcl command {cmd}.
+:tc[l] {cmd}		Execute Tcl command {cmd}.  A simple check if `:tcl`
+			is working: >
+				:tcl puts "Hello"
 
 :[range]tc[l] << {endmarker}
 {script}

runtime/doc/indent.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*indent.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Sep 02
+*indent.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Aug 30
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -540,7 +540,7 @@ The examples below assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 								*cino-star*
 	*N    Vim searches for unclosed comments at most N lines away.  This
 	      limits the time needed to search for the start of a comment.
-	      If your /* */ comments stop indenting afer N lines this is the
+	      If your /* */ comments stop indenting after N lines this is the
 	      value you will want to change.
 	      (default 70 lines).
 
@@ -577,6 +577,106 @@ $VIMRUNTIME/indent directory for examples.
 REMARKS ABOUT SPECIFIC INDENT FILES ~
 
 
+CLOJURE					*ft-clojure-indent* *clojure-indent*
+
+Clojure indentation differs somewhat from traditional Lisps, due in part to
+the use of square and curly brackets, and otherwise by community convention.
+These conventions are not always universally followed, so the Clojure indent
+script offers a few configurable options, listed below.
+
+If the current vim does not include searchpairpos(), the indent script falls
+back to normal 'lisp' indenting, and the following options are ignored.
+
+							*g:clojure_maxlines*
+
+Set maximum scan distance of searchpairpos(). Larger values trade performance
+for correctness when dealing with very long forms. A value of 0 will scan
+without limits.
+>
+	" Default
+	let g:clojure_maxlines = 100
+<
+
+						*g:clojure_fuzzy_indent*
+					*g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_patterns*
+					*g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_blacklist*
+
+The 'lispwords' option is a list of comma-separated words that mark special
+forms whose subforms must be indented with two spaces.
+
+For example:
+>
+	(defn bad []
+	      "Incorrect indentation")
+
+	(defn good []
+	  "Correct indentation")
+<
+If you would like to specify 'lispwords' with a |pattern| instead, you can use
+the fuzzy indent feature:
+>
+	" Default
+	let g:clojure_fuzzy_indent = 1
+	let g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_patterns = ['^with', '^def', '^let']
+	let g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_blacklist =
+		\ ['-fn$', '\v^with-%(meta|out-str|loading-context)$']
+
+	" Legacy comma-delimited string version; the list format above is
+	" recommended. Note that patterns are implicitly anchored with ^ and $
+	let g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_patterns = 'with.*,def.*,let.*'
+<
+|g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_patterns| and |g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_blacklist| are
+|Lists| of patterns that will be matched against the unquoted, unqualified
+symbol at the head of a list. This means that a pattern like "^foo" will match
+all these candidates: "foobar", "my.ns/foobar", and "#'foobar".
+
+Each candidate word is tested for special treatment in this order:
+
+	1. Return true if word is literally in 'lispwords'
+	2. Return false if word matches a pattern in
+	   |g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_blacklist|
+	3. Return true if word matches a pattern in
+	   |g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_patterns|
+	4. Return false and indent normally otherwise
+
+					*g:clojure_special_indent_words*
+
+Some forms in Clojure are indented so that every subform is indented only two
+spaces, regardless of 'lispwords'. If you have a custom construct that should
+be indented in this idiosyncratic fashion, you can add your symbols to the
+default list below.
+>
+	" Default
+	let g:clojure_special_indent_words =
+	   \ 'deftype,defrecord,reify,proxy,extend-type,extend-protocol,letfn'
+<
+
+					*g:clojure_align_multiline_strings*
+
+Align subsequent lines in multiline strings to the column after the opening
+quote, instead of the same column.
+
+For example:
+>
+	(def default
+	  "Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipisicing elit, sed do
+	  eiusmod tempor incididunt ut labore et dolore magna aliqua. Ut
+	  enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exercitation ullamco laboris
+	  nisi ut aliquip ex ea commodo consequat.")
+
+	(def aligned
+	  "Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipisicing elit, sed do
+	   eiusmod tempor incididunt ut labore et dolore magna aliqua. Ut
+	   enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exercitation ullamco laboris
+	   nisi ut aliquip ex ea commodo consequat.")
+<
+This option is off by default.
+>
+	" Default
+	let g:clojure_align_multiline_strings = 0
+<
+
+
 FORTRAN							*ft-fortran-indent*
 
 Block if, select case, where, and forall constructs are indented.  So are

runtime/doc/index.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*index.txt*     For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Aug 06
+*index.txt*     For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Jul 25
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -94,8 +94,8 @@ tag		char		action in Insert mode	~
 |i_CTRL-Z|	CTRL-Z		when 'insertmode' set: suspend Vim
 |i_<Esc>|	<Esc>		end insert mode (unless 'insertmode' set)
 |i_CTRL-[|	CTRL-[		same as <Esc>
-|i_CTRL-\_CTRL-N| CTRL-\ CTRL-N	 go to Normal mode
+|i_CTRL-\_CTRL-N| CTRL-\ CTRL-N	go to Normal mode
-|i_CTRL-\_CTRL-G| CTRL-\ CTRL-G	 go to mode specified with 'insertmode'
+|i_CTRL-\_CTRL-G| CTRL-\ CTRL-G	go to mode specified with 'insertmode'
 		CTRL-\ a - z	reserved for extensions
 		CTRL-\ others	not used
 |i_CTRL-]|	CTRL-]		trigger abbreviation
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ tag		char		action in Insert mode	~
 |i_<ScrollWheelUp>|	<ScrollWheelUp>		move window three lines up
 |i_<S-ScrollWheelUp>|	<S-ScrollWheelUp>	move window one page up
 |i_<ScrollWheelLeft>|	<ScrollWheelLeft>	move window six columns left
-|i_<S-ScrollWheelLeft>| <S-ScrollWheelLeft>	move window one page left
+|i_<S-ScrollWheelLeft>|	<S-ScrollWheelLeft>	move window one page left
 |i_<ScrollWheelRight>|	<ScrollWheelRight>	move window six columns right
 |i_<S-ScrollWheelRight>| <S-ScrollWheelRight>	move window one page right
 
@@ -212,8 +212,8 @@ tag		char	      note action in Normal mode	~
 |CTRL-Y|	CTRL-Y		   scroll N lines downwards
 |CTRL-Z|	CTRL-Z		   suspend program (or start new shell)
 		CTRL-[ <Esc>	   not used
-|CTRL-\_CTRL-N| CTRL-\ CTRL-N	   go to Normal mode (no-op)
+|CTRL-\_CTRL-N|	CTRL-\ CTRL-N	   go to Normal mode (no-op)
-|CTRL-\_CTRL-G| CTRL-\ CTRL-G	   go to mode specified with 'insertmode'
+|CTRL-\_CTRL-G|	CTRL-\ CTRL-G	   go to mode specified with 'insertmode'
 		CTRL-\ a - z	   reserved for extensions
 		CTRL-\ others      not used
 |CTRL-]|	CTRL-]		   :ta to ident under cursor
@@ -431,7 +431,7 @@ tag		char	      note action in Normal mode	~
 |<Insert>|	<Insert>	2  same as "i"
 |<Left>|	<Left>		1  same as "h"
 |<LeftMouse>|	<LeftMouse>	1  move cursor to the mouse click position
-|<MiddleMouse>| <MiddleMouse>	2  same as "gP" at the mouse click position
+|<MiddleMouse>|	<MiddleMouse>	2  same as "gP" at the mouse click position
 |<PageDown>|	<PageDown>	   same as CTRL-F
 |<PageUp>|	<PageUp>	   same as CTRL-B
 |<Right>|	<Right>		1  same as "l"
@@ -640,7 +640,7 @@ tag		char	      note action in Normal mode	~
 |[s|		[s		1  move to the previous misspelled word
 |[z|		[z		1  move to start of open fold
 |[{|		[{		1  cursor N times back to unmatched '{'
-|[<MiddleMouse> [<MiddleMouse>	2  same as "[p"
+|[<MiddleMouse>| [<MiddleMouse>	2  same as "[p"
 
 |]_CTRL-D|	] CTRL-D	   jump to first #define found in current and
 				   included files matching the word under the
@@ -680,7 +680,7 @@ tag		char	      note action in Normal mode	~
 |]s|		]s		1  move to next misspelled word
 |]z|		]z		1  move to end of open fold
 |]}|		]}		1  cursor N times forward to unmatched '}'
-|]<MiddleMouse> ]<MiddleMouse>	2  same as "]p"
+|]<MiddleMouse>| ]<MiddleMouse>	2  same as "]p"
 
 ==============================================================================
 2.4 Commands starting with 'g'						*g*
@@ -719,6 +719,8 @@ tag		char	      note action in Normal mode	~
 |gH|		gH		   start Select line mode
 |gI|		gI		2  like "I", but always start in column 1
 |gJ|		gJ		2  join lines without inserting space
+|gN|		gN	      1,2  find the previous match with the last used
+				   search pattern and Visually select it
 |gP|		["x]gP		2  put the text [from register x] before the
 				   cursor N times, leave the cursor after it
 |gQ|		gQ		    switch to "Ex" mode with Vim editing
@@ -751,6 +753,8 @@ tag		char	      note action in Normal mode	~
 				   lines down
 |gk|		gk		1  like "k", but when 'wrap' on go N screen
 				   lines up
+|gn|		gn	      1,2  find the next match with the last used
+				   search pattern and Visually select it
 |gm|		gm		1  go to character at middle of the screenline
 |go|		go		1  cursor to byte N in the buffer
 |gp|		["x]gp		2  put the text [from register x] after the
@@ -1007,8 +1011,8 @@ tag		command	      action in Command-line editing mode	~
 		CTRL-Z		not used (reserved for suspend)
 |c_<Esc>|	<Esc>		abandon command-line without executing it
 |c_<Esc>|	CTRL-[		same as <Esc>
-|c_CTRL-\_CTRL-N| CTRL-\ CTRL-N	 go to Normal mode, abandon command-line
+|c_CTRL-\_CTRL-N| CTRL-\ CTRL-N	go to Normal mode, abandon command-line
-|c_CTRL-\_CTRL-G| CTRL-\ CTRL-G	 go to mode specified with 'insertmode',
+|c_CTRL-\_CTRL-G| CTRL-\ CTRL-G	go to mode specified with 'insertmode',
 				abandon command-line
 		CTRL-\ a - d	reserved for extensions
 |c_CTRL-\_e|	CTRL-\ e {expr} replace the command line with the result of

runtime/doc/insert.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*insert.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 May 18
+*insert.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Jan 09
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -380,7 +380,9 @@ The CTRL-O command sometimes has a side effect: If the cursor was beyond the
 end of the line, it will be put on the last character in the line.  In
 mappings it's often better to use <Esc> (first put an "x" in the text, <Esc>
 will then always put the cursor on it).  Or use CTRL-\ CTRL-O, but then
-beware of the cursor possibly being beyond the end of the line.
+beware of the cursor possibly being beyond the end of the line.  Note that the
+command following CTRL-\ CTRL-O can still move the cursor, it is not restored
+to its original position.
 
 The CTRL-O command takes you to Normal mode.  If you then use a command enter
 Insert mode again it normally doesn't nest.  Thus when typing "a<C-O>a" and
@@ -491,7 +493,7 @@ option}
 							*ins-smarttab*
 When the 'smarttab' option is on, a <Tab> inserts 'shiftwidth' positions at
 the beginning of a line and 'tabstop' positions in other places.  This means
-that often spaces instead of a <Tab> character are inserted.  When 'smarttab
+that often spaces instead of a <Tab> character are inserted.  When 'smarttab'
 is off, a <Tab> always inserts 'tabstop' positions, and 'shiftwidth' is only
 used for ">>" and the like.  {not in Vi}
 
@@ -1044,6 +1046,8 @@ that contains the List.  The Dict can have these items:
 			leading text is changed.
 Other items are ignored.
 
+For acting upon end of completion, see the |CompleteDone| autocommand event.
+
 For example, the function can contain this: >
 	let matches = ... list of words ...
 	return {'words': matches, 'refresh': 'always'}

runtime/doc/intro.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*intro.txt*     For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 May 15
+*intro.txt*     For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Sep 05
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -394,6 +394,8 @@ CTRL-{char}	{char} typed as a control character; that is, typing {char}
 							*quotecommandquote*
 "command"	A reference to a command that you can type is enclosed in
 		double quotes.
+`command`		New style command, this distinguishes it from other
+		quoted text and strings.
 
 					*key-notation* *key-codes* *keycodes*
 These names for keys are used in the documentation.  They can also be used

runtime/doc/map.txt

@@ -1244,6 +1244,7 @@ completion can be enabled:
 	-complete=syntax	syntax file names |'syntax'|
 	-complete=tag		tags
 	-complete=tag_listfiles	tags, file names are shown when CTRL-D is hit
+	-complete=user		user names
 	-complete=var		user variables
 	-complete=custom,{func} custom completion, defined via {func}
 	-complete=customlist,{func} custom completion, defined via {func}

runtime/doc/mbyte.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*mbyte.txt*     For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Feb 29
+*mbyte.txt*     For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Oct 06
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar et al.
@@ -475,7 +475,7 @@ Useful utilities for converting the charset:
 	|charset| converter.  Supported |charset|: ISO-2022-CN, ISO-2022-JP,
 	ISO-2022-KR, EUC-CN, EUC-JP, EUC-KR, EUC-TW, UTF-7, UTF-8, ISO-8859
 	series, Shift_JIS, Big5 and HZ.  Lv can be found at:
-	http://www.ff.iij4u.or.jp/~nrt/freeware/lv4495.tar.gz
+	http://www.ff.iij4u.or.jp/~nrt/lv/index.html
 
 
 							*mbyte-conversion*
@@ -615,7 +615,7 @@ Each field means:
 	    charsets, such as JIS X 0208, if this field is 0, code points has
 	    the same value as GL, and GR if 1.
 
-For example, in case of a 14 dots font corresponding to JIS X 0208, it is
+For example, in case of a 16 dots font corresponding to JIS X 0208, it is
 written like:
     -misc-fixed-medium-r-normal--16-110-100-100-c-160-jisx0208.1990-0
 
@@ -1085,6 +1085,13 @@ Since the mapping is defined with |:lnoremap| the resulting quote will not be
 used for the start of another character.
 The "accents" keymap uses this.				*keymap-accents*
 
+The first column can also be in |<>| form:
+	<C-c>		Ctrl-C
+	<A-c>		Alt-c
+	<A-C>		Alt-C
+Note that the Alt mappings may not work, depending on your keyboard and
+terminal.
+
 Although it's possible to have more than one character in the second column,
 this is unusual.  But you can use various ways to specify the character: >
 	A	a		literal character

runtime/doc/motion.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*motion.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Jul 19
+*motion.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Aug 04
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ or change text.  The following operators are available:
 	|>|	>	shift right
 	|<|	<	shift left
 	|zf|	zf	define a fold
-	|g@|    g@      call function set with the 'operatorfunc' option
+	|g@|	g@	call function set with the 'operatorfunc' option
 
 If the motion includes a count and the operator also had a count before it,
 the two counts are multiplied.  For example: "2d3w" deletes six words.
@@ -326,6 +326,7 @@ gg			Goto line [count], default first line, on the first
 			non-blank character |linewise|.  If 'startofline' not
 			set, keep the same column.
 
+							*:[range]*
 :[range]		Set the cursor on the last line number in [range].
 			[range] can also be just one line number, e.g., ":1"
 			or ":'m".
@@ -513,6 +514,8 @@ always select less text than the "a" commands.
 These commands are {not in Vi}.
 These commands are not available when the |+textobjects| feature has been
 disabled at compile time.
+Also see `gn` and `gN`, operating on the last search pattern.
+
 							*v_aw* *aw*
 aw			"a word", select [count] words (see |word|).
 			Leading or trailing white space is included, but not
@@ -689,6 +692,7 @@ movement commands are used.
 	"daw"	delete a word				*daw*
 	"diW"	delete inner WORD (see |WORD|)		*diW*
 	"daW"	delete a WORD (see |WORD|)		*daW*
+	"dgn"   delete the next search pattern match    *dgn*
 	"dd"	delete one line				|dd|
 	"dis"	delete inner sentence			*dis*
 	"das"	delete a sentence			*das*
@@ -750,6 +754,13 @@ m[  or  m]		Set the |'[| or |']| mark.  Useful when an operator is
 			to be simulated by multiple commands.  (does not move
 			the cursor, this is not a motion command).
 
+						*m<* *m>*
+m<  or  m>		Set the |'<| or |'>| mark.  Useful to change what the
+			`gv` command selects.  (does not move the cursor, this
+			is not a motion command).
+			Note that the Visual mode cannot be set, only the
+			start and end position.
+
 						*:ma* *:mark* *E191*
 :[range]ma[rk] {a-zA-Z'}
 			Set mark {a-zA-Z'} at last line number in [range],

runtime/doc/options.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*options.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 May 16
+*options.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Jan 30
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -756,7 +756,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			feature}
 	When on and 'termbidi' is off, the required visual character
 	corrections that need to take place for displaying the Arabic language
-	take affect.  Shaping, in essence, gets enabled; the term is a broad
+	take effect.  Shaping, in essence, gets enabled; the term is a broad
 	one which encompasses:
 	  a) the changing/morphing of characters based on their location
 	     within a word (initial, medial, final and stand-alone).
@@ -1107,8 +1107,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	Vim does not try to send a message to an external debugger (Netbeans
 	or Sun Workshop).
 
-	The expression may be evaluated in the |sandbox|, see
+	The expression will be evaluated in the |sandbox| when set from a
-	|sandbox-option|.
+	modeline, see |sandbox-option|.
 
 	It is not allowed to change text or jump to another window while
 	evaluating 'balloonexpr' |textlock|.
@@ -1452,6 +1452,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	This option is a list of comma separated names.
 	These names are recognized:
 
+						*clipboard-unnamed*
 	unnamed		When included, Vim will use the clipboard register '*'
 			for all yank, delete, change and put operations which
 			would normally go to the unnamed register.  When a
@@ -1461,6 +1462,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			explicitly accessed using the "* notation.  Also see
 			|gui-clipboard|.
 
+						*clipboard-unnamedplus*
 	unnamedplus	A variant of "unnamed" flag which uses the clipboard
 			register '+' (|quoteplus|) instead of register '*' for
 			all operations except yank.  Yank shall copy the text
@@ -1470,6 +1472,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			Availability can be checked with: >
 				if has('unnamedplus')
 <
+						*clipboard-autoselect*
 	autoselect	Works like the 'a' flag in 'guioptions': If present,
 			then whenever Visual mode is started, or the Visual
 			area extended, Vim tries to become the owner of the
@@ -1481,9 +1484,16 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			"autoselect" flag is used.
 			Also applies to the modeless selection.
 
+						*clipboard-autoselectplus*
+	autoselectplus  Like "autoselect" but using the + register instead of
+			the * register.  Compare to the 'P' flag in
+			'guioptions'.
+
+						*clipboard-autoselectml*
 	autoselectml	Like "autoselect", but for the modeless selection
 			only.  Compare to the 'A' flag in 'guioptions'.
 
+						*clipboard-html*
 	html		When the clipboard contains HTML, use this when
 			pasting.  When putting text on the clipboard, mark it
 			as HTML.  This works to copy rendered HTML from
@@ -1494,6 +1504,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			Only supported for GTK version 2 and later.
 			Only available with the |+multi_byte| feature.
 
+						*clipboard-exclude*
 	exclude:{pattern}
 			Defines a pattern that is matched against the name of
 			the terminal 'term'.  If there is a match, no
@@ -3040,8 +3051,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	The expression used for when 'foldmethod' is "expr".  It is evaluated
 	for each line to obtain its fold level.  See |fold-expr|.
 
-	The expression may be evaluated in the |sandbox|, see
+	The expression will be evaluated in the |sandbox| if set from a
-	|sandbox-option|.
+	modeline, see |sandbox-option|.
 	This option can't be set from a |modeline| when the 'diff' option is
 	on.
 
@@ -3183,8 +3194,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	An expression which is used to specify the text displayed for a closed
 	fold.  See |fold-foldtext|.
 
-	The expression may be evaluated in the |sandbox|, see
+	The expression will be evaluated in the |sandbox| if set from a
-	|sandbox-option|.
+	modeline, see |sandbox-option|.
 
 	It is not allowed to change text or jump to another window while
 	evaluating 'foldtext' |textlock|.
@@ -3229,8 +3240,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	format function will be used |C-indenting|.
 	Environment variables are expanded |:set_env|.  See |option-backslash|
 	about including spaces and backslashes.
-	The expression may be evaluated in the |sandbox|, see
+	This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
-	|sandbox-option|.
+	security reasons.
 
 						*'formatexpr'* *'fex'*
 'formatexpr' 'fex'	string (default "")
@@ -3263,9 +3274,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	When the expression evaluates to non-zero Vim will fall back to using
 	the internal format mechanism.
 
-	The expression may be evaluated in the |sandbox|, see
+	The expression will be evaluated in the |sandbox| when set from a
-	|sandbox-option|.  That stops the option from working, since changing
+	modeline, see |sandbox-option|.  That stops the option from working,
-	the buffer text is not allowed.
+	since changing the buffer text is not allowed.
 
 						*'fsync'* *'fs'*
 'fsync' 'fs'		boolean	(default on)
@@ -3549,6 +3560,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	to set 'guifontwide' at all unless you want to override the choice
 	made by Pango/Xft.
 
+	Windows +multibyte only:		*guifontwide_win_mbyte*
+
+	If set and valid, 'guifontwide' is used for IME instead of 'guifont'.
+
 						*'guiheadroom'* *'ghr'*
 'guiheadroom' 'ghr'	number	(default 50)
 			global
@@ -3589,6 +3604,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		windowing system's global selection unless explicitly told to
 		by a yank or delete operation for the "* register.
 		The same applies to the modeless selection.
+								*'go-P'*
+	  'P'	Like autoselect but using the "+ register instead of the "*
+	  	register.
 								*'go-A'*
 	  'A'	Autoselect for the modeless selection.  Like 'a', but only
 		applies to the modeless selection.
@@ -3806,7 +3824,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	|hl-ModeMsg|	 M  Mode (e.g., "-- INSERT --")
 	|hl-LineNr|	 n  line number for ":number" and ":#" commands, and
 			    when 'number' or 'relativenumber' option is set.
-	|hl-CursorLineNr|  N like n for when 'cursorline' is set.
+	|hl-CursorLineNr|  N like n for when 'cursorline' or 'relativenumber' is
+			    set.
 	|hl-Question|	 r  |hit-enter| prompt and yes/no questions
 	|hl-StatusLine|	 s  status line of current window |status-line|
 	|hl-StatusLineNC| S  status lines of not-current windows
@@ -4086,8 +4105,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	found.  Allows doing "gf" on the name after an 'include' statement.
 	Also used for |<cfile>|.
 
-	The expression may be evaluated in the |sandbox|, see
+	The expression will be evaluated in the |sandbox| when set from a
-	|sandbox-option|.
+	modeline, see |sandbox-option|.
 
 	It is not allowed to change text or jump to another window while
 	evaluating 'includeexpr' |textlock|.
@@ -4151,8 +4170,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	See |indent-expression|.
 	NOTE: This option is made empty when 'compatible' is set.
 
-	The expression may be evaluated in the |sandbox|, see
+	The expression will be evaluated in the |sandbox| when set from a
-	|sandbox-option|.
+	modeline, see |sandbox-option|.
 
 	It is not allowed to change text or jump to another window while
 	evaluating 'indentexpr' |textlock|.
@@ -4581,24 +4600,31 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			{not in Vi}
 	Strings to use in 'list' mode and for the |:list| command.  It is a
 	comma separated list of string settings.
+	  						*lcs-eol*
 	  eol:c		Character to show at the end of each line.  When
 			omitted, there is no extra character at the end of the
 			line.
+	  						*lcs-tab*
 	  tab:xy	Two characters to be used to show a tab.  The first
 			char is used once.  The second char is repeated to
 			fill the space that the tab normally occupies.
 			"tab:>-" will show a tab that takes four spaces as
 			">---".  When omitted, a tab is show as ^I.
+	  						*lcs-trail*
 	  trail:c	Character to show for trailing spaces.  When omitted,
 			trailing spaces are blank.
+	  						*lcs-extends*
 	  extends:c	Character to show in the last column, when 'wrap' is
 			off and the line continues beyond the right of the
 			screen.
+	  						*lcs-precedes*
 	  precedes:c	Character to show in the first column, when 'wrap'
 			is off and there is text preceding the character
 			visible in the first column.
+	  						*lcs-conceal*
 	  conceal:c	Character to show in place of concealed text, when
 			'conceallevel' is set to 1.
+	  						*lcs-nbsp*
 	  nbsp:c	Character to show for a non-breakable space (character
 			0xA0, 160).  Left blank when omitted.
 
@@ -4692,8 +4718,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			local to buffer
 			{not in Vi}
 	Characters that form pairs.  The |%| command jumps from one to the
-	other.  Currently only single byte character pairs are allowed, and
+	other.
-	they must be different.  The characters must be separated by a colon.
+	Only character pairs are allowed that are different, thus you cannot
+	jump between two double quotes.
+	The characters must be separated by a colon.
 	The pairs must be separated by a comma.  Example for including '<' and
 	'>' (HTML): >
 		:set mps+=<:>
@@ -5119,6 +5147,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	invoked and what it should return.
 	This option is usually set by a filetype plugin:
 	|:filetype-plugin-on|
+	This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
+	security reasons.
 
 
 			    *'opendevice'* *'odev'* *'noopendevice'* *'noodev'*
@@ -6096,6 +6126,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			local to buffer
 	Number of spaces to use for each step of (auto)indent.  Used for
 	|'cindent'|, |>>|, |<<|, etc.
+	When zero the 'ts' value will be used.  Use the |shiftwidth()|
+	function to get the effective shiftwidth value.
 
 						*'shortmess'* *'shm'*
 'shortmess' 'shm'	string	(Vim default "filnxtToO", Vi default: "",
@@ -6359,6 +6391,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	of 8, while being able to edit like it is set to 'sts'.  However,
 	commands like "x" still work on the actual characters.
 	When 'sts' is zero, this feature is off.
+	When 'sts' is negative, the value of 'shiftwidth' is used.
 	'softtabstop' is set to 0 when the 'paste' option is set.
 	See also |ins-expandtab|.  When 'expandtab' is not set, the number of
 	spaces is minimized by using <Tab>s.
@@ -6680,8 +6713,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	The variable "actual_curbuf" is set to the 'bufnr()' number of the
 	real current buffer.
 
-	The 'statusline' option may be evaluated in the |sandbox|, see
+	The 'statusline' option will be evaluated in the |sandbox| if set from
-	|sandbox-option|.
+	a modeline, see |sandbox-option|.
 
 	It is not allowed to change text or jump to another window while
 	evaluating 'statusline' |textlock|.
@@ -7402,6 +7435,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	   pterm	QNX pterm mouse handling.
 							*urxvt-mouse*
 	   urxvt	Mouse handling for the urxvt (rxvt-unicode) terminal.
+							*sgr-mouse*
+	   sgr		Mouse handling for the terminal that emits SGR-styled
+			mouse reporting. Works with xterm version 277 or
+			later.
 
 	The mouse handling must be enabled at compile time |+mouse_xterm|
 	|+mouse_dec| |+mouse_netterm|.
@@ -7414,6 +7451,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	or "xterm2" already.  The main use of this option is to set it to
 	"xterm", when the terminal name doesn't start with "xterm", but it can
 	handle xterm mouse codes.
+	The "sgr" value will be set if the xterm version is 277 or later.
 	The "xterm2" value will be set if the xterm version is reported to be
 	95 or higher.  This only works when compiled with the |+termresponse|
 	feature and if |t_RV| is set to the escape sequence to request the
@@ -7465,7 +7503,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	For more information about this feature see |undo-persistence|.
 	The undo file is not read when 'undoreload' causes the buffer from
 	before a reload to be saved for undo.
-	WARNING: this is a very new feature.  Use at your own risk!
+	When 'undofile' is turned off the undo file is NOT deleted.
 
 						*'undolevels'* *'ul'*
 'undolevels' 'ul'	number	(default 100, 1000 for Unix, VMS,
@@ -7841,9 +7879,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			{not available when compiled without the |+wildignore|
 			feature}
 	A list of file patterns.  A file that matches with one of these
-	patterns is ignored when completing file or directory names, and
+	patterns is ignored when expanding |wildcards|, completing file or
-	influences the result of |expand()|, |glob()| and |globpath()| unless
+	directory names, and influences the result of |expand()|, |glob()| and
-	a flag is passed to disable this.
+	|globpath()| unless a flag is passed to disable this.
 	The pattern is used like with |:autocmd|, see |autocmd-patterns|.
 	Also see 'suffixes'.
 	Example: >

runtime/doc/pattern.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pattern.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 May 18
+*pattern.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Jan 25
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -993,6 +993,8 @@ x	A single character, with no special meaning, matches itself
 	[xyz]		any 'x', 'y' or 'z'
 	[a-zA-Z]$	any alphabetic character at the end of a line
 	\c[a-z]$	same
+	[А-яЁё]		Russian alphabet (with utf-8 and cp1251)
+
 								*/[\n]*
 	With "\_" prepended the collection also includes the end-of-line.
 	The same can be done by including "\n" in the collection.  The

runtime/doc/pi_gzip.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pi_gzip.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2002 Oct 29
+*pi_gzip.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Jul 19
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -25,6 +25,8 @@ with these extensions:
 	*.Z		compress (Lempel-Ziv)
 	*.gz		gzip
 	*.bz2		bzip2
+	*.lzma		lzma
+	*.xz		xz
 
 That's actually the only thing you need to know.  There are no options.
 

runtime/doc/pi_netrw.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pi_netrw.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Apr 05
+*pi_netrw.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Oct 25
 
 	    -----------------------------------------------------
 	    NETRW REFERENCE MANUAL    by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ and has lines resembling >
 Windows' ftp doesn't support .netrc; however, one may have in one's .vimrc:  >
 
 	let g:netrw_ftp_cmd= 'c:\Windows\System32\ftp -s:C:\Users\Myself\MACHINE'
-<	
+<
 Netrw will substitute the host's machine name for MACHINE from the url it is
 attempting to open, and so one may specify >
 	userid
@@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ EXTERNAL APPLICATIONS AND PROTOCOLS			*netrw-externapp* {{{2
 	default, the option arguments for the http-handling commands are: >
 
 		    elinks : "-source >"
-		    links  : "-source >"
+		    links  : "-dump >"
 		    curl   : "-o"
 		    wget   : "-q -O"
 		    fetch  : "-o"
@@ -1072,6 +1072,7 @@ QUICK REFERENCE: MAPS				*netrw-browse-maps* {{{2
 	   v	Enter the file/directory under the cursor in a new   |netrw-v|
 		browser window.  A vertical split is used.
 	   x	View file with an associated program                 |netrw-x|
+	   X	Execute filename under cursor via |system()|           |netrw-X|
 
 	   %	Open a new file in netrw's current directory         |netrw-%|
 
@@ -1589,6 +1590,15 @@ Related topics:               |netrw-s|               |netrw-S|
 Associated setting variables: |g:netrw_sort_sequence| |g:netrw_sort_options|
 
 
+EXECUTING FILE UNDER CURSOR VIA SYSTEM()			*netrw-X*
+
+Pressing X while the cursor is atop an executable file will yield a prompt
+using the filename asking for any arguments.  Upon pressing a [return], netrw
+will then call |system()| with that command and arguments.  The result will
+be displayed by |:echomsg|, and so |:messages| will repeat display of the
+result.  Ansi escape sequences will be stripped out.
+
+
 FORCING TREATMENT AS A FILE OR DIRECTORY	*netrw-gd* *netrw-gf* {{{2
 
 Remote symbolic links (ie. those listed via ssh or ftp) are problematic
@@ -1596,10 +1606,10 @@ in that it is difficult to tell whether they link to a file or to a
 directory.
 
 To force treatment as a file: use >
-	gd
+	gf
 <
 To force treatment as a directory: use >
-	gf
+	gd
 <
 
 GOING UP							*netrw--* {{{2
@@ -1957,7 +1967,7 @@ The "mT" mapping will apply the command in |g:netrw_ctags| (by default, it is
 netrw will use ssh (see |g:netrw_ssh_cmd|), and so ssh must be available for
 this to work on remote systems.  For your local system, see |ctags| on how to
 get a version.  I myself use hdrtags, currently available at
-http://mysite.verizon.net/astronaut/src/index.html , and have >
+http://www.drchip.org/astronaut/src/index.html , and have >
 
 	let g:netrw_ctags= "hdrtag"
 <
@@ -2093,6 +2103,9 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
 				     history.
 				     (related: |netrw-qb| |netrw-u| |netrw-U|)
 
+  *g:netrw_dynamic_maxfilenamelen* =32: enables dynamic determination of
+				    |g:netrw_maxfilenamelen|, which affects
+				    local file long listing.
   *g:netrw_errorlvl*		=0: error levels greater than or equal to
 				    this are permitted to be displayed
 				    0: notes
@@ -2843,13 +2856,13 @@ which is loaded automatically at startup (assuming :set nocp).
 
 	1. Get the <Decho.vim> script, available as:
 
-	     http://mysite.verizon.net/astronaut/vim/index.html#DECHO
+	     http://www.drchip.org/astronaut/vim/index.html#DECHO
 	   or
 	     http://vim.sourceforge.net/scripts/script.php?script_id=120
 
 	  It now comes as a "vimball"; if you're using vim 7.0 or earlier,
 	  you'll need to update vimball, too.  See
-	     http://mysite.verizon.net/astronaut/vim/index.html#VIMBALL
+	     http://www.drchip.org/astronaut/vim/index.html#VIMBALL
 
 	2. Edit the <netrw.vim> file by typing: >
 
@@ -2882,57 +2895,77 @@ which is loaded automatically at startup (assuming :set nocp).
 ==============================================================================
 12. History						*netrw-history* {{{1
 
-	v145: Apr 05, 2012 * moved some command from a g:netrw_local_...
+	v146:	Oct 20, 2012	* (David Kotchan) reported that under Windows,
-			     format to g:netwr_local... format
+				  directories named with unusual characters
-			   * included some NOTE level messages about
+				  such as "#" or "$" were not being listed
-			     commands that aren't executable
+				  properly.
-			   * |g:netrw_errorlvl| (default: NOTE=0)
+				* (Kenny Lee) reported that the buffer list
-			     option introduced
+				  was being populated by netrw buffers.
-	v144: Mar 12, 2012 * when |CTRL-W_s| or |CTRL-W_v| are used,
+				  Netrw will now |:bwipe| netrw buffers
-			     or their wincmd equivalents, on a netrw
+				  upon editing a file if g:netrw_fastbrowse
-			     buffer, the netrw's w: variables were
+				  is zero and its not in tree listing style.
-			     not copied over.  Fixed.
+	v145:	Apr 05, 2012	* moved some command from a g:netrw_local_...
-	      Mar 13, 2012 * nbcd_curpos_{bufnr('%')} was commented
+				  format to g:netwr_local... format
-			     out, and was mistakenly used during
+				* included some NOTE level messages about
-			     RestorePosn.  Unfortunately, I'm not
+				  commands that aren't executable
-			     sure why it was commented out, so this
+				* |g:netrw_errorlvl| (default: NOTE=0)
-			     "fix" may re-introduce an earlier problem.
+				  option introduced
-	      Mar 21, 2012 * included s:rexposn internally to make
+		May 18, 2012	* (Ilya Dogolazky) a scenario where a
-			     :Rex return the cursor to the same pos'n
+				  |g:netrw_fastbrowse| of zero did not
-			     upon restoration of netrw buffer
+				  have a local directory refreshed fixed.
-	      Mar 27, 2012 * (sjbesse) s:NetrwGetFile() needs to remove
+		Jul 10, 2012	* (Donatas) |netrw-gb| wasn't working due
-			     "/" from the netrw buffer's usual |'isk'|
+				  to an incorrectly used variable.
-			     in order to allow "filetype detect" to work
+		Aug 09, 2012	* (Bart Baker) netrw was doubling
-			     properly for scripts.
+				  of entries after a split.
-	v143: Jun 01, 2011 * |g:netrw_winsize| will accept a negative
+				* (code by Takahiro Yoshihara) implemented
-			     number; the absolute value of it will then
+				  |g:netrw_dynamic_maxfilenamelen|
-			     be used to specify lines/columns instead of
+		Aug 31, 2012	* (Andrew Wong) netrw refresh overwriting
-			     a percentage.
+				  the yank buffer.
-	      Jul 05, 2011 * the "d" map now supports mkdir via ftp
+	v144: Mar 12, 2012	* when |CTRL-W_s| or |CTRL-W_v| are used,
-			     See |netrw-d| and |g:netrw_remote_mkdir|
+				  or their wincmd equivalents, on a netrw
-	      Jul 11, 2011 * Changed Explore!, Sexplore!, and Vexplore
+				  buffer, the netrw's w: variables were
-			     to use a percentage of |winwidth()| instead
+				  not copied over.  Fixed.
-			     of a percentage of |winheight()|.
+		Mar 13, 2012	* nbcd_curpos_{bufnr('%')} was commented
-	      Jul 11, 2011 * included support for https://... I'm just
+				  out, and was mistakenly used during
-			     beginning to test this, however.
+				  RestorePosn.  Unfortunately, I'm not
-	      Aug 01, 2011 * changed RestoreOptions to also restore
+				  sure why it was commented out, so this
-			     cursor position in netrw buffers.
+				  "fix" may re-introduce an earlier problem.
-	      Aug 12, 2011 * added a note about "%" to the balloon
+		Mar 21, 2012	* included s:rexposn internally to make
-	      Aug 30, 2011 * if |g:netrw_nobeval| exists, then balloon
+				  :Rex return the cursor to the same pos'n
-			     evaluation is suppressed.
+				  upon restoration of netrw buffer
-	      Aug 31, 2011 * (Benjamin R Haskell) provided a patch that
+		Mar 27, 2012	* (sjbesse) s:NetrwGetFile() needs to remove
-			     implements non-standard port handling for
+				  "/" from the netrw buffer's usual |'isk'|
-			     files opened via the remote browser.
+				  in order to allow "filetype detect" to work
-	      Aug 31, 2011 * Fixed a **//pattern  Explorer bug
+				  properly for scripts.
-	      Sep 15, 2011 * (reported by Francesco Campana) netrw
+	v143: Jun 01, 2011	* |g:netrw_winsize| will accept a negative
-			     now permits the "@" to be part of the
+				  number; the absolute value of it will then
-			     user id (if there's an @ that appears
+				  be used to specify lines/columns instead of
-			     to the right).
+				  a percentage.
-	      Nov 21, 2011 * New option: |g:netrw_ftp_options|
+		Jul 05, 2011	* the "d" map now supports mkdir via ftp
-	      Dec 07, 2011 * (James Sinclair) provided a fix handling
+				  See |netrw-d| and |g:netrw_remote_mkdir|
-	      		     attempts to use a uid and password when
+		Jul 11, 2011	* Changed Explore!, Sexplore!, and Vexplore
-			     they weren't defined.  This affected
+				  to use a percentage of |winwidth()| instead
-			     NetWrite (NetRead already had that fix).
+				  of a percentage of |winheight()|.
+		Jul 11, 2011	* included support for https://... I'm just
+				  beginning to test this, however.
+		Aug 01, 2011	* changed RestoreOptions to also restore
+				  cursor position in netrw buffers.
+		Aug 12, 2011	* added a note about "%" to the balloon
+		Aug 30, 2011	* if |g:netrw_nobeval| exists, then balloon
+				  evaluation is suppressed.
+		Aug 31, 2011	* (Benjamin R Haskell) provided a patch that
+				  implements non-standard port handling for
+				  files opened via the remote browser.
+		Aug 31, 2011	* Fixed a **//pattern  Explorer bug
+		Sep 15, 2011	* (reported by Francesco Campana) netrw
+				  now permits the "@" to be part of the
+				  user id (if there's an @ that appears
+				  to the right).
+		Nov 21, 2011	* New option: |g:netrw_ftp_options|
+		Dec 07, 2011	* (James Sinclair) provided a fix handling
+				  attempts to use a uid and password when
+				  they weren't defined.  This affected
+				  NetWrite (NetRead already had that fix).
 
 
 ==============================================================================

runtime/doc/quickfix.txt

@@ -561,7 +561,9 @@ commands can be combined to create a NewGrep command: >
 					*:vim* *:vimgrep* *E682* *E683*
 :vim[grep][!] /{pattern}/[g][j] {file} ...
 			Search for {pattern} in the files {file} ... and set
-			the error list to the matches.
+			the error list to the matches.  Files matching
+			'wildignore' are ignored; files in 'suffixes' are
+			searched last.
 			Without the 'g' flag each line is added only once.
 			With 'g' every match is added.
 

runtime/doc/sign.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*sign.txt*      For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Jan 04
+*sign.txt*      For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Jul 10
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Gordon Prieur
@@ -153,8 +153,14 @@ REMOVING SIGNS						*:sign-unplace* *E159*
 		Remove the previously placed sign {id} from file {fname}.
 		See remark above about {fname} |:sign-fname|.
 
+:sign unplace * file={fname}
+		Remove all placed signs in file {fname}.
+
 :sign unplace {id} buffer={nr}
-		Same, but use buffer {nr}.
+		Remove the previously placed sign {id} from buffer {nr}.
+
+:sign unplace * buffer={nr}
+		Remove all placed signs in buffer {nr}.
 
 :sign unplace {id}
 		Remove the previously placed sign {id} from all files it

runtime/doc/syntax.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*syntax.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Apr 06
+*syntax.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Jan 30
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -380,194 +380,23 @@ settings, depending on which syntax is active.	Example: >
 This is not a syntax file itself, but a script that converts the current
 window into HTML.  Vim opens a new window in which it builds the HTML file.
 
+After you save the resulting file, you can view it with any browser.  The
+colors should be exactly the same as you see them in Vim.
+
 You are not supposed to set the 'filetype' or 'syntax' option to "2html"!
 Source the script to convert the current file: >
 
 	:runtime! syntax/2html.vim
 <
-							*:TOhtml*
+Many variables affect the output of 2html.vim; see below. Any of the on/off
-Or use the ":TOhtml" user command.  It is defined in a standard plugin.
+options listed below can be enabled or disabled by setting them explicitly to
-":TOhtml" also works with a range and in a Visual area: >
+the desired value, or restored to their default by removing the variable using
-
+|:unlet|.
-	:10,40TOhtml
-
-Warning: This can be slow! The script must process every character of every
-line. Because it can take a long time, by default a progress bar is displayed
-in the statusline for each major step in the conversion process. If you don't
-like seeing this progress bar, you can disable it and get a very minor speed
-improvement with: >
-
-	let g:html_no_progress = 1
-
-":TOhtml" has another special feature: if the window is in diff mode, it will
-generate HTML that shows all the related windows.  This can be disabled by
-setting the g:html_diff_one_file variable: >
-
-	let g:html_diff_one_file = 1
-
-After you save the resulting file, you can view it with any browser.  The
-colors should be exactly the same as you see them in Vim.
-
-To restrict the conversion to a range of lines, use a range with the |:TOhtml|
-command, or set "g:html_start_line" and "g:html_end_line" to the first and
-last line to be converted.  Example, using the last set Visual area: >
-
-	:let g:html_start_line = line("'<")
-	:let g:html_end_line = line("'>")
-
-The lines are numbered according to 'number' option and the Number
-highlighting.  You can force lines to be numbered in the HTML output by
-setting "html_number_lines" to non-zero value: >
-   :let g:html_number_lines = 1
-Force to omit the line numbers by using a zero value: >
-   :let g:html_number_lines = 0
-Go back to the default to use 'number' by deleting the variable: >
-   :unlet g:html_number_lines
-
-By default, valid HTML 4.01 using cascading style sheets (CSS1) is generated.
-If you need to generate markup for really old browsers or some other user
-agent that lacks basic CSS support, use: >
-   :let g:html_use_css = 0
-
-Concealed text is removed from the HTML and replaced with the appropriate
-character from |:syn-cchar| or 'listchars' depending on the current value of
-'conceallevel'. If you always want to display all text in your document,
-either set 'conceallevel' to zero before invoking 2html, or use: >
-   :let g:html_ignore_conceal = 1
-
-Similarly, closed folds are put in the HTML as they are displayed.  If you
-don't want this, use the |zR| command before invoking 2html, or use: >
-   :let g:html_ignore_folding = 1
-
-You may want to generate HTML that includes all the data within the folds, and
-allow the user to view the folded data similar to how they would in Vim. To
-generate this dynamic fold information, use: >
-   :let g:html_dynamic_folds = 1
-
-Using html_dynamic_folds will imply html_use_css, because it would be far too
-difficult to do it for old browsers. However, html_ignore_folding overrides
-html_dynamic_folds.
-
-Using html_dynamic_folds will default to generating a foldcolumn in the html
-similar to Vim's foldcolumn, that will use javascript to open and close the
-folds in the HTML document. The width of this foldcolumn starts at the current
-setting of |'foldcolumn'| but grows to fit the greatest foldlevel in your
-document. If you do not want to show a foldcolumn at all, use: >
-   :let g:html_no_foldcolumn = 1
-
-Using this option, there will be no foldcolumn available to open the folds in
-the HTML. For this reason, another option is provided: html_hover_unfold.
-Enabling this option will use CSS 2.0 to allow a user to open a fold by
-hovering the mouse pointer over it. Note that old browsers (notably Internet
-Explorer 6) will not support this feature.  Browser-specific markup for IE6 is
-included to fall back to the normal CSS1 code so that the folds show up
-correctly for this browser, but they will not be openable without a
-foldcolumn. Note that using html_hover_unfold will allow modern browsers with
-disabled javascript to view closed folds. To use this option, use: >
-   :let g:html_hover_unfold = 1
-
-Setting html_no_foldcolumn with html_dynamic_folds will automatically set
-html_hover_unfold, because otherwise the folds wouldn't be dynamic.
-
-By default "<pre>" and "</pre>" are used around the text. When 'wrap' is set
-in the window being converted, the CSS 2.0 "white-space:pre-wrap" value is
-used to wrap the text. You can explicitly enable the wrapping with: >
-   :let g:html_pre_wrap = 1
-or disable with >
-   :let g:html_pre_wrap = 0
-This generates HTML that looks very close to the Vim window, but unfortunately
-there can be minor differences such as the lack of a 'showbreak' option in in
-the HTML, or where line breaks can occur.
-
-Another way to obtain text wrapping in the HTML, at the risk of making some
-things look even more different, is to use: >
-   :let g:html_no_pre = 1
-This will use <br> at the end of each line and use "&nbsp;" for repeated
-spaces. Doing it this way is more compatible with old browsers, but modern
-browsers support the "white-space" method.
-
-If you do stick with the default "<pre>" tags, <Tab> characters in the text
-are included in the generated output if they will have no effect on the
-appearance of the text and it looks like they are in the document
-intentionally. This allows for the HTML output to be copied and pasted from a
-browser without losing the actual whitespace used in the document.
-
-Specifically, <Tab> characters will be included if the 'tabstop' option is set
-to the default of 8, 'expandtab' is not set, and if neither the foldcolumn nor
-the line numbers are included in the HTML output (see options above). When any
-of these conditions are not met, any <Tab> characters in the text are expanded
-to the appropriate number of spaces in the HTML output.
-
-When "<pre>" is included, you can force |:TOhtml| to keep the tabs even if the
-other conditions are not met with: >
-   :let g:html_expand_tabs = 0
-Note that this can easily break text alignment and indentation in the HTML.
-
-Force tabs to be expanded even when they would be kept using: >
-   :let g:html_expand_tabs = 1
-
-For diff mode on a single file (with g:html_diff_one_file) a sequence of more
-than 3 filler lines is displayed as three lines with the middle line
-mentioning the total number of inserted lines.  If you prefer to see all the
-inserted lines as with the side-by-side diff, use: >
-    :let g:html_whole_filler = 1
-And to go back to displaying up to three lines again: >
-    :unlet g:html_whole_filler
-
-For most buffers, TOhtml uses the current value of 'fileencoding' if set, or
-'encoding' if not, to determine the charset and 'fileencoding' of the HTML
-file. 'encoding' is always used for certain 'buftype' values. In general, this
-works for the encodings mentioned specifically by name in |encoding-names|,
-but TOhtml will only automatically use those encodings which are widely
-supported. However, you can override this to support specific encodings that
-may not be automatically detected by default.
-
-To overrule all automatic charset detection, set g:html_use_encoding to the
-name of the charset to be used. TOhtml will try to determine the appropriate
-'fileencoding' setting from the charset, but you may need to set it manually
-if TOhtml cannot determine the encoding. It is recommended to set this
-variable to something widely supported, like UTF-8, for anything you will be
-hosting on a webserver: >
-   :let g:html_use_encoding = "UTF-8"
-You can also use this option to omit the line that specifies the charset
-entirely, by setting g:html_use_encoding to an empty string: >
-   :let g:html_use_encoding = ""
-To go back to the automatic mechanism, delete the g:html_use_encoding
-variable: >
-   :unlet g:html_use_encoding
-
-If you specify a charset with g:html_use_encoding for which TOhtml cannot
-automatically detect the corresponding 'fileencoding' setting, you can use
-g:html_encoding_override to allow TOhtml to detect the correct encoding.
-This is a dictionary of charset-encoding pairs that will replace existing
-pairs automatically detected by TOhtml, or supplement with new pairs. For
-example, to allow TOhtml to detect the HTML charset "windows-1252" properly as
-the encoding "8bit-cp1252", use: >
-   :let g:html_encoding_override = {'windows-1252': '8bit-cp1252'}
-<
-The g:html_charset_override is similar, it allows TOhtml to detect the HTML
-charset for any 'fileencoding' or 'encoding' which is not detected
-automatically. You can also use it to override specific existing
-encoding-charset pairs. For example, TOhtml will by default use UTF-8 for all
-Unicode/UCS encodings. To use UTF-16 and UTF-32 instead, use: >
-   :let g:html_charset_override = {'ucs-4': 'UTF-32', 'utf-16': 'UTF-16'}
-
-Note that documents encoded in either UTF-32 or UTF-16 have known
-compatibility problems with at least one major browser.
-
-					    *convert-to-XML* *convert-to-XHTML*
-If you do not like plain HTML, an alternative is to have the script generate
-XHTML (XML compliant HTML). To do this set the "html_use_xhtml" variable: >
-    :let g:html_use_xhtml = 1
-
-Any of the on/off options listed above can be enabled or disabled by setting
-them explicitly to the desired value, or restored to their default by removing
-the variable using |:unlet|.
 
 Remarks:
 - Some truly ancient browsers may not show the background colors.
 - From most browsers you can also print the file (in color)!
-- This version of TOhtml may work with older versions of Vim, but some
+- The latest TOhtml may actually work with older versions of Vim, but some
   features such as conceal support will not function, and the colors may be
   incorrect for an old Vim without GUI support compiled in.
 
@@ -575,6 +404,311 @@ Here is an example how to run the script over all .c and .h files from a
 Unix shell: >
    for f in *.[ch]; do gvim -f +"syn on" +"run! syntax/2html.vim" +"wq" +"q" $f; done
 <
+					*g:html_start_line* *g:html_end_line*
+To restrict the conversion to a range of lines, use a range with the |:TOhtml|
+command below, or set "g:html_start_line" and "g:html_end_line" to the first
+and last line to be converted.  Example, using the last set Visual area: >
+
+	:let g:html_start_line = line("'<")
+	:let g:html_end_line = line("'>")
+	:runtime! syntax/2html.vim
+<
+							*:TOhtml*
+:[range]TOhtml		The ":TOhtml" command is defined in a standard plugin.
+			This command will source |2html.vim| for you. When a
+			range is given, set |g:html_start_line| and
+			|g:html_end_line| to the start and end of the range,
+			respectively. Default range is the entire buffer.
+
+			If the current window is part of a |diff|, unless
+			|g:html_diff_one_file| is set, :TOhtml will convert
+			all windows which are part of the diff in the current
+			tab and place them side-by-side in a <table> element
+			in the generated HTML.
+
+			Examples: >
+
+	:10,40TOhtml " convert lines 10-40 to html
+	:'<,'>TOhtml " convert current/last visual selection
+	:TOhtml      " convert entire buffer
+<
+							*g:html_diff_one_file*
+Default: 0.
+When 0, all windows involved in a |diff| in the current tab page are converted
+to HTML and placed side-by-side in a <table> element.
+When 1, only the current buffer is converted.
+Example: >
+
+	let g:html_diff_one_file = 1
+<
+							 *g:html_whole_filler*
+Default: 0.
+When 0, if |g:html_diff_one_file| is 1, a sequence of more than 3 filler lines
+is displayed as three lines with the middle line mentioning the total number
+of inserted lines.
+When 1, always display all inserted lines as if |g:html_diff_one_file| were
+not set.
+>
+    :let g:html_whole_filler = 1
+<
+				     *TOhtml-performance* *g:html_no_progress*
+Default: 0.
+When 0, display a progress bar in the statusline for each major step in the
+2html.vim conversion process.
+When 1, do not display the progress bar. This offers a minor speed improvement
+but you won't have any idea how much longer the conversion might take; for big
+files it can take a long time!
+Example: >
+
+	let g:html_no_progress = 1
+<
+You can obtain better performance improvements by also instructing Vim to not
+run interactively, so that too much time is not taken to redraw as the script
+moves through the buffer, switches windows, and the like: >
+
+  vim -E -s -c "let g:html_no_progress=1" -c "syntax on" -c "set ft=c" -c "runtime syntax/2html.vim" -cwqa myfile.c
+<
+Note that the -s flag prevents loading your .vimrc and any plugins, so you
+need to explicitly source/enable anything that will affect the HTML
+conversion. See |-E| and |-s-ex| for details. It is probably best to create a
+script to replace all the -c commands and use it with the -u flag instead of
+specifying each command separately.
+
+							 *g:html_number_lines*
+Default: current 'number' setting.
+When 0, buffer text is displayed in the generated HTML without line numbering.
+When 1, a column of line numbers is added to the generated HTML with the same
+highlighting as the line number column in Vim (|hl-LineNr|).
+Force line numbers even if 'number' is not set: >
+   :let g:html_number_lines = 1
+Force to omit the line numbers: >
+   :let g:html_number_lines = 0
+Go back to the default to use 'number' by deleting the variable: >
+   :unlet g:html_number_lines
+<
+							      *g:html_use_css*
+Default: 1.
+When 1, generate valid HTML 4.01 markup with CSS1 styling, supported in all
+modern browsers and most old browsers.
+When 0, generate <font> tags and similar outdated markup. This is not
+recommended but it may work better in really old browsers, email clients,
+forum posts, and similar situations where basic CSS support is unavailable.
+Example: >
+   :let g:html_use_css = 0
+<
+						       *g:html_ignore_conceal*
+Default: 0.
+When 0, concealed text is removed from the HTML and replaced with a character
+from |:syn-cchar| or 'listchars' as appropriate, depending on the current
+value of 'conceallevel'.
+When 1, include all text from the buffer in the generated HTML, even if it is
+|conceal|ed.
+
+Either of the following commands will ensure that all text in the buffer is
+included in the generated HTML (unless it is folded): >
+   :let g:html_ignore_conceal = 1
+   :setl conceallevel=0
+<
+						       *g:html_ignore_folding*
+Default: 0.
+When 0, text in a closed fold is replaced by the text shown for the fold in
+Vim (|fold-foldtext|). See |g:html_dynamic_folds| if you also want to allow
+the user to expand the fold as in Vim to see the text inside.
+When 1, include all text from the buffer in the generated HTML; whether the
+text is in a fold has no impact at all. |g:html_dynamic_folds| has no effect.
+
+Either of these commands will ensure that all text in the buffer is included
+in the generated HTML (unless it is concealed): >
+   zR
+   :let g:html_ignore_folding = 1
+<
+							*g:html_dynamic_folds*
+Default: 0.
+When 0, text in a closed fold is not included at all in the generated HTML.
+When 1, generate javascript to open a fold and show the text within, just like
+in Vim.
+
+Setting this variable to 1 causes 2html.vim to always use CSS for styling,
+regardless of what |g:html_use_css| is set to.
+
+This variable is ignored when |g:html_ignore_folding| is set.
+>
+   :let g:html_dynamic_folds = 1
+<
+							*g:html_no_foldcolumn*
+Default: 0.
+When 0, if |g:html_dynamic_folds| is 1, generate a column of text similar to
+Vim's foldcolumn (|fold-foldcolumn|) the user can click on to toggle folds
+open or closed. The minimum width of the generated text column is the current
+'foldcolumn' setting.
+When 1, do not generate this column; instead, hovering the mouse cursor over
+folded text will open the fold as if |g:html_hover_unfold| were set.
+>
+   :let g:html_no_foldcolumn = 1
+<
+				*TOhtml-uncopyable-text* *g:html_prevent_copy*
+Default: empty string.
+This option prevents certain regions of the generated HTML from being copied,
+when you select all text in document rendered in a browser and copy it. Useful
+for allowing users to copy-paste only the source text even if a fold column or
+line numbers are shown in the generated content. Specify regions to be
+affected in this way as follows:
+	f:	fold column
+	n:	line numbers (also within fold text)
+	t:	fold text
+	d:	diff filler
+
+Example, to make the fold column and line numbers uncopyable: >
+	:let g:html_prevent_copy = "fn"
+<
+This feature is currently implemented by inserting read-only <input> elements
+into the markup to contain the uncopyable areas. This does not work well in
+all cases. When pasting to some applications which understand HTML, the
+<input> elements also get pasted. But plain-text paste destinations should
+always work.
+
+							   *g:html_no_invalid*
+Default: 0.
+When 0, if |g:html_prevent_copy| is non-empty, an invalid attribute is
+intentionally inserted into the <input> element for the uncopyable areas. This
+increases the number of applications you can paste to without also pasting the
+<input> elements. Specifically, Microsoft Word will not paste the <input>
+elements if they contain this invalid attribute.
+When 1, no invalid markup is ever intentionally inserted, and the generated
+page should validate. However, be careful pasting into Microsoft Word when
+|g:html_prevent_copy| is non-empty; it can be hard to get rid of the <input>
+elements which get pasted.
+
+							 *g:html_hover_unfold*
+Default: 0.
+When 0, the only way to open a fold generated by 2html.vim with
+|g:html_dynamic_folds| set, is to click on the generated fold column.
+When 1, use CSS 2.0 to allow the user to open a fold by moving the mouse
+cursor over the displayed fold text. This is useful to allow users with
+disabled javascript to view the folded text.
+
+Note that old browsers (notably Internet Explorer 6) will not support this
+feature.  Browser-specific markup for IE6 is included to fall back to the
+normal CSS1 styling so that the folds show up correctly for this browser, but
+they will not be openable without a foldcolumn.
+>
+   :let g:html_hover_unfold = 1
+<
+					  *TOhtml-wrap-text* *g:html_pre_wrap*
+Default: current 'wrap' setting.
+When 0, if |g:html_no_pre| is 0 or unset, the text in the generated HTML does
+not wrap at the edge of the browser window.
+When 1, if |g:html_use_css| is 1, the CSS 2.0 "white-space:pre-wrap" value is
+used, causing the text to wrap at whitespace at the edge of the browser
+window.
+Explicitly enable text wrapping: >
+   :let g:html_pre_wrap = 1
+Explicitly disable wrapping: >
+   :let g:html_pre_wrap = 0
+Go back to default, determine wrapping from 'wrap' setting: >
+   :unlet g:html_pre_wrap
+<
+							       *g:html_no_pre*
+Default: 0.
+When 0, buffer text in the generated HTML is surrounded by <pre>...</pre>
+tags. Series of whitespace is shown as in Vim without special markup, and tab
+characters can be included literally (see |g:html_expand_tabs|).
+When 1 (not recommended), the <pre> tags are omitted, and a plain <div> is
+used instead. Whitespace is replaced by a series of &nbsp; character
+references, and <br> is used to end each line. This is another way to allow
+text in the generated HTML is wrap (see |g:html_pre_wrap|) which also works in
+old browsers, but may cause noticeable differences between Vim's display and
+the rendered page generated by 2html.vim.
+>
+   :let g:html_no_pre = 1
+<
+							  *g:html_expand_tabs*
+Default: 1 if 'tabstop' is 8, 'expandtab' is 0, and no fold column or line
+		numbers occur in the generated HTML;
+	 0 otherwise.
+When 0, <Tab> characters in the buffer text are replaced with an appropriate
+number of space characters, or &nbsp; references if |g:html_no_pre| is 1.
+When 1, if |g:html_no_pre| is 0 or unset, <Tab> characters in the buffer text
+are included as-is in the generated HTML. This is useful for when you want to
+allow copy and paste from a browser without losing the actual whitespace in
+the source document. Note that this can easily break text alignment and
+indentation in the HTML, unless set by default.
+
+Force |2html.vim| to keep <Tab> characters: >
+   :let g:html_expand_tabs = 0
+<
+Force tabs to be expanded: >
+   :let g:html_expand_tabs = 1
+<
+				    *TOhtml-encoding-detect* *TOhtml-encoding*
+It is highly recommended to set your desired encoding with
+|g:html_use_encoding| for any content which will be placed on a web server.
+
+If you do not specify an encoding, |2html.vim| uses the preferred IANA name
+for the current value of 'fileencoding' if set, or 'encoding' if not.
+'encoding' is always used for certain 'buftype' values. 'fileencoding' will be
+set to match the chosen document encoding.
+
+Automatic detection works for the encodings mentioned specifically by name in
+|encoding-names|, but TOhtml will only automatically use those encodings with
+wide browser support. However, you can override this to support specific
+encodings that may not be automatically detected by default (see options
+below). See http://www.iana.org/assignments/character-sets for the IANA names.
+
+Note, by default all Unicode encodings are converted to UTF-8 with no BOM in
+the generated HTML, as recommended by W3C:
+
+	http://www.w3.org/International/questions/qa-choosing-encodings
+	http://www.w3.org/International/questions/qa-byte-order-mark
+
+							 *g:html_use_encoding*
+Default: none, uses IANA name for current 'fileencoding' as above.
+To overrule all automatic charset detection, set g:html_use_encoding to the
+name of the charset to be used. It is recommended to set this variable to
+something widely supported, like UTF-8, for anything you will be hosting on a
+webserver: >
+   :let g:html_use_encoding = "UTF-8"
+You can also use this option to omit the line that specifies the charset
+entirely, by setting g:html_use_encoding to an empty string (NOT recommended): >
+   :let g:html_use_encoding = ""
+To go back to the automatic mechanism, delete the |g:html_use_encoding|
+variable: >
+   :unlet g:html_use_encoding
+<
+						    *g:html_encoding_override*
+Default: none, autoload/tohtml.vim contains default conversions for encodings
+		mentioned by name at |encoding-names|.
+This option allows |2html.vim| to detect the correct 'fileencoding' when you
+specify an encoding with |g:html_use_encoding| which is not in the default
+list of conversions.
+
+This is a dictionary of charset-encoding pairs that will replace existing
+pairs automatically detected by TOhtml, or supplement with new pairs.
+
+Detect the HTML charset "windows-1252" as the encoding "8bit-cp1252": >
+   :let g:html_encoding_override = {'windows-1252': '8bit-cp1252'}
+<
+						     *g:html_charset_override*
+Default: none, autoload/tohtml.vim contains default conversions for encodings
+		mentioned by name at |encoding-names| and which have wide
+		browser support.
+This option allows |2html.vim| to detect the HTML charset for any
+'fileencoding' or 'encoding' which is not detected automatically. You can also
+use it to override specific existing encoding-charset pairs. For example,
+TOhtml will by default use UTF-8 for all Unicode/UCS encodings. To use UTF-16
+and UTF-32 instead, use: >
+   :let g:html_charset_override = {'ucs-4': 'UTF-32', 'utf-16': 'UTF-16'}
+
+Note that documents encoded in either UTF-32 or UTF-16 have known
+compatibility problems with some major browsers.
+
+			*convert-to-XML* *convert-to-XHTML* *g:html_use_xhtml*
+Default: 0.
+When 0, generate standard HTML 4.01 (strict when possible).
+When 1, generate XHTML 1.0 instead (XML compliant HTML).
+>
+    :let g:html_use_xhtml = 1
+<
 
 ABEL						*abel.vim* *ft-abel-syntax*
 
@@ -650,7 +784,11 @@ The most flexible is to add a line in your assembly file containing: >
 	asmsyntax=nasm
 Replace "nasm" with the name of the real assembly syntax.  This line must be
 one of the first five lines in the file.  No non-white text must be
-immediately before or after this text.
+immediately before or after this text.  Note that specifying asmsyntax=foo is
+equivalent to setting ft=foo in a |modeline|, and that in case of a conflict
+between the two settings the one from the modeline will take precedence (in
+particular, if you have ft=asm in the modeline, you will get the GNU syntax
+highlighting regardless of what is specified as asmsyntax).
 
 The syntax type can always be overruled for a specific buffer by setting the
 b:asmsyntax variable: >
@@ -952,6 +1090,10 @@ Simpler is setting the filetype to "docbkxml" or "docbksgml": >
 or: >
 	:set filetype=docbkxml
 
+You can specify the DocBook version: >
+	:let docbk_ver = 3
+When not set 4 is used.
+
 
 DOSBATCH				*dosbatch.vim* *ft-dosbatch-syntax*
 
@@ -2351,6 +2493,12 @@ This will add highlighting for the commands that BASH (version 2.05a and
 later, and part earlier) adds.
 
 
+RESTRUCTURED TEXT			*rst.vim* *ft-rst-syntax*
+
+You may set what syntax definitions should be used for code blocks via
+	let rst_syntax_code_list = ['vim', 'lisp', ...]
+
+
 REXX						*rexx.vim* *ft-rexx-syntax*
 
 If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
@@ -2909,7 +3057,7 @@ Some folding is now supported with syntax/vim.vim: >
    g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'P' : fold python   script
    g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'r' : fold ruby     script
    g:vimsyn_folding =~ 't' : fold tcl      script
-
+<
 							*g:vimsyn_noerror*
 Not all error highlighting that syntax/vim.vim does may be correct; VimL is a
 difficult language to highlight correctly.  A way to suppress error
@@ -3755,9 +3903,9 @@ External matches					*:syn-ext-match*
 These extra regular expression items are available in region patterns:
 
 						*/\z(* */\z(\)* *E50* *E52*
-    \z(\)	Marks the sub-expression as "external", meaning that it is can
+    \z(\)	Marks the sub-expression as "external", meaning that it can be
-		be accessed from another pattern match.  Currently only usable
+		accessed from another pattern match.  Currently only usable in
-		in defining a syntax region start pattern.
+		defining a syntax region start pattern.
 
 					*/\z1* */\z2* */\z3* */\z4* */\z5*
     \z1  ...  \z9			*/\z6* */\z7* */\z8* */\z9* *E66* *E67*
@@ -4444,7 +4592,8 @@ IncSearch	'incsearch' highlighting; also used for the text replaced with
 LineNr		Line number for ":number" and ":#" commands, and when 'number'
 		or 'relativenumber' option is set.
 							*hl-CursorLineNr*
-CursorLineNr	Like LineNr when 'cursorline' is set for the cursor line.
+CursorLineNr	Like LineNr when 'cursorline' or 'relativenumber' is set for
+		the cursor line.
 							*hl-MatchParen*
 MatchParen	The character under the cursor or just before it, if it
 		is a paired bracket, and its match. |pi_paren.txt|

runtime/doc/tabpage.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*tabpage.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Jul 31
+*tabpage.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Aug 08
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ something else.
 		this is a "safe" command.
 
 :tabc[lose][!] {count}
-		Close tab page {count}.  Fails in the same way as ':tabclose"
+		Close tab page {count}.  Fails in the same way as `:tabclose`
 		above.
 
 							*:tabo* *:tabonly*
@@ -173,10 +173,20 @@ Other commands:
 REORDERING TAB PAGES:
 
 :tabm[ove] [N]						*:tabm* *:tabmove*
+:[N]tabm[ove]
 		Move the current tab page to after tab page N.  Use zero to
 		make the current tab page the first one.  Without N the tab
 		page is made the last one.
 
+:tabm[ove] +[N]
+:tabm[ove] -[N]
+		Move the current tab page N places to the right (with +) or to
+		the left (with -).
+
+Note that although it is possible to move a tab behind the N-th one by using
+:Ntabmove, it is impossible to move it by N places by using :+Ntabmove. For
+clarification what +N means in this context see |[range]|.
+
 
 LOOPING OVER TAB PAGES:
 

runtime/doc/tags

@@ -281,6 +281,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 'go-F'	options.txt	/*'go-F'*
 'go-L'	options.txt	/*'go-L'*
 'go-M'	options.txt	/*'go-M'*
+'go-P'	options.txt	/*'go-P'*
 'go-R'	options.txt	/*'go-R'*
 'go-T'	options.txt	/*'go-T'*
 'go-a'	options.txt	/*'go-a'*
@@ -1185,6 +1186,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 +mouse_gpm	various.txt	/*+mouse_gpm*
 +mouse_netterm	various.txt	/*+mouse_netterm*
 +mouse_pterm	various.txt	/*+mouse_pterm*
++mouse_sgr	various.txt	/*+mouse_sgr*
 +mouse_sysmouse	various.txt	/*+mouse_sysmouse*
 +mouse_urxvt	various.txt	/*+mouse_urxvt*
 +mouse_xterm	various.txt	/*+mouse_xterm*
@@ -1835,6 +1837,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 :X	editing.txt	/*:X*
 :XMLent	insert.txt	/*:XMLent*
 :XMLns	insert.txt	/*:XMLns*
+:[range]	motion.txt	/*:[range]*
 :\bar	cmdline.txt	/*:\\bar*
 :_!	cmdline.txt	/*:_!*
 :_#	cmdline.txt	/*:_#*
@@ -3408,6 +3411,7 @@ CmdwinLeave	autocmd.txt	/*CmdwinLeave*
 ColorScheme	autocmd.txt	/*ColorScheme*
 Command-line	cmdline.txt	/*Command-line*
 Command-line-mode	cmdline.txt	/*Command-line-mode*
+CompleteDone	autocmd.txt	/*CompleteDone*
 Contents	quickref.txt	/*Contents*
 Cscope	if_cscop.txt	/*Cscope*
 CursorHold	autocmd.txt	/*CursorHold*
@@ -4242,7 +4246,11 @@ E852	gui_x11.txt	/*E852*
 E853	eval.txt	/*E853*
 E854	options.txt	/*E854*
 E855	autocmd.txt	/*E855*
+E858	eval.txt	/*E858*
+E859	eval.txt	/*E859*
 E86	windows.txt	/*E86*
+E860	eval.txt	/*E860*
+E861	eval.txt	/*E861*
 E87	windows.txt	/*E87*
 E88	windows.txt	/*E88*
 E89	message.txt	/*E89*
@@ -4425,6 +4433,7 @@ QuickFixCmdPost	autocmd.txt	/*QuickFixCmdPost*
 QuickFixCmdPost-example	quickfix.txt	/*QuickFixCmdPost-example*
 QuickFixCmdPre	autocmd.txt	/*QuickFixCmdPre*
 Quickfix	quickfix.txt	/*Quickfix*
+QuitPre	autocmd.txt	/*QuitPre*
 R	change.txt	/*R*
 RISC-OS	os_risc.txt	/*RISC-OS*
 RISCOS	os_risc.txt	/*RISCOS*
@@ -4456,6 +4465,11 @@ Syntax	autocmd.txt	/*Syntax*
 T	motion.txt	/*T*
 TCL	if_tcl.txt	/*TCL*
 TERM	starting.txt	/*TERM*
+TOhtml-encoding	syntax.txt	/*TOhtml-encoding*
+TOhtml-encoding-detect	syntax.txt	/*TOhtml-encoding-detect*
+TOhtml-performance	syntax.txt	/*TOhtml-performance*
+TOhtml-uncopyable-text	syntax.txt	/*TOhtml-uncopyable-text*
+TOhtml-wrap-text	syntax.txt	/*TOhtml-wrap-text*
 TSQL	ft_sql.txt	/*TSQL*
 TTpro-telnet	syntax.txt	/*TTpro-telnet*
 Tab	intro.txt	/*Tab*
@@ -5011,6 +5025,14 @@ clearmatches()	eval.txt	/*clearmatches()*
 client-server	remote.txt	/*client-server*
 clientserver	remote.txt	/*clientserver*
 clipboard	gui.txt	/*clipboard*
+clipboard-autoselect	options.txt	/*clipboard-autoselect*
+clipboard-autoselectml	options.txt	/*clipboard-autoselectml*
+clipboard-autoselectplus	options.txt	/*clipboard-autoselectplus*
+clipboard-exclude	options.txt	/*clipboard-exclude*
+clipboard-html	options.txt	/*clipboard-html*
+clipboard-unnamed	options.txt	/*clipboard-unnamed*
+clipboard-unnamedplus	options.txt	/*clipboard-unnamedplus*
+clojure-indent	indent.txt	/*clojure-indent*
 cmdarg-variable	eval.txt	/*cmdarg-variable*
 cmdbang-variable	eval.txt	/*cmdbang-variable*
 cmdline-arguments	vi_diff.txt	/*cmdline-arguments*
@@ -5271,6 +5293,7 @@ develop-spell	develop.txt	/*develop-spell*
 develop-spell-suggestions	develop.txt	/*develop-spell-suggestions*
 develop.txt	develop.txt	/*develop.txt*
 development	develop.txt	/*development*
+dgn	motion.txt	/*dgn*
 dh	change.txt	/*dh*
 diB	motion.txt	/*diB*
 diW	motion.txt	/*diW*
@@ -5631,6 +5654,7 @@ ft-ch-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-ch-syntax*
 ft-changelog-plugin	filetype.txt	/*ft-changelog-plugin*
 ft-changelog-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-changelog-syntax*
 ft-chill-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-chill-syntax*
+ft-clojure-indent	indent.txt	/*ft-clojure-indent*
 ft-cobol-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-cobol-syntax*
 ft-coldfusion-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-coldfusion-syntax*
 ft-csh-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-csh-syntax*
@@ -5706,6 +5730,7 @@ ft-quake-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-quake-syntax*
 ft-r-indent	indent.txt	/*ft-r-indent*
 ft-readline-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-readline-syntax*
 ft-rexx-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-rexx-syntax*
+ft-rst-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-rst-syntax*
 ft-ruby-omni	insert.txt	/*ft-ruby-omni*
 ft-ruby-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-ruby-syntax*
 ft-scheme-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-scheme-syntax*
@@ -5794,6 +5819,12 @@ g:ada_space_errors	ft_ada.txt	/*g:ada_space_errors*
 g:ada_standard_types	ft_ada.txt	/*g:ada_standard_types*
 g:ada_with_gnat_project_files	ft_ada.txt	/*g:ada_with_gnat_project_files*
 g:ada_withuse_ordinary	ft_ada.txt	/*g:ada_withuse_ordinary*
+g:clojure_align_multiline_strings	indent.txt	/*g:clojure_align_multiline_strings*
+g:clojure_fuzzy_indent	indent.txt	/*g:clojure_fuzzy_indent*
+g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_blacklist	indent.txt	/*g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_blacklist*
+g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_patterns	indent.txt	/*g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_patterns*
+g:clojure_maxlines	indent.txt	/*g:clojure_maxlines*
+g:clojure_special_indent_words	indent.txt	/*g:clojure_special_indent_words*
 g:colors_name	options.txt	/*g:colors_name*
 g:decada	ft_ada.txt	/*g:decada*
 g:decada.Error_Format	ft_ada.txt	/*g:decada.Error_Format*
@@ -5814,6 +5845,27 @@ g:gnat.Project_File	ft_ada.txt	/*g:gnat.Project_File*
 g:gnat.Set_Project_File()	ft_ada.txt	/*g:gnat.Set_Project_File()*
 g:gnat.Tags()	ft_ada.txt	/*g:gnat.Tags()*
 g:gnat.Tags_Command	ft_ada.txt	/*g:gnat.Tags_Command*
+g:html_charset_override	syntax.txt	/*g:html_charset_override*
+g:html_diff_one_file	syntax.txt	/*g:html_diff_one_file*
+g:html_dynamic_folds	syntax.txt	/*g:html_dynamic_folds*
+g:html_encoding_override	syntax.txt	/*g:html_encoding_override*
+g:html_end_line	syntax.txt	/*g:html_end_line*
+g:html_expand_tabs	syntax.txt	/*g:html_expand_tabs*
+g:html_hover_unfold	syntax.txt	/*g:html_hover_unfold*
+g:html_ignore_conceal	syntax.txt	/*g:html_ignore_conceal*
+g:html_ignore_folding	syntax.txt	/*g:html_ignore_folding*
+g:html_no_foldcolumn	syntax.txt	/*g:html_no_foldcolumn*
+g:html_no_invalid	syntax.txt	/*g:html_no_invalid*
+g:html_no_pre	syntax.txt	/*g:html_no_pre*
+g:html_no_progress	syntax.txt	/*g:html_no_progress*
+g:html_number_lines	syntax.txt	/*g:html_number_lines*
+g:html_pre_wrap	syntax.txt	/*g:html_pre_wrap*
+g:html_prevent_copy	syntax.txt	/*g:html_prevent_copy*
+g:html_start_line	syntax.txt	/*g:html_start_line*
+g:html_use_css	syntax.txt	/*g:html_use_css*
+g:html_use_encoding	syntax.txt	/*g:html_use_encoding*
+g:html_use_xhtml	syntax.txt	/*g:html_use_xhtml*
+g:html_whole_filler	syntax.txt	/*g:html_whole_filler*
 g:netrw_alto	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_alto*
 g:netrw_altv	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_altv*
 g:netrw_banner	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_banner*
@@ -5829,6 +5881,7 @@ g:netrw_cygwin	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_cygwin*
 g:netrw_dav_cmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_dav_cmd*
 g:netrw_decompress	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_decompress*
 g:netrw_dirhistmax	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_dirhistmax*
+g:netrw_dynamic_maxfilenamelen	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_dynamic_maxfilenamelen*
 g:netrw_errorlvl	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_errorlvl*
 g:netrw_fastbrowse	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_fastbrowse*
 g:netrw_fetch_cmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_fetch_cmd*
@@ -5935,6 +5988,7 @@ gF	editing.txt	/*gF*
 gH	visual.txt	/*gH*
 gI	insert.txt	/*gI*
 gJ	change.txt	/*gJ*
+gN	visual.txt	/*gN*
 gP	change.txt	/*gP*
 gQ	intro.txt	/*gQ*
 gR	change.txt	/*gR*
@@ -6019,6 +6073,7 @@ glvs-options	pi_getscript.txt	/*glvs-options*
 glvs-plugins	pi_getscript.txt	/*glvs-plugins*
 glvs-usage	pi_getscript.txt	/*glvs-usage*
 gm	motion.txt	/*gm*
+gn	visual.txt	/*gn*
 gnat#Insert_Tags_Header()	ft_ada.txt	/*gnat#Insert_Tags_Header()*
 gnat#New()	ft_ada.txt	/*gnat#New()*
 gnat-xref	ft_ada.txt	/*gnat-xref*
@@ -6103,6 +6158,7 @@ gui_w16.txt	gui_w16.txt	/*gui_w16.txt*
 gui_w32.txt	gui_w32.txt	/*gui_w32.txt*
 gui_x11.txt	gui_x11.txt	/*gui_x11.txt*
 guifontwide_gtk2	options.txt	/*guifontwide_gtk2*
+guifontwide_win_mbyte	options.txt	/*guifontwide_win_mbyte*
 guioptions_a	options.txt	/*guioptions_a*
 guu	change.txt	/*guu*
 gv	visual.txt	/*gv*
@@ -6513,6 +6569,13 @@ last-pattern	pattern.txt	/*last-pattern*
 last-position-jump	eval.txt	/*last-position-jump*
 last_buffer_nr()	eval.txt	/*last_buffer_nr()*
 lc_time-variable	eval.txt	/*lc_time-variable*
+lcs-conceal	options.txt	/*lcs-conceal*
+lcs-eol	options.txt	/*lcs-eol*
+lcs-extends	options.txt	/*lcs-extends*
+lcs-nbsp	options.txt	/*lcs-nbsp*
+lcs-precedes	options.txt	/*lcs-precedes*
+lcs-tab	options.txt	/*lcs-tab*
+lcs-trail	options.txt	/*lcs-trail*
 left-right-motions	motion.txt	/*left-right-motions*
 len()	eval.txt	/*len()*
 less	various.txt	/*less*
@@ -6564,6 +6627,7 @@ lua	if_lua.txt	/*lua*
 lua-buffer	if_lua.txt	/*lua-buffer*
 lua-commands	if_lua.txt	/*lua-commands*
 lua-dict	if_lua.txt	/*lua-dict*
+lua-eval	if_lua.txt	/*lua-eval*
 lua-list	if_lua.txt	/*lua-list*
 lua-luaeval	if_lua.txt	/*lua-luaeval*
 lua-vim	if_lua.txt	/*lua-vim*
@@ -6572,6 +6636,8 @@ lua.vim	syntax.txt	/*lua.vim*
 luaeval()	eval.txt	/*luaeval()*
 m	motion.txt	/*m*
 m'	motion.txt	/*m'*
+m<	motion.txt	/*m<*
+m>	motion.txt	/*m>*
 m[	motion.txt	/*m[*
 m]	motion.txt	/*m]*
 m`	motion.txt	/*m`*
@@ -6739,6 +6805,7 @@ mzscheme-buffer	if_mzsch.txt	/*mzscheme-buffer*
 mzscheme-commands	if_mzsch.txt	/*mzscheme-commands*
 mzscheme-dynamic	if_mzsch.txt	/*mzscheme-dynamic*
 mzscheme-examples	if_mzsch.txt	/*mzscheme-examples*
+mzscheme-funcref	if_mzsch.txt	/*mzscheme-funcref*
 mzscheme-mzeval	if_mzsch.txt	/*mzscheme-mzeval*
 mzscheme-sandbox	if_mzsch.txt	/*mzscheme-sandbox*
 mzscheme-threads	if_mzsch.txt	/*mzscheme-threads*
@@ -6785,6 +6852,7 @@ netrw-R	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-R*
 netrw-S	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-S*
 netrw-T	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-T*
 netrw-U	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-U*
+netrw-X	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-X*
 netrw-a	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-a*
 netrw-activate	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-activate*
 netrw-bookmark	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-bookmark*
@@ -7231,7 +7299,10 @@ pterm-mouse	options.txt	/*pterm-mouse*
 pumvisible()	eval.txt	/*pumvisible()*
 put	change.txt	/*put*
 put-Visual-mode	change.txt	/*put-Visual-mode*
+py3eval()	eval.txt	/*py3eval()*
+pyeval()	eval.txt	/*pyeval()*
 python	if_pyth.txt	/*python*
+python-bindeval	if_pyth.txt	/*python-bindeval*
 python-buffer	if_pyth.txt	/*python-buffer*
 python-buffers	if_pyth.txt	/*python-buffers*
 python-command	if_pyth.txt	/*python-command*
@@ -7243,6 +7314,7 @@ python-eval	if_pyth.txt	/*python-eval*
 python-examples	if_pyth.txt	/*python-examples*
 python-input	if_pyth.txt	/*python-input*
 python-output	if_pyth.txt	/*python-output*
+python-pyeval	if_pyth.txt	/*python-pyeval*
 python-range	if_pyth.txt	/*python-range*
 python-vim	if_pyth.txt	/*python-vim*
 python-window	if_pyth.txt	/*python-window*
@@ -7367,6 +7439,7 @@ rileft.txt	rileft.txt	/*rileft.txt*
 riscos	os_risc.txt	/*riscos*
 rot13	change.txt	/*rot13*
 round()	eval.txt	/*round()*
+rst.vim	syntax.txt	/*rst.vim*
 rsync	pi_netrw.txt	/*rsync*
 ruby	if_ruby.txt	/*ruby*
 ruby-buffer	if_ruby.txt	/*ruby-buffer*
@@ -7418,6 +7491,8 @@ save-file	editing.txt	/*save-file*
 save-settings	starting.txt	/*save-settings*
 scheme.vim	syntax.txt	/*scheme.vim*
 scp	pi_netrw.txt	/*scp*
+screencol()	eval.txt	/*screencol()*
+screenrow()	eval.txt	/*screenrow()*
 script	usr_41.txt	/*script*
 script-here	if_perl.txt	/*script-here*
 script-local	map.txt	/*script-local*
@@ -7482,6 +7557,7 @@ setuid	change.txt	/*setuid*
 setwinvar()	eval.txt	/*setwinvar()*
 sftp	pi_netrw.txt	/*sftp*
 sgml.vim	syntax.txt	/*sgml.vim*
+sgr-mouse	options.txt	/*sgr-mouse*
 sh-awk	syntax.txt	/*sh-awk*
 sh-embed	syntax.txt	/*sh-embed*
 sh.vim	syntax.txt	/*sh.vim*
@@ -7490,6 +7566,7 @@ shell_error-variable	eval.txt	/*shell_error-variable*
 shellescape()	eval.txt	/*shellescape()*
 shift	intro.txt	/*shift*
 shift-left-right	change.txt	/*shift-left-right*
+shiftwidth()	eval.txt	/*shiftwidth()*
 short-name-changed	version4.txt	/*short-name-changed*
 showing-menus	gui.txt	/*showing-menus*
 sign-commands	sign.txt	/*sign-commands*
@@ -8268,11 +8345,13 @@ v_d	change.txt	/*v_d*
 v_g?	change.txt	/*v_g?*
 v_gF	editing.txt	/*v_gF*
 v_gJ	change.txt	/*v_gJ*
+v_gN	visual.txt	/*v_gN*
 v_gV	visual.txt	/*v_gV*
 v_g]	tagsrch.txt	/*v_g]*
 v_g_CTRL-G	editing.txt	/*v_g_CTRL-G*
 v_g_CTRL-]	tagsrch.txt	/*v_g_CTRL-]*
 v_gf	editing.txt	/*v_gf*
+v_gn	visual.txt	/*v_gn*
 v_gq	change.txt	/*v_gq*
 v_gv	visual.txt	/*v_gv*
 v_gw	change.txt	/*v_gw*
@@ -8435,6 +8514,7 @@ vt100-cursor-keys	term.txt	/*vt100-cursor-keys*
 vt100-function-keys	term.txt	/*vt100-function-keys*
 w	motion.txt	/*w*
 w32-clientserver	remote.txt	/*w32-clientserver*
+w32-xpm-support	gui_w32.txt	/*w32-xpm-support*
 w:current_syntax	syntax.txt	/*w:current_syntax*
 w:quickfix_title	quickfix.txt	/*w:quickfix_title*
 w:var	eval.txt	/*w:var*

runtime/doc/todo.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*todo.txt*      For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Jun 01
+*todo.txt*      For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Feb 06
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -34,96 +34,237 @@ not be repeated below, unless there is extra information.
 							*known-bugs*
 -------------------- Known bugs and current work -----------------------
 
+Substitute with confirmation and then "q" does not replace anything.
+(John McGowan)
+
+Download counter for scripts no longer incremented?
+Looks like it.
+
+Several syntax file match "^\s*" which may get underlined if that's in the
+highlight group.  Add a "\zs" after it?
+
 Go through more coverity reports.
 
 Discussion about canonicalization of Hebrew. (Ron Aaron, 2011 April 10)
 
+Checking runtime scripts: Thilo Six, 2012 Jun 6.
+
+Patch for doc indenting. (Ken Takata, Feb 4)
+
 GTK: problem with 'L' in 'guioptions' changing the window width.
 (Aaron Cornelius, 2012 Feb 6)
 
-Patch: home_replace() does not work whtn 8.3 filename. (Yasuhiro
+Configure change to detect Lua 5.2. (lilydjwg, 2013 Jan 31)
-Matsumoto, 2012 Apr 18)  Asked for another version of the patch.
-Again May 18.  Update May 29 on github.  Does not handle multi-byte chars.
 
 Javascript file where indent gets stuck on: GalaxyMaster, 2012 May 3.
 
+Patch to avoid warnings in Perl code. (Christian Brabandt, 2013 Jan 30)
+
+The " mark is not updated for lines inserted above it. (Roland Eggner, 2013
+Feb 5)
+
+Look into patch to add 'linenumber' option. (Nazri Ramliy, 2013 Feb 4)
+
+Another patch for Python threads, 2 and 3. (Ken Takata, 2013 Jan 31)
+Does this really work?
+
+Patch for 'relativenumber' being reset unexpectedly. (Christian Brabandt, 2013
+Feb 1)  Tests Feb 2.
+
+Patch to avoid useless compare. (Hayaki Saito, 2013 Feb 2)
+
+The CompleteDone autocommand needs some info passed to it:
+- The word that was selected (empty if abandoned complete)
+- Type of completion: tag, omnifunc, user func.
+
+Patch to make multibyte input work on Win32 console when codepage differs from
+'encoding'. (Ken Takata, 2012 Sep 29)
+
+Patch for building with Ruby and Cygwin. (Ken Takata, 2013 Jan 9)
+
+Patch to make 'relativenumber' show the current lnum instead of zero.
+(Nazri Ramliy, 2013 Jan 29)
+
+It's possible to define an input() function that overrides the built-in one.
+(ZyX, 2012 Sep 28)
+
+Patch to add sha256() function. (Tyru, 2013 Jan 8)
+Test by Higashi, 2013 Feb 2.
+All together (tyru, 2013 Feb 5)
+
+Patch to make pyeval() print error messages. (ZyX, 2013 Jan 12)
+
 Win32: When a directory name contains an exclamation mark, completion doesn't
 complete the contents of the directory.  No escaping for the "!"? (Jan
 Stocker, 2012 Jan 5)
 
-Patch for this request: (Lech Lorens, 2012 May 26)
+Patch for Win32 clipboard under Cygwin. (Frodak Baksik, Feb 15)
-7   Add 'j' flag to 'formatoptions': Remove comment leader when joining lines.
+    Sutcliffe says it works well.
+    Update 2007 May 22 for Vim 7.1
+    Update 2008 Dec 2008 for Vim 7.2.xx (Sharonov)
+    Update by Ken Takata (2012 Dec 31, 2013 Jan 4, 2013 Jan 26)
+
+Problem parsing expression with function(). (Andy Wokula, 2012 Nov 22)
+Patch by Christian Brabandt, Nov 22.  Tests in another patch, Nov 23.
+
+Patch to add default value to getbufvar() et al. (Shougo Matsushita, Hirohito
+Higashi, 2013 Jan 1)
+
+Problem caused by patch 7.3.638: window->open does not update window
+correctly. Issue 91.
+
+Patch to fix compiler warnings for MingW 4.5.3. (Ken Takata, 2013 Jan 26)
+
+Do allow real tags above the !_TAG entries. Undo older patch. Issue 90.
+
+Patch to support 'u' in interactive substitute. (Christian Brabandt, 2012 Sep
+28)  With tests: Oct 9.
+
+Patch to make fold updates much faster. (Christian Brabandt, 2012 Dec)
+
+Patch for IME handling, adds 'imactivatefunc' and 'imstatusfunc' option.
+(Yukihiro Nakadaira, 2012 Aug 16)
+Patch to improve IME handling. (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2012 Jul 18)
 
 Issue 54: document behavior of -complete, also expands arg.
 
-Cursor on wrong line after ":copen". (John Beckett, 2012 Apr 30)
+New syntax files for apt. (quidame, 2012 Sep 21)
-Fix by Christian Brabandt, 2012 May 2.  But calling changed_window_setting()
+
-would be a simpler solution.
+'ff' is wrong for one-line file without EOL. (Issue 77)
+
+Patch for if_lua. (Luis Carvalho, 2012 Aug 26, update Aug 29, another Aug 30,
+then Sep 1, reminder Oct 14)
+
+Issue 72: 'autochdir' causes problems for :vimgrep.
+
+Undo problem: line not removed as expected when using setline() from Insert
+mode. (Israel Chauca, 2010 May 13, more in second msg)
+Break undo when CTRL-R = changes the text?  Or save more lines?
+Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2012 Nov 16.
+
+In the ATTENTION message about an existing swap file, mention the name of the
+process that is running.  It might actually be some other program, e.g. after
+a reboot.
+
+MS-Windows: Crash opening very long file name starting with "\\".
+(Christian Brock, 2012 Jun 29)
+
+It's probably a good idea to make a negative value for 'sts' use the value of
+'sw'.  Patch by So8res, Oct 3 2012
+
+patch to add "combine" flag to  syntax commands. (so8res, 2012 Dec 6)
 
 Syntax update problem in one buffer opened in two windows, bottom window is
 not correctly updated. (Paul Harris, 2012 Feb 27)
 
+Patch to add assignments in cscope. (Uli Meis, Estabrooks, 2012 Sep 1)
+Alternate patch by Gary Johnson, Sep 4.
+
 Patch to add getsid(). (Tyru, 2011 Oct 2)  Do we want this?  Update Oct 4.
 Or use expand('<sid>')?
 
-Win32: When the taskbar is at the top of the screen creating the tabbar causes
+Patch to make confirm() display colors. (Christian Brabandt, 2012 Nov 9)
-the window to move unnecessarily. (William E. Skeith III, 2012 Jan 12)
-Patch: 2012 Jan 13  Needs more work (2012 Feb 2)
 
-ml_get error when using syntastic plugin. (Alex Efros, 2012 May 24)
+Patch to add functions for signs. (Christian Brabandt,, 2013 Jan 27)
-Probably caused by recursive use of :lclose.
+
-May also crash Vim (May 25)
+Patch to use directX to draw text on Windows.  Adds the 'directx' option.
-Patch by Christian Brabandt, May 26.  Is this right?
+(Taro Muraoka, 2013 Jan 25)
+
+b:undo_ftplugin cannot call a script-local function. (Boris Danilov, 2013 Jan
+7)
+
+Patch for :tabcloseleft, after closing a tab go to left tab. (William Bowers,
+2012 Aug 4)
+
+Patch to improve equivalence classes in regexp patterns.
+(Christian Brabandt, 2013 Jan 16, update Jan 17)
+
+Patch with suggestions for starting.txt. (Tony Mechelynck, 2012 Oct 24)
+But use Gnome instead of GTK?
+
+Should be possible to enable/disable matchparen per window or buffer.
+Add a check for b:no_match_paren in Highlight_matching_Pair() (Marcin
+Szamotulski, 2012 Nov 8)
+
+Crash in autocmd that unloads buffers in a BufUnload event. (Andrew Pimlott,
+2012 Aug 11)  Disallow :new when BufUnload is being handled?
+
+MS-Windows ACL support doesn't work well.  Patch from Ken Takata, 2012 Aug 29.
+Update Aug 31.
+Another patch for MingW, 2012 Dec 29.
+
+MS-Windows resizing problems:
+- Windows window on screen positioning: Patch by Yukihiro Nakadaira, 2012 Jun
+  20.  Uses getWindowRect() instead of GetWindowPlacement()
+- Win32: When the taskbar is at the top of the screen creating the tabbar
+  causes the window to move unnecessarily. (William E. Skeith III, 2012 Jan
+  12) Patch: 2012 Jan 13  Needs more work (2012 Feb 2)
+
+'iminsert' global value set when using ":setlocal iminsert"? (Wu, 2012 Jun 23)
 
 Help for b:undo_indent'. (Thilo Six, 2012 May 28)
 Also question if examples are correct.
 
-Docs patch for BufRead/BufReadPost. (Gary Johnson, 2012 May 28)
+It should be possible to make globpath() return a list instead of a string,
+like with glob(). (Greg Novack, 2012 Nov 2)
+
+The input map for CTRL-O in mswin.vim causes problems after CTRL-X CTRL-O.
+Suggestion for another map. (Philip Mat, 2012 Jun 18)
+But use "gi" instead of "a".  Or use CTRL-\ CTRL-O.
+
+Patch to support user name completion on MS-Windows. (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2012
+Aug 16)
+
+Have an option for spell checking to not mark any Chinese, Japanese or other
+double-width characters as error.  Or perhaps all characters above 256.
+(Bill Sun)  Helps a lot for mixed Asian and latin text.
+
+When there are no command line arguments ":next" and ":argu" give E163, which
+is confusing.  Should say "the argument list is empty".
 
 URXVT:
-- will get stuck if byte sequence does not containe expected semicolon.
+- will get stuck if byte sequence does not contain the expected semicolon.
 - Use urxvt mouse support also in xterm.  Explanations:
   http://www.midnight-commander.org/ticket/2662
 
-Patch for IBM z/OS makefile. (Stephen Bovy, 2012 Apr 26)
+MS-Windows: test 17 fails.  Analysis by Michael Soyka, 2012 Nov 5.
-Patch for configure (Stephen Bovy, 2012 Apr 28)
-Updates later. Context diff May 7.
 
-Patch to support browserfilter for GTK. (Christian Brabandt, 2012 May 22)
+Patch to add tests for if_xcmdsrv.c., Jul 8, need some more work. (Brian Burns)
+New tests Jul 13.   Update Jul 17.  Discussion Jul 18.
 
 When running Vim in silent ex mode, an existing swapfile causes Vim to wait
 for a user action without a prompt. (Maarten Billemont, 2012 Feb 3)
 Do give the prompt? Quit with an error?
 
-Patch for: (Christian Brabandt, 2011 Aug 24, updated patch)
-8   ":sign unplace * file={filename}" should work.  Also: ":sign unplace *
-    buffer={bufnr}".  So one can remove all signs for one file/buffer.
-
-Patch for auto copy selecting to + register. (by Christian Brabant, in email
-from Sergey Vakulenko, 2012 Apr 27)
-
-Patch to add "onselected" callback for completion. (Taro Muraoka, 2011 Sep 24)
-Another for CompleteFuncOk. (Florian Klein, 2012 Jan 31)
-Name it "CompleteFuncDone".
-
-Patch for Make_mvc.mak and Make_ming.mak for Ruby support. (Yasuhiro
-Matsumoto, 2012 Jan 30)
-
 Patch for 'backupcopy' default behavior for symlinks on Windows. (David Pope,
 2012 Mar 21, update Mar 31)
+With fix for memory leak: Ken Takata, 2012 Aug 24
+Another update Sep 24.
 
 Patch to list user digraphs. (Christian Brabandt, 2012 Apr 14)
 
 Patch for input method status. (Hirohito Higashi, 2012 Apr 18)
 
+Patch to print the result of a :python command. (Maxim Philippov
+<philippovmi@gmail.com>, 2012 Aug 16)  Update Aug 17.
+
 Problem with winfixheight and resizing. (Yukihiro Nakadaira, 2011 Sep 17)
 Patch Sep 18.
 
+Patch for IME problems. Remove hacking code for old IM. (Yukihiro Nakadaira,
+2012 Jul 20)
+
 Patch for has('unnamedplus') docs. (Tony Mechelynck, 2011 Sep 27)
 And one for gui_x11.txt.
 
-Patch for Python: add pyeval() and vim.bindeval() (zyx, 2012 Apr 15, update
+-   Patch for 'breakindent' option: repeat indent for wrapped line. (Vaclav
-Apr 16) Also changes for Lua.  Update Apr 19.  Update Apr 22.
+    Smilauer, 2004 Sep 13, fix Oct 31, update 2007 May 30)
+    Version for latest MacVim: Tobia Conforto, 2009 Nov 23
+    More recent version: https://retracile.net/wiki/VimBreakIndent
+    Posted to vim-dev by Taylor Hedberg, 2011 Nov 25
+
+Problem with starting Visual block mode with :norm when 'virtualedit' is set.
+(David glts, 2012 Jun 5)
 
 ":cd" doesn't work when current directory path contains "**".
 finddir() has the same problem.  (Yukihiro Nakadaira, 2012 Jan 10)
@@ -131,8 +272,13 @@ Requires a rewrite of the file_file_in_path code.
 
 Problem with l: dictionary being locked in a function. (ZyX, 2011 Jul 21)
 
+Should use has("browsefilter") in ftplugins.  Requires patch 7.3.593.
+
 Issue 48: foldopen error can't be caught by try/catch
 
+"dg_" deletes including the last character, "d:normal! g_" doesn't.
+(Nomen Nescio, 2012 Jun 27)
+
 Patch to sort functions starting with '<' after others.  Omit dict functions,
 they can't be called. (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2011 Oct 11)
 
@@ -142,17 +288,15 @@ Patch to improve "it" and "at" text object matching. (Christian Brabandt, 2011
 Nov 20)
 
 Patch to improve GUI find/replace dialog. (Christian Brabandt, 2012 May 26)
+Update Jun 2.
 
 Patch to add ":py3do". (Lilydjwg, 2012 Apr 7)
 
-`[ moves to character after insert, instead of the last inserted character.
+`] moves to character after insert, instead of the last inserted character.
 (Yukihiro Nakadaira, 2011 Dec 9)
 
 Plugin for Modeleasy. (Massimiliano Tripoli, 2011 Nov 29)
 
-When using remote-silent the -R flag is not passed on. (Axel Bender, 2012 May
-31)
-
 Updated syntax file for ssh_config, maintainer doesn't respond.
 (Leonard Ehrenfried, 2011 Sep 26)
 
@@ -169,16 +313,13 @@ Needs more work.  Pinged 2012 Jan 4.
 
 Issue 64: when 'incsearch' is on can't paste LF on command line.
 
+On MS-Windows a temp dir with a & init causes system() to fail. (Ben Fritz,
+2012 Jun 19)
+
 'cursorline' is displayed too short when there are concealed characters and
 'list' is set.  (Dennis Preiser)
 Patch 7.3.116 was the wrong solution.
 Christian Brabandt has another incomplete patch. (2011 Jul 13)
-Also: Alignment in help with tabs gets messed up, esp. at ":help index".
-Probably need to make a tab work like there was no concealing.  Possibly with
-an option.  Like line wrapping works as if there is no concealing.
-Patch by Dominique Pelle, Also fixes "fC" problem.
-    "fC" doesn't position the cursor correctly when there are concealed
-    characters.  Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2011 Oct 11)
 
 With concealed text mouse click doesn't put the cursor in the right position.
 (Herb Sitz)  Fix by Christian Brabandt, 2011 Jun 16.  Doesn't work properly,
@@ -216,6 +357,9 @@ Oct 26)
 
 Bug in repeating Visual "u". (Lawrence Kesteloot, 2010 Dec 20)
 
+Using "p" in Visual mode while specifying the small delete register "-
+overwrites the register before it is put. (Marcin Szamotulski, 2012 Nov 23)
+
 With "unamedplus" in 'clipboard' pasting in Visual mode causes error for empty
 register. (Michael Seiwald, 2011 Jun 28)  I can't reproduce it.
 
@@ -239,9 +383,6 @@ Christoph Ebersbach, 2011 Jul 3)
 
 Windows keys not set properly on Windows 7?  (cncyber, 2010 Aug 26)
 
-This line hangs Vim, because of syntax HL:
-call append(line, "INFO  ....12....18....24....30....36....42....48....54....60....66....72....78%$")
-
 When using a Vim server, a # in the path causes an error message.
 (Jeff Lanzarotta, 2011 Feb 17)
 
@@ -266,6 +407,10 @@ Vim using lots of memory when joining lines. (John Little, 2010 Dec 3)
 
 Changes to manpage plugin. (Elias Toivanen, 2011 Jul 25)
 
+Patch to make "z=" work when 'spell' is off.  Does this have nasty side
+effects?  (Christian Brabandt, 2012 Aug 5)
+Would also need to do this for spellbadword() and spellsuggest().
+
 On 64 bit MS-Windows "long" is only 32 bits, but we sometimes need to store a
 64 bits value.  Change all number options to use nropt_T and define it to the
 right type.
@@ -275,6 +420,12 @@ string() can't parse back "inf" and "nan".  Fix documentation or fix code?
 
 Make 'formatprg' global-local. (Sung Pae)
 
+When a buffer-local mapping is used, but a global mapping starts with the same
+characters, Vim currently waits for the next typed character to find out if
+the global mapping matches.  It is probably better to let the local mapping
+win and not wait. (discussion with Andy Wokula, 2013 Jan 30)
+Patch by Michael Henry, 2013 Jan 30.
+
 When doing "redir => s:foo" in a script and then "redir END" somewhere else
 (e.g. in a function) it can't find s:foo.
 
@@ -290,9 +441,6 @@ mapping, how to restore the script ID?
 Bug in try/catch: return with invalid compare throws error that isn't caught.
 (ZyX, 2011 Jan 26)
 
-Highlighting stops working after changing it many times.  Script to reproduce
-it: Pablo Contreras, 2010 Oct 12  Windows XP and 7.  Font is never freed?
-
 When setting a local option value from the global value, add a script ID that
 indicates this, so that ":verbose set" can give a hint.  Check with options in
 the help file.
@@ -371,7 +519,7 @@ Searching mixed with Visual mode doesn't redraw properly. (James Vega, 2010 Nov
 
 New esperanto spell file can't be processed. (Dominique Pelle, 2011 Jan 30)
 - move compflags to separate growarray?
-- instead of a regexp use a hashtable.  Expand '?', '*", '+'.  What would be
+- instead of a regexp use a hashtable.  Expand '?', '*', '+'.  What would be
   the maximum repeat for * and +?
 
 "L'Italie" noted as a spell error at start of the sentence. (Dominique Pelle,
@@ -406,6 +554,9 @@ names, shell commands and the like.  (Kikuchan, 2010 Oct 14)
 Assume the system converts between the actual encoding of the filesystem to
 the system encoding (usually utf-8).
 
+Patch to add GUI colors to the terminal, when it supports it. (ZyX, 2013 Jan
+26)
+
 Problem producing tags file when hebrew.frx is present.  It has a BOM.
 Results in E670. (Tony Mechelynck, 2010 May 2)
 
@@ -519,12 +670,17 @@ Add local time at start of --startuptime output.
 Requires configure check for localtime().
 Use format year-month-day hr:min:sec.
 
+Patch to add "combine" to :syntax, combines highlight attributes. (Nate
+Soares, 2012 Dec 3)
+
+Patch to make ":hi link" also take arguments. (Nate Soares, 2012 Dec 4)
+
 Shell not recognized properly if it ends in "csh -f". (James Vega, 2009 Nov 3)
 Find tail?  Might have a / in argument.  Find space?  Might have space in
 path.
 
 Test 51 fails when language set to German. (Marco, 2011 Jan 9)
-Dominique can't reproduc it.
+Dominique can't reproduce it.
 
 'ambiwidth' should be global-local.
 
@@ -557,10 +713,6 @@ Problem with stop directory in findfile(). (Adam Simpkins, 2009 Aug 26)
 Using ']' as the end of a range in a pattern requires double escaping:
      /[@-\\]]  (Andy Wokula, 2011 Jun 28)
 
-Undo problem: line not removed as expected when using setline() from Insert
-mode. (Israel Chauca, 2010 May 13, more in second msg)
-Break undo when CTRL-R = changes the text?  Or save more lines?
-
 Slow combination of folding and PHP syntax highlighting.  Script to reproduce
 it.  Caused by "syntax sync fromstart" in combination with patch 7.2.274.
 (Christian Brabandt, 2010 May 27)
@@ -579,9 +731,6 @@ When a:base in 'completefunc' starts with a number it's passed as a number,
 not a string. (Sean Ma)  Need to add flag to call_func_retlist() to force a
 string value.
 
-":e ~br<Tab>" does not complete to ":e /home/bram/".  Would need to use
-getpwent() to find all the matches.
-
 Invalid read error in Farsi mode. (Dominique Pelle, 2009 Aug 2)
 
 For running gvim on an USB stick: avoid the OLE registration.  Use a command
@@ -606,7 +755,7 @@ to avoid changing 'eventignore'?
 Patch for displaying 0x200c and 0x200d. (Ali Gholami Rudi, 2009 May 6)
 Probably needs a bit of work.
 
-List of encoding aliases. (Takao Fujiware, 2009 Jul 18)
+List of encoding aliases. (Takao Fujiwara, 2009 Jul 18)
 Are they all OK?  Update Jul 22.
 
 Win32: Improved Makefile for MSVC. (Leonardo Valeri Manera, 2010 Aug 18)
@@ -636,7 +785,7 @@ Problem with <script> mappings (Andy Wokula, 2009 Mar 8)
 When starting Vim with "gvim -f -u non_existent_file > foo.txt" there are a
 few control characters in the output. (Dale Wiles, 2009 May 28)
 
-'cmdwinheight is only used in last window when 'winheight' is a large value.
+'cmdwinheight' is only used in last window when 'winheight' is a large value.
 (Tony Mechelynck, 2009 Apr 15)
 
 Status line containing winnr() isn't updated when splitting the window (Clark
@@ -666,10 +815,6 @@ Now that colnr_T is int instead of unsigned, more type casts can be removed.
 'delcombine' does not work for the command line. (Tony Mechelynck, 2009 Jul
 20)
 
-Unwanted file name escaping: ":echo input('file:' , '', 'file')"
-And use file name completion on a file with spaces. (Frederic Hardy, 2009 Mar
-23)
-
 Don't load macmap.vim on startup, turn it into a plugin. (Ron Aaron,
 2009 Apr 7)  Reminder Apr 14.
 
@@ -709,10 +854,6 @@ Support a 'systemencoding' option (for Unix).  It specifies the encoding of
 file names. (Kikuchan, 2010 Oct 5).  Useful on a latin1 or double-byte Asian
 system when 'encoding' is "utf-8".
 
-Win32: A --remote command that has a directory name starting with a ( doesn't
-work, the backslash is removed, assuming that it escapes the (. (Valery
-Kondakoff, 2009 May 13)
-
 Win32 GUI: Changing manifest helps for dpi changes (Joe Castro, 2009 Mar 27)
 
 Win32 GUI: last message from startup doesn't show up when there is an echoerr
@@ -730,7 +871,7 @@ very high. (Yegappan Lakshmanan, 2010 Jul 22, Michael Peeters, 2010 Jul 22)
 Directory wrong in session file, caused by ":lcd" in BufEnter autocommand.
 (Felix Kater, 2009 Mar 3)
 
-Session file generates error upon loading, cause bu --remote-silent-tab.
+Session file generates error upon loading, cause by --remote-silent-tab.
 (7tommm (ytommm) 2010 Nov 24)
 
 Using ~ works OK on 'a' with composing char, but not on 0x0418  with composing
@@ -851,8 +992,6 @@ error message?  Or is this easy to implement?  (Nathan Stratton Treadway, 2008
 Aug 20)  This is in ucs2bytes(), search for 0xBF.  Using the ++bad argument is
 at the other match for 0xBF.
 
-Fix for matchparen HL doesn't work.  beep.
-
 When adding "-complete=file" to a user command this also changes how the
 argument is processed for <f-args>. (Ivan Tishchenko, 2008 Aug 19)
 
@@ -898,6 +1037,15 @@ escaping characters where the backslash is not removed later.  Asked Chris for
 an alternate solution, also for src/ex_getln.c.
 This also fails when the file or directory name contains "%". (Thoml, 2008
 July 7)
+Using --remote-silent while the current directory has a # in the name does not
+work, the # needs to be escaped. (Tramblay Bruno, 2012 Sep 15)
+
+When using remote-silent the -R flag is not passed on. (Axel Bender, 2012 May
+31)
+
+Win32: A --remote command that has a directory name starting with a ( doesn't
+work, the backslash is removed, assuming that it escapes the (. (Valery
+Kondakoff, 2009 May 13)
 
 Problem with 'langmap' being used on the rhs of a mapping. (Nikolai Weibull,
 2008 May 14)
@@ -1138,11 +1286,6 @@ makes his own wrapper).  Add a magic string with the version number to the
 Changes for Win32 makefile. (Mike Williams, 2007 Jan 22, Alexei Alexandrov,
 2007 Feb 8)
 
-Patch for Win32 clipboard under Cygwin. (Frodak Baksik, Feb 15)
-    Sutcliffe says it works well.
-    Update 2007 May 22 for Vim 7.1
-    Update 2008 Dec 2008 for Vim 7.2.xx (Sharonov)
-
 Win32: Can't complete shell command names.  Why is setting xp_context in
 set_one_cmd_context() inside #ifndef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME?
 
@@ -1180,10 +1323,6 @@ pointer in long and seek offset in 64 bit var.
 
 Win32: patch for fullscreen mode. (Liushaolin, 2008 April 17)
 
-Win32: When there is 4 Gbyte of memory mch_avail_mem() doesn't work properly.
-Unfinished patch by Jelle Geerts, 2008 Aug 24.
-Let mch_avail_mem() return Kbyte instead?
-
 Win32: When 'shell' is bash shellescape() doesn't always do the right thing.
 Depends on 'shellslash', 'shellquote' and 'shellxquote', but shellescape()
 only takes 'shellslash' into account.
@@ -1493,6 +1632,9 @@ Win32, NTFS: When editing a specific infostream directly and 'backupcopy' is
 name is something like "c:\path\foo.txt:bar", includes a colon.  (Alex
 Jakushev, 2008 Feb 1)
 
+printf() uses the field width in bytes. Can it be made character width,
+perhaps with a modifier?  What does Posix say?
+
 Small problem displaying diff filler line when opening windows with a script.
 (David Luyer, 2007 Mar 1 ~/Mail/oldmail/mool/in.15872 )
 
@@ -1558,7 +1700,8 @@ Patch to support horizontal scroll wheel in GTK. Untested. (Bjorn Winckler,
 2010 Jun 30)
 
 
-At next release:
+At next release 7.4:
+-   Build a huge version by default.
 -   Rename src/Makefile and create a new one like toplevel Makefile that
     creates auto/config.mk when it's not there? (Ben Schmidt, 2011 Feb 11)
 -   Improve plugin handling: Automatic updates, handle dependencies?
@@ -1625,11 +1768,6 @@ Awaiting updated patches:
 7   Completion of network shares, patch by Yasuhiro Matsumoto.
     Update 2004 Sep 6.
     How does this work?  Missing comments.
--   Patch for 'breakindent' option: repeat indent for wrapped line. (Vaclav
-    Smilauer, 2004 Sep 13, fix Oct 31, update 2007 May 30)
-    Version for latest MacVim: Tobia Conforto, 2009 Nov 23
-    More recent version: https://retracile.net/wiki/VimBreakIndent
-    Posted to vim-dev by Taylor Hedberg, 2011 Nov 25
 8   Add a few more command names to the menus.  Patch from Jiri Brezina
     (28 feb 2002).  Will mess the translations...
 7   ATTENTION dialog choices are more logical when "Delete it' appears
@@ -2647,8 +2785,6 @@ Tab pages:
     font, etc.)
 8   Make GUI menu in tab pages line configurable.  Like the popup menu.
 8   balloons for the tab page labels that are shortened to show the full path.
-8   :tabmove +N	 move tab page N pages forward
-8   :tabmove -N	 move tab page N pages backward
 7   :tabdup	 duplicate the tab with all its windows.
 7   Option to put tab line at the left or right?  Need an option to specify
     its width.  It's like a separate window with ":tabs" output.
@@ -2950,6 +3086,8 @@ Syntax highlighting:
     this isn't reset.  Add a special keyword definition for the syntax rules?
     When this is done, use vim.vim syntax highlighting for help file examples,
     but without ":" in 'iskeyword' for syntax.
+    Also need a separate 'iskeyword' for the command line, e.g., in a help
+    window ":e /asdf/asdf/" CTRL-W works different.
 8   Add specific syntax item to match with parens/braces that don't have a
     "%" match.  :syntax nomatch cMatchError (,{,[,),},] [contained]
 8   Highlight the text between two matching parens (e.g., with a grey
@@ -4196,6 +4334,7 @@ Incsearch:
 
 
 Searching:
+9   Should have an option for :vimgrep to find lines without a match.
 8   Add "g/" and "gb" to search for a pattern in the Visually selected text?
     "g?" is already used for rot13.
     The vis.vim script has a ":S" command that does something like this.
@@ -4327,6 +4466,9 @@ Searching:
 
 
 Undo:
+9   ":gundo" command: global undo.  Undoes changes spread over multiple files
+    in the order they were made.  Also ":gredo".  Both with a count.  Useful
+    when tests fail after making changes and you forgot in which files.
 9   After undo/redo, in the message show whether the buffer is modified or
     not.
 8   Use timestamps for undo, so that a version a certain time ago can be found
@@ -4511,6 +4653,7 @@ Options:
 7   There is 'titleold', why is there no 'iconold'? (Chazelas)
 7   Make 'scrolloff' a global-local option, so that it can be different in the
     quickfix window, for example. (Gary Holloway)
+    Also do 'sidescrolloff'.
 
 
 External commands:
@@ -4906,6 +5049,7 @@ Various improvements:
 -   Make it possible for the 'showbreak' to be displayed at the end of the
     line.  Use a comma to separate the part at the end and the start of the
     line?  Highlight the linebreak characters, add flag in 'highlight'.
+    Make 'showbreak' local to a window.
 -   Some string options should be expanded if they have wildcards, e.g.
     'dictionary' when it is "*.h".
 -   Use a specific type for number and boolean options, making it possible to

runtime/doc/uganda.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*uganda.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 May 28
+*uganda.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Dec 02
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -238,6 +238,7 @@ Canada:		Contact Kibaale Children's Fund (KCF) in Surrey, Canada.  They
 Holland:	Transfer to the account of "Stichting ICCF Holland" in Lisse.
 		This will allow for tax deduction if you live in Holland.
 			Postbank, nr. 4548774
+			IBAN: NL95 INGB 0004 5487 74
 
 Germany:	It is possible to make donations that allow for a tax return.
 		Check the ICCF web site for the latest information:

runtime/doc/usr_05.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_05.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2009 Jun 04
+*usr_05.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Nov 20
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -49,8 +49,7 @@ For MS-DOS and MS-Windows you can use one of these:
 
 The vimrc file can contain all the commands that you type after a colon.  The
 most simple ones are for setting options.  For example, if you want Vim to
-always start with the 'incsearch' option on, add this line you your vimrc
+always start with the 'incsearch' option on, add this line your vimrc file: >
-file: >
 
 	set incsearch
 

runtime/doc/usr_21.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_21.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2008 Nov 09
+*usr_21.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Nov 02
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ example, use: >
 SESSION HERE, SESSION THERE
 
 The obvious way to use sessions is when working on different projects.
-Suppose you store you session files in the directory "~/.vim".  You are
+Suppose you store your session files in the directory "~/.vim".  You are
 currently working on the "secret" project and have to switch to the "boring"
 project: >
 
@@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ is saved, using ":mksession!".  This overwrites the previous session.  The
 next time you load the secret session you can continue where you were at this
 point.  And finally you load the new "boring" session.
 
-If you open help windows, split and close various window, and generally mess
+If you open help windows, split and close various windows, and generally mess
 up the window layout, you can go back to the last saved session: >
 
 	:source ~/.vim/boring.vim
@@ -423,10 +423,10 @@ and nine numbered 1 to 9.
 A VIEW WITH A NAME
 
 The second basic way to use views is by storing the view in a file with a name
-you chose.  This view can be loaded while editing another file.  Vim will then
+you choose.  This view can be loaded while editing another file.  Vim will
-switch to editing the file specified in the view.  Thus you can use this to
+then switch to editing the file specified in the view.  Thus you can use this
-quickly switch to editing another file, with all its options set as you saved
+to quickly switch to editing another file, with all its options set as you
-them.
+saved them.
    For example, to save the view of the current file: >
 
 	:mkview ~/.vim/main.vim

runtime/doc/usr_22.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_22.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Feb 21
+*usr_22.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Nov 15
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -326,9 +326,9 @@ shorter to type: >
 
 The output could look like this:
 
-  1 #h	"help.txt"			line 62 ~
+  1 #h   "help.txt"			line 62 ~
-  2 %a+	"usr_21.txt"			line 1 ~
+  2 %a + "usr_21.txt"			line 1 ~
-  3	"usr_toc.txt"			line 1 ~
+  3      "usr_toc.txt"			line 1 ~
 
 The first column contains the buffer number.  You can use this to edit the
 buffer without having to type the name, see below.

runtime/doc/usr_41.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_41.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Mar 16
+*usr_41.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Oct 13
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -1581,7 +1581,7 @@ Here the comment part will be ignored.  However, Vim will try to unmap
 
 RESTORING THE VIEW
 
-Sometimes you want to make a change and go back to where cursor was.
+Sometimes you want to make a change and go back to where the cursor was.
 Restoring the relative position would also be nice, so that the same line
 appears at the top of the window.
    This example yanks the current line, puts it above the first line in the
@@ -1681,7 +1681,7 @@ in your plugin file!
 HEADER
 
 You will probably add new corrections to the plugin and soon have several
-versions laying around.  And when distributing this file, people will want to
+versions lying around.  And when distributing this file, people will want to
 know who wrote this wonderful plugin and where they can send remarks.
 Therefore, put a header at the top of your plugin: >
 

runtime/doc/usr_toc.txt

@@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ Subjects that can be read independently.
 		|28.7|	Folding by syntax
 		|28.8|	Folding by expression
 		|28.9|	Folding unchanged lines
-		|28.10| Which fold method to use?
+		|28.10|	Which fold method to use?
 
 |usr_29.txt|  Moving through programs
 		|29.1|	Using tags

runtime/doc/various.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*various.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Jan 15
+*various.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Dec 06
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -174,27 +174,37 @@ g8			Print the hex values of the bytes used in the
 			the command-line.  {commands} are executed like they
 			are typed.  For undo all commands are undone together.
 			Execution stops when an error is encountered.
+
 			If the [!] is given, mappings will not be used.
+			Without it, when this command is called from a
+			non-remappable mapping (|:noremap|), the argument can
+			be mapped anyway.
+
 			{commands} should be a complete command.  If
 			{commands} does not finish a command, the last one
 			will be aborted as if <Esc> or <C-C> was typed.
-			The display isn't updated while ":normal" is busy.
 			This implies that an insert command must be completed
 			(to start Insert mode, see |:startinsert|).  A ":"
 			command must be completed as well.  And you can't use
 			"Q" or "gQ" to start Ex mode.
+
+			The display is not updated while ":normal" is busy.
+
 			{commands} cannot start with a space.  Put a count of
 			1 (one) before it, "1 " is one space.
+
 			The 'insertmode' option is ignored for {commands}.
+
 			This command cannot be followed by another command,
 			since any '|' is considered part of the command.
+
 			This command can be used recursively, but the depth is
 			limited by 'maxmapdepth'.
-			When this command is called from a non-remappable
+
-			mapping |:noremap|, the argument can be mapped anyway.
 			An alternative is to use |:execute|, which uses an
 			expression as argument.  This allows the use of
 			printable characters to represent special characters.
+
 			Example: >
 				:exe "normal \<c-w>\<c-w>"
 <			{not in Vi, of course}
@@ -353,74 +363,75 @@ N  *+mouseshape*	|'mouseshape'|
 B  *+mouse_dec*		Unix only: Dec terminal mouse handling |dec-mouse|
 N  *+mouse_gpm*		Unix only: Linux console mouse handling |gpm-mouse|
 B  *+mouse_netterm*	Unix only: netterm mouse handling |netterm-mouse|
-N  *+mouse_pterm*		QNX only: pterm mouse handling |qnx-terminal|
+N  *+mouse_pterm*	QNX only: pterm mouse handling |qnx-terminal|
 N  *+mouse_sysmouse*	Unix only: *BSD console mouse handling |sysmouse|
-N  *+mouse_urxvt*		Unix only: urxvt mouse handling |urxvt-mouse|
+B  *+mouse_sgr*		Unix only: sgr mouse handling |sgr-mouse|
-N  *+mouse_xterm*		Unix only: xterm mouse handling |xterm-mouse|
+B  *+mouse_urxvt*	Unix only: urxvt mouse handling |urxvt-mouse|
-B  *+multi_byte*		16 and 32 bit characters |multibyte|
+N  *+mouse_xterm*	Unix only: xterm mouse handling |xterm-mouse|
+B  *+multi_byte*	16 and 32 bit characters |multibyte|
    *+multi_byte_ime*	Win32 input method for multibyte chars |multibyte-ime|
-N  *+multi_lang*		non-English language support |multi-lang|
+N  *+multi_lang*	non-English language support |multi-lang|
 m  *+mzscheme*		Mzscheme interface |mzscheme|
 m  *+mzscheme/dyn*	Mzscheme interface |mzscheme-dynamic| |/dyn|
 m  *+netbeans_intg*	|netbeans|
-m  *+ole*			Win32 GUI only: |ole-interface|
+m  *+ole*		Win32 GUI only: |ole-interface|
-N  *+path_extra*		Up/downwards search in 'path' and 'tags'
+N  *+path_extra*	Up/downwards search in 'path' and 'tags'
 m  *+perl*		Perl interface |perl|
 m  *+perl/dyn*		Perl interface |perl-dynamic| |/dyn|
 N  *+persistent_undo*	Persistent undo |undo-persistence|
-   *+postscript*		|:hardcopy| writes a PostScript file
+   *+postscript*	|:hardcopy| writes a PostScript file
 N  *+printer*		|:hardcopy| command
 H  *+profile*		|:profile| command
 m  *+python*		Python 2 interface |python|
-m  *+python/dyn*		Python 2 interface |python-dynamic| |/dyn|
+m  *+python/dyn*	Python 2 interface |python-dynamic| |/dyn|
 m  *+python3*		Python 3 interface |python|
-m  *+python3/dyn*		Python 3 interface |python-dynamic| |/dyn|
+m  *+python3/dyn*	Python 3 interface |python-dynamic| |/dyn|
 N  *+quickfix*		|:make| and |quickfix| commands
 N  *+reltime*		|reltime()| function, 'hlsearch'/'incsearch' timeout,
 			'redrawtime' option
 B  *+rightleft*		Right to left typing |'rightleft'|
 m  *+ruby*		Ruby interface |ruby|
 m  *+ruby/dyn*		Ruby interface |ruby-dynamic| |/dyn|
-N  *+scrollbind*		|'scrollbind'|
+N  *+scrollbind*	|'scrollbind'|
 B  *+signs*		|:sign|
-N  *+smartindent*		|'smartindent'|
+N  *+smartindent*	|'smartindent'|
 m  *+sniff*		SniFF interface |sniff|
-N  *+startuptime*		|--startuptime| argument
+N  *+startuptime*	|--startuptime| argument
-N  *+statusline*		Options 'statusline', 'rulerformat' and special
+N  *+statusline*	Options 'statusline', 'rulerformat' and special
 			formats of 'titlestring' and 'iconstring'
 m  *+sun_workshop*	|workshop|
 N  *+syntax*		Syntax highlighting |syntax|
    *+system()*		Unix only: opposite of |+fork|
-N  *+tag_binary*		binary searching in tags file |tag-binary-search|
+N  *+tag_binary*	binary searching in tags file |tag-binary-search|
 N  *+tag_old_static*	old method for static tags |tag-old-static|
 m  *+tag_any_white*	any white space allowed in tags file |tag-any-white|
-m  *+tcl*			Tcl interface |tcl|
+m  *+tcl*		Tcl interface |tcl|
 m  *+tcl/dyn*		Tcl interface |tcl-dynamic| |/dyn|
    *+terminfo*		uses |terminfo| instead of termcap
 N  *+termresponse*	support for |t_RV| and |v:termresponse|
-N  *+textobjects*		|text-objects| selection
+N  *+textobjects*	|text-objects| selection
    *+tgetent*		non-Unix only: able to use external termcap
 N  *+title*		Setting the window 'title' and 'icon'
 N  *+toolbar*		|gui-toolbar|
 N  *+user_commands*	User-defined commands. |user-commands|
 N  *+viminfo*		|'viminfo'|
 N  *+vertsplit*		Vertically split windows |:vsplit|
-N  *+virtualedit*		|'virtualedit'|
+N  *+virtualedit*	|'virtualedit'|
 S  *+visual*		Visual mode |Visual-mode|
-N  *+visualextra*		extra Visual mode commands |blockwise-operators|
+N  *+visualextra*	extra Visual mode commands |blockwise-operators|
 N  *+vreplace*		|gR| and |gr|
-N  *+wildignore*		|'wildignore'|
+N  *+wildignore*	|'wildignore'|
 N  *+wildmenu*		|'wildmenu'|
 S  *+windows*		more than one window
-m  *+writebackup*		|'writebackup'| is default on
+m  *+writebackup*	|'writebackup'| is default on
-m  *+xim*			X input method |xim|
+m  *+xim*		X input method |xim|
    *+xfontset*		X fontset support |xfontset|
-m  *+xpm_w32*		Win32 GUI only: pixmap support |:sign-define|
+m  *+xpm_w32*		Win32 GUI only: pixmap support |w32-xpm-support|
    *+xsmp*		XSMP (X session management) support
    *+xsmp_interact*	interactive XSMP (X session management) support
 N  *+xterm_clipboard*	Unix only: xterm clipboard handling
-m  *+xterm_save*		save and restore xterm screen |xterm-screens|
+m  *+xterm_save*	save and restore xterm screen |xterm-screens|
-N  *+X11*			Unix only: can restore window title |X11|
+N  *+X11*		Unix only: can restore window title |X11|
 
 							*/dyn* *E370* *E448*
 			To some of the features "/dyn" is added when the

runtime/doc/version5.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*version5.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2008 Dec 17
+*version5.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Aug 08
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 Welcome to Vim Version 5.0!
 
 This document lists the differences between Vim 4.x and Vim 5.0.
-Although 5.0 is mentioned here, this is also for version 5.1, 5.2, etc..
+Although 5.0 is mentioned here, this is also for version 5.1, 5.2, etc.
 See |vi_diff.txt| for an overview of differences between Vi and Vim 5.0.
 See |version4.txt| for differences between Vim 3.0 and Vim 4.0.
 
@@ -3888,7 +3888,7 @@ character is typed.  Helps to close a /* */ comment in C. (Webb)
 When expand() has a second argument which is non-zero, don't use 'suffixes'
 and 'wildignore', return all matches.
 
-'O' flag in 'cpoptions: When not included, Vim will not overwrite a file, if
+'O' flag in 'cpoptions' When not included, Vim will not overwrite a file, if
 it didn't exist when editing started but it does exist when the buffer is
 written to the file.  The file must have been created outside of Vim, possibly
 without the user knowing it.  When this is detected after a shell command,
@@ -4499,7 +4499,7 @@ Could not get all windows back when using a smaller terminal screen.  Didn't
 restore all windows when "winsize" was not in 'sessionoptions'. (Webb)
 
 Command line completion for ":buffer" depended on 'ignorecase' for Unix, but
-not for DOS et al..  Now don't use 'ignorecase', but let it depend on whether
+not for DOS et al.  Now don't use 'ignorecase', but let it depend on whether
 file names are case sensitive or not (like when expanding file names).
 
 Win32 GUI: (Negri)

runtime/doc/version7.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*version7.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Nov 03
+*version7.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Aug 08
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -3587,7 +3587,7 @@ Files:	    src/eval.c, src/getchar.c, src/globals.h, src/main.c
 
 Patch 7.0.085
 Problem:    When doing "make test" the viminfo file is modified.
-Solution:   Use another viminfo file after setting 'compatible.
+Solution:   Use another viminfo file after setting 'compatible'.
 Files:	    src/testdir/test56.in
 
 Patch 7.0.086
@@ -7314,8 +7314,6 @@ Command line completion for :lmap and :lunmap.
 
 Support syntax and filetype completion for user commands. (Christian Brabandt)
 
-Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
-
 Avoid use of the GTK main_loop() so that the GtkFileChooser can be used.
 (James Vega)
 

runtime/doc/vi_diff.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*vi_diff.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Aug 29
+*vi_diff.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Aug 08
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ Syntax highlighting.					|:syntax|
 
 Spell checking.						|spell|
 	When the 'spell' option is set Vim will highlight spelling mistakes.
-	About 40 languages are currently supported, selected with the
+	About 50 languages are currently supported, selected with the
 	'spelllang' option.  In source code only comments and strings are
 	checked for spelling.
 
@@ -653,7 +653,7 @@ You can backspace, CTRL-U and CTRL-W over line breaks if the 'backspace' (bs)
 option includes "eol".  You can backspace over the start of insert if the
 'backspace' option includes "start".
 
-When the 'paste' option is set, a few option are reset and mapping in insert
+When the 'paste' option is set, a few options are reset and mapping in insert
 mode and abbreviation are disabled.  This allows for pasting text in windowing
 systems without unexpected results.  When the 'paste' option is reset, the old
 option values are restored.

runtime/doc/vim-de.1

@@ -0,0 +1,478 @@
+.\"*******************************************************************
+.\"
+.\" This file was generated with po4a. Translate the source file.
+.\"
+.\"*******************************************************************
+.\" Translated by bw1 (2008) and Florian Rehnisch <fm-r@gmx.de> (2012)
+.\" Kudos to the folks on vim-dev and debian-l10n-german
+.TH VIM 1 "2006 Apr 11"  
+.SH BEZEICHNUNG
+vim \- Vi IMproved, ein Text\-Editor f<>r Programmierer
+.SH <EFBFBD>BERSICHT
+.br
+\fBvim\fP [Optionen] [Datei ...]
+.br
+\fBvim\fP [Optionen] \-
+.br
+\fBvim\fP [Optionen] \-t Tag
+.br
+\fBvim\fP [Optionen] \-q [Fehlerdatei]
+.PP
+.br
+\fBex\fP
+.br
+\fBview\fP
+.br
+\fBgvim\fP \fBgview\fP \fBevim\fP \fBeview\fP
+.br
+\fBrvim\fP \fBrview\fP \fBrgvim\fP \fBrgview\fP
+.SH BESCHREIBUNG
+\fBVim\fP ist ein Text\-Editor, der aufw<66>rtskompatibel zu Vi ist. Er kann
+verwendet werden, um alle Arten von Klartext zu bearbeiten. Er ist besonders
+n<EFBFBD>tzlich, um Programme zu bearbeiten.
+.PP
+Vim hat einige Erweiterungen gegen<65>ber Vi, z.B.: R<>ckg<6B>ngigmachen in
+mehreren Schritten, mehrere Fenster und Puffer, Syntax\-Hervorhebung,
+Bearbeiten der Befehlszeile, Dateinamenerg<72>nzung, eingebaute Hilfe, visuelle
+Auswahl, usw. ... Siehe <20>:help vi_diff.txt<78> f<>r eine <20>bersicht der
+Unterschiede zwischen \fBVim\fP und Vi.
+.PP
+Im laufenden \fBVim\fP kann mit dem Befehl <20>:help<6C> viel Hilfe durch das
+eingebaute Hilfesystem erlangt werden. Siehe den Abschnitt EINGEBAUTE HILFE
+weiter unten.
+.PP
+Meistens wird \fBVim\fP zum Editieren einer einzigen Datei mit dem folgende
+Befehl gestartet:
+.PP
+  vim Datei
+.PP
+Allgemeiner betrachtet, wird \fBVim\fP folgenderma<6D>en gestartet:
+.PP
+  vim [Optionen] [Dateiliste]
+.PP
+Bei einer fehlenden Dateiliste startet der Editor mit einem leeren
+Puffer. Andernfalls werden nach den folgenden vier M<>glichkeiten eine oder
+mehrere Dateien bearbeitet:
+.TP  12
+Datei ...
+Eine Liste von Dateinamen. Die erste Datei wird in den Puffer geladen und
+zur aktuellen. Der Cursor wird auf der ersten Zeile des Puffers
+platziert. Zu den anderen Dateien kann mit dem Befehl <20>:next<78> gelangt
+werden. Falls einer der Dateinamen mit einem Bindestrich beginnt, stellen
+Sie der Dateiliste <20>\-\-<EFBFBD> voran.
+.TP 
+\-
+Die zu bearbeitende Datei wird von der Standardeingabe gelesen. Befehle
+werden von der Standardfehlerausgabe gelesen, die ein Text\-Terminal sein
+sollte.
+.TP 
+\-t {Tag}
+Die zu editierende Datei und die anf<6E>ngliche Cursor\-Position h<>ngen von
+einem <20>Tag<61> ab, einer Art Sprungmarke. {Tag} wird in der Tag\-Datei
+nachgeschlagen, die zugeh<65>rige Datei wird zur aktuellen und der zugeh<65>rige
+Befehl wird ausgef<65>hrt. Dies wird meistens f<>r Programme in der Sprache <20>C<EFBFBD>
+benutzt, wobei {Tag} ein Funktionsname sein k<>nnte. Die Wirkung dieses
+Befehls ist, dass die Datei, die die Funktion enth<74>lt, als aktuelle im
+Editor ge<67>ffnet und angezeigt wird und der Cursor auf dem Beginn der
+Funktion positioniert wird. Siehe <20>:help tag\-commands<EFBFBD>.
+.TP 
+\-q [Fehlerdatei]
+Startet im QuickFix\-Modus. Die Datei [Fehlerdatei] wird gelesen und der
+erste Fehler wird angezeigt. Falls [Fehlerdatei] ausgelassen wird, wird der
+Dateiname aus der Option 'errorfile' verwendet (bei AmigaOS ist dies
+vorgabem<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>ig <20>AztecC.Err<72>, sowie "errors.err<72> bei anderen). Weitere Fehler
+k<EFBFBD>nnen mit dem <20>:cn<63>\-Befehl angesprungen werden. Siehe ":help quickfix<69>.
+.PP
+\fBVim\fP reagiert unterschiedlich auf den Namen, der verwendet wird, um Vim zu
+starten (die ausf<73>hrbare Datei kann dieselbe sein).
+.TP  10
+vim
+der <20>normale<6C> Weg, alles ist standardm<64><6D>ig
+.TP 
+ex
+Startet im Ex\-Modus. Mit dem Befehl <20>:vi<76> gelangt man in den normalen
+Modus. Funktioniert auch mit dem Argument <20>\-e<EFBFBD>.
+.TP 
+view
+Startet im Nur\-Lesen\-Modus. Die Datei wird vor dem <20>berschreiben
+gesch<EFBFBD>tzt. Dasselbe wird mit dem Parameter <20>\-R<EFBFBD> erreicht.
+.TP 
+gvim gview
+Die grafische Version: <20>ffnet ein neues Fenster. Dasselbe wird mit dem
+Parameter <20>\-g<EFBFBD> erreicht.
+.TP 
+evim eview
+Die grafische Version im einfachen Modus: <20>ffnet ein neues Fenster. Dasselbe
+wird mit dem Parameter <20>\-y<EFBFBD> erreicht.
+.TP 
+rvim rview rgvim rgview
+Wie die obigen, aber mit Beschr<68>nkungen: Es ist nicht m<>glich, Shell\-Befehle
+aufzurufen oder mit Unterbrechung in eine Shell zur<75>ckzuspringen. Dasselbe
+wird mit dem Parameter <20>\-Z<EFBFBD> erreicht.
+.SH OPTIONEN
+Die Optionen k<>nnen in beliebiger Reihenfolge vor oder nach den Dateinamen
+angegeben werden. Optionen ohne Parameter k<>nnen hinter einem einzigen
+Bindestrich gruppiert werden.
+.TP  12
++[Nummer]
+In der ersten Datei wird der Cursor auf die Zeile [Nummer] gesetzt. Falls
+[Nummer] nicht angegeben wird, wird der Cursor in die letzte Zeile der Datei
+gesetzt.
+.TP 
++/{Suchmuster}
+In der ersten Datei wird der Cursor auf das erste Auftreten von {Suchmuster}
+gesetzt. Siehe <20>:help search\-pattern<EFBFBD>.
+.TP 
++{Befehl}
+.TP 
+\-c {Befehl}
+{Befehl} wird nach dem Lesen der ersten Datei ausgef<65>hrt. Als {Befehl} wird
+ein Ex\-Befehl erwartet. Sind in {Befehl} Leerzeichen vorhanden, muss alles
+in Anf<6E>hrungszeichen gesetzt werden (h<>ngt von der verwendeten Shell
+ab). Beispiel: vim "+set si" main.c
+.br
+Anmerkung: Sie k<>nnen bis zu 10 <20>+<2B>\- oder "\-c<EFBFBD>\-Befehle verwenden.
+.TP 
+\-S {Datei}
+{Datei} wird nach dem Lesen der ersten Datei ausgef<65>hrt. Dies entspricht <20>\-c
+"source {Datei}"<22>. {Datei} darf nicht mit einem Bindestrich (\-)
+anfangen. Wenn kein Dateiname angegeben wird, wird <20>Session.vim<69> verwendet
+(Funktioniert nur, wenn <20>\-S<EFBFBD> als letzter Parameter steht).
+.TP 
+\-\-cmd {Befehl}
+Wie <20>\-c<EFBFBD>, aber dieser Befehl wird vor allen VimRC\-Dateien ausgef<65>hrt. Sie
+k<EFBFBD>nnen unabh<62>ngig von den <20>\-c<EFBFBD>\-Befehlen bis zu 10 dieser Befehle verwenden.
+.TP 
+\-A
+Falls \fBVim\fP mit Unterst<73>tzung f<>r das Schreiben von rechts nach links und
+arabischer Tastaturbelegung compiliert wurde (ARABIC), startet dieser
+Parameter den Modus f<>rs Arabische (:set arabic). Anderenfalls beendet sich
+\fBVim\fP mit einer Fehlermeldung.
+.TP 
+b
+Bin<EFBFBD>rer Modus: Es werden einige Variablen gesetzt, sodass es m<>glich ist,
+eine bin<69>re oder ausf<73>hrbare Datei zu bearbeiten.
+.TP 
+\-C
+Kompatibel: Setzt die Option 'compatible'. Das macht \fBVim\fP im Verhalten
+sehr <20>hnlich zu Vi, selbst wenn eine VimRC\-Datei existiert.
+.TP 
+\-d
+Startet im diff\-Modus. Es sollten zwei, drei oder vier Dateinamen als
+Parameter <20>bergeben werden. \fBVim\fP <20>ffnet sie alle und zeigt die
+Unterschiede an. Arbeitet wie vimdiff(1).
+.TP 
+\-d {Ger<65>t}
+<EFBFBD>ffnet das {Ger<65>t}, um es als Terminal zu nutzen. Nur f<>r AmigaOS. Beispiel:
+"\-d con:20/30/600/150".
+.TP 
+D
+Debug\-Modus: \fBVim\fP geht in den Debug\-Modus, wenn der erste Befehl in einem
+Skript ausgef<65>hrt wird.
+.TP 
+\-e
+Startet \fBVim\fP im Ex\-Modus, als w<>rde als ausf<73>hrbare Datei <20>ex<65> aufgerufen.
+.TP 
+\-E
+Startet \fBVim\fP im erweiterten Ex\-Modus, als w<>rde die ausf<73>hrbare Datei als
+<EFBFBD>exim<EFBFBD> aufgerufen.
+.TP 
+\-f
+Vordergrund: Bei der GUI\-Version erzeugt \fBVim\fP keinen neuen Prozess und
+l<EFBFBD>st sich nicht von der Shell, in der er aufgerufen wurde. Bei AmigaOS wird
+kein neues Fenster ge<67>ffnet. Dieser Parameter wird benutzt, damit das
+aufrufende Programm auf das Beenden des Bearbeitungssitzung wartet (z.B.:
+mail). Bei AmigaOS funktionieren die Befehle <20>:sh<73> und ":!<21> nicht.
+.TP 
+\-\-nofork
+Vordergrund: Bei der GUI\-Version erzeugt \fBVim\fP keinen neuen Prozess und
+l<EFBFBD>st sich nicht von der Shell, in der er aufgerufen wurde.
+.TP 
+\-F
+Wenn \fBVim\fP mit FKMAP\-Unterst<EFBFBD>tzung f<>r das Schreiben von rechts nach links
+und Farsi\-Tastatur\-Belegung kompiliert wurde, startet Vim im Farsi\-Modus,
+d.h. die Optionen 'fkmap' und 'rightleft' werden gesetzt. Andernfalls bricht
+\fBVim\fP mit einer Fehlermeldung ab.
+.TP 
+\-g
+Falls \fBVim\fP mit GUI\-Unterst<EFBFBD>tzung kompiliert wurde, wird die GUI
+aktiviert. Falls keine GUI\-Unterst<EFBFBD>tzung einkompiliert wurde, wird mit einer
+Fehlermeldung abgebrochen.
+.TP 
+\-h
+Gibt eine kleine Hilfe f<>r die Befehlszeilenparameter aus. Danach beendet
+sich \fBVim.\fP
+.TP 
+\-H
+Hebr<EFBFBD>isch\-Modus, falls \fBVim\fP mit RIGHTLEFT\-Unterst<EFBFBD>tzung f<>r das Schreiben
+von rechts nach links und hebr<62>ischer Tastaturbelegung kompiliert wurde,
+werden die Optionen 'hkmap' und 'rightleft' gesetzt. Andernfalls beendet
+sich \fBVim\fP mit einer Fehlermeldung.
+.TP 
+\-i {VimInfo}
+Wenn eine VimInfo\-Datei verwendet wird: Verwendet statt <20>~/.viminfo<66> die
+angegebene Datei. Es ist auch m<>glich die Verwendung einer VimInfo\-Datei
+durch Angabe des Dateinamen <20>NONE<4E> zu verhindern,
+.TP 
+\-L
+dasselbe wie <20>\-r<EFBFBD>
+.TP 
+\-l
+Lisp\-Modus. Aktiviert die Optionen 'lisp' und 'showmatch'.
+.TP 
+\-m
+Deaktiviert das Ver<65>ndern von Dateien, indem die Option 'write' gel<65>scht
+wird. Der Puffer kann ver<65>ndert werden, nur das Schreiben einer Datei ist
+nicht m<>glich.
+.TP 
+\-M
+Keine Ver<65>nderungen erlaubt: Die Optionen 'modifiable' und 'write' werden
+gel<EFBFBD>scht, so dass <20>nderungen nicht erlaubt sind und Dateien nicht
+geschrieben werden k<>nnen. Man beachte, dass diese Optionen ('modifiable',
+\&'write') dennnoch nachtr<74>glich zum Erlauben von <20>nderungen gesetzt werden
+k<EFBFBD>nnen.
+.TP 
+\-N
+Nicht\-kompatibler Modus: L<>scht die Option 'compatible'. Dies veranlasst
+\fBVim\fP, sich ein wenig besser, aber weniger Vi\-kompatibel zu verhalten,
+selbst wenn es keine VimRC\-Datei gibt.
+.TP 
+\-n
+Verwendet keine Auslagerungsdatei: Eine Wiederherstellung nach einem Absturz
+ist nicht m<>glich. Auf einem langsamen Medium (Diskette) kann diese
+Einstellung n<>tzlich sein. Kann auch mit <20>set uc=0<> erreicht werden; kann
+mit <20>set uc=200<30> aufgehoben werden.
+.TP 
+\-nb
+\fBVim\fP fungiert als Server f<>r NetBeans. Details siehe Dokumentation.
+.TP 
+\-o[N]
+<EFBFBD>ffnet [N] Fenster <20>bereinander. Wenn keine Zahl angegeben wird, <20>ffne ein
+Fenster pro Datei.
+.TP 
+\-O[N]
+<EFBFBD>ffnet [N] Fenster nebeneinander. Wenn keine Zahl angegeben wird, <20>ffne ein
+Fenster pro Datei.
+.TP 
+\-p[N]
+<EFBFBD>ffnet [N] Reiterseiten. Wenn keine Zahl angegeben wird, <20>ffne eine
+Reiterseite pro Datei.
+.TP 
+\-R
+Nur\-Lesen\-Modus: Die Option 'readonly' wird gesetzt. Der Puffer kann noch
+bearbeitet werden, aber es wird verhindert, eine Datei aus Versehen zu
+<EFBFBD>berschreiben. Wenn Sie wirklich eine Datei <20>berschreiben wollen, f<>gen Sie
+dem Ex\-Befehl ein Ausrufezeichen hinzu (wie in <20>:w!<21>). Die Option "\-R<EFBFBD>
+bedingt die Option <20>\-n<EFBFBD> (siehe oben). Die Option 'readonly' kann durch ":set
+noro<EFBFBD> gel<65>scht werden. Siehe <20>:help 'readonly'<27>.
+.TP 
+\-r
+Listet die Auslagerungsdateien und gibt Informationen zu ihrer
+Verwendbarkeit zur Wiederherstellung.
+.TP 
+\-r {Datei}
+Wiederherstellungsmodus: Die Auslagerungsdatei wird zur Wiederherstellung
+verwendet und hat denselben Dateinamen wie die Text\-Datei + <20>.swp<77>. Siehe
+":help recovery<72>.
+.TP 
+\-s
+Der stille Modus: Nur wenn die ausf<73>hrbare Datei als <20>ex<65> aufgerufen wird
+oder vor <20>\-s<EFBFBD> die Option "\-e<EFBFBD> gegeben wird.
+.TP 
+\-s {Eingabeskript}
+Die Datei {Eingabeskript} wird gelesen und ausgef<65>hrt, als w<>rden Sie die
+Zeichen in ihr tippen. Dasselbe kann mit dem Befehl <20>:source!
+{Eingabeskript}<7D> erreicht werden. Wird das Ende der Datei vor dem Beenden
+des Editors erreicht, werden weitere Zeichen von der Tastatur gelesen.
+.TP 
+\-T {Terminal}
+Setzt den Namen des benutzten Terminals. Nur erforderlich, wenn die
+Automatik nicht funktioniert. Sollte ein \fBVim\fP bekanntes Terminal sein:
+(builtin) oder in einer termcap\- oder terminfo\-Datei definiert.
+.TP 
+\-u {VimRC}
+Verwendet zur Initialisierung die Befehle in der Datei {VimRC}. Alle anderen
+Initialisierungen werden <20>bersprungen. Benutzen Sie dies, um eine besondere
+Art von Dateien zu bearbeiten. Dies kann auch benutzt werden, um alle
+Initialisierungen zu <20>berspringen, indem der Name <20>NONE<4E> angegeben wird. F<>r
+weitere Einzelheiten siehe <20>:help initialisation<6F> innerhalb von Vim.
+.TP 
+\-U {GvimRC}
+Benutzt die Befehle in der Datei {GvimRC} f<>r die Initialisierung der
+grafischen Oberfl<66>che. Alle anderen Initialisierungen werden
+<EFBFBD>bersprungen. Dies kann ebenfalls benutzt werden, um alle
+GUI\-Initialisierungen zu <20>berspringen, indem der Name <20>NONE<4E> angegeben
+wird. Siehe <20>:help gui\-init<EFBFBD> innerhalb von Vim f<>r weitere Einzelheiten.
+.TP 
+\-V[N]
+Ausf<EFBFBD>hrlich (verbose): Gibt Meldungen dar<61>ber, welche Befehlsdateien
+eingelesen werden, und <20>ber das Lesen und Schreiben einer VimInfo\-Datei. Die
+optionale Zahl N ist der Wert f<>r 'verbose'. Vorgabe ist 10.
+.TP 
+\-v
+Startet \fBVim\fP im Vi\-Modus, so als w<>rde die ausf<73>hrbare Datei mit <20>vi<76>
+aufgerufen. Dies wirkt sich nur aus, wenn die ausf<73>hrbare Datei als <20>ex<65>
+aufgerufen wird.
+.TP 
+\-w {Ausgabeskript}
+Alle Zeichen, die eingetippt werden, werden in der Datei {Ausgabeskript}
+aufgezeichnet, solange bis Sie \fBVim\fP beenden. Dies ist n<>tzlich, falls Sie
+eine Skript\-Datei zum Benutzen mit <20>vim \-s<EFBFBD> oder ":source!<21> erzeugen
+wollen. Falls die Datei {Ausgabeskript} vorhanden ist, werden die Zeichen
+angeh<EFBFBD>ngt.
+.TP 
+\-W {Ausgabeskript}
+Wie \-w, aber eine bereits vorhandene Datei wird <20>berschrieben.
+.TP 
+\-x
+Benutzt beim Schreiben von Dateien eine Verschl<68>sselung. Fragt nach dem
+Schl<EFBFBD>ssel.
+.TP 
+\-X
+F<EFBFBD>hrt keine Verbindung zum X\-Server durch. Dadurch verk<72>rzt sich die
+Startzeit, aber der Fenstertitel und die Zwischenablage werden nicht
+verwendet.
+.TP 
+\-y
+Startet \fBVim\fP im einfachen Modus, als w<>rde die ausf<73>hrbare Datei mit
+<EFBFBD>evim<EFBFBD> oder <20>eview<65> aufgerufen. \fBVim\fP verh<72>lt sich dann wie ein Editor zum
+Klicken und Tippen.
+.TP 
+\-Z
+Eingeschr<EFBFBD>nkter Modus: Funktioniert, als w<>rde der Name der ausf<73>hrbaren
+Datei mit <20>r<EFBFBD> beginnen.
+.TP 
+\-\-
+Markiert das Ende der Optionen. Argumente, die folgen, werden als Dateinamen
+behandelt. Dies kann benutzt werden, um einen Dateinamen mit <20>\-<EFBFBD> am Anfang
+zu verwenden.
+.TP 
+\-\-echo\-wid
+Nur GTK\-GUI: Schreibe die Fenster\-ID auf die Standardausgabe.
+.TP 
+\-\-help
+Gibt eine Hilfe\-Nachricht aus und beendet, wie <20>\-h<EFBFBD>.
+.TP 
+\-\-literal
+Nimmt die Dateinamen so wie sie sind und vervollst<73>ndigt sie nicht nach
+Metazeichen (*,?). Dies wirkt sich nicht unter Unix aus, wo die Shell die
+Metazeichen expandiert.
+.TP 
+\-\-noplugin
+Lade keine Plugins. Impliziert durch <20>\-u NONE<4E>.
+.TP 
+\-\-remote
+Verbindet mit einem Vim\-Server und l<>sst ihn die in den restlichen
+Argumenten angegeben Dateien editieren. Wenn kein Server gefunden wird,
+f<EFBFBD>hrt dies zu einer Warnmeldung und die Dateien werden im gegenw<6E>rtigen Vim
+zum Bearbeiten ge<67>ffnet.
+.TP 
+\-\-remote\-expr {Ausdruck}
+Verbindet mit einem Vim\-Server, f<>hrt {Ausdruck} aus und zeigt das Ergebnis
+auf der Standardausgabe an.
+.TP 
+\-\-remote\-send {Zeichen}
+Verbindet mit einem Vim\-Server und sendet ihm {Zeichen}.
+.TP 
+\-\-remote\-silent
+Wie <20>\-\-remote<EFBFBD>, aber ohne Warnung, wenn kein Server gefunden wird.
+.TP 
+\-\-remote\-wait
+Wie <20>\-\-remote<EFBFBD>, aber Vim beendet sich nicht, bis die Dateien bearbeitet
+wurden.
+.TP 
+\-\-remote\-wait\-silent
+Wie <20>\-\-remote\-wait<EFBFBD>, aber ohne Warnung, wenn kein Server gefunden wird.
+.TP 
+\-\-serverlist
+Listet die Namen aller gefundenen Vim\-Server auf.
+.TP 
+\-\-servername {Name}
+Benutzt {Name} als Server\-Namen. Wird f<>r den gegenw<6E>rtigen Vim benutzt,
+au<EFBFBD>er es wird mit dem Argument <20>\-\-remote<EFBFBD> benutzt, dann ist es der Name des
+zu kontaktierenden Servers.
+.TP 
+\-\-socketid {id}
+Nur GTK\-GUI: Benutzt den GtkPlug\-Mechanismus, um GVim in einem anderen
+Fenster laufen zu lassen.
+.TP 
+\-\-version
+Versionsinformation anzeigen und beenden
+.SH "EINGEBAUTE HILFE"
+Tippen Sie in \fBVim\fP <20>:help<6C>, um zu beginnen. Geben Sie ":help begriff<66> ein,
+um Hilfe <20>ber ein bestimmtes Thema zu bekommen. Zum Beispiel <20>:help ZZ<5A> f<>r
+Hilfe <20>ber den Befehl <20>ZZ<5A>. Benutzen Sie <Tab> und CTRL\-D, um
+Begriffe zu vervollst<73>ndigen (<28>:help cmdline\-completion<EFBFBD>). Tags sind
+vorhanden, um von einem Ort zum anderen zu springen (eine Art
+Hypertext\-Verkn<EFBFBD>pfungen, siehe <20>:help<6C>). Auf diese Weise k<>nnen alle
+Dokumentations\-Dateien aufgerufen werden, zum Beispiel <20>:help syntax.txt<78>.
+.SH DATEIEN
+.TP  15
+/usr/local/lib/vim/doc/*.txt
+Dokumentations\-Dateien f<>r \fBVim\fP. Verwenden Sie <20>:help doc\-file\-list<EFBFBD>, um
+die gesamte Liste zu bekommen.
+.TP 
+/usr/local/lib/vim/doc/tags
+Die <20>Tag<61>\-Datei, die verwendet wird, um Informationen in der Dokumentation
+zu finden.
+.TP 
+/usr/local/lib/vim/syntax/syntax.vim
+Die systemweite Einrichtung der Syntaxhervorhebung.
+.TP 
+/usr/local/lib/vim/syntax/*.vim
+Syntaxdateien f<>r die verschiedenen Sprachen.
+.TP 
+/usr/local/lib/vim/vimrc
+Systemweite Einstellungsdatei f<>r \fBVim\fP
+.TP 
+~/.vimrc
+Pers<EFBFBD>nliche Einstellungsdatei f<>r \fBVim\fP
+.TP 
+/usr/local/lib/vim/gvimrc
+Systemweite Einstellungsdatei f<>r GVim
+.TP 
+~/.gvimrc
+Pers<EFBFBD>nliche Einstellungsdatei f<>r GVim
+.TP 
+/usr/local/lib/vim/optwin.vim
+Das Script, das von dem Befehl <20>:options<6E> verwendet wird, eine sch<63>ne
+M<EFBFBD>glichkeit, um Optionen zu betrachten und zu setzen.
+.TP 
+/usr/local/lib/vim/menu.vim
+Systemweite Einstellungsdatei f<>r das Men<65> von GVim
+.TP 
+/usr/local/lib/vim/bugreport.vim
+Das Script zum Generieren eines Fehlerberichts. Siehe <20>:help bugs<67>.
+.TP 
+/usr/local/lib/vim/filetype.vim
+Mit diesem Script erkennt Vim den Typ einer Datei anhand ihres
+Dateinamens. Siehe <20>:help 'filetype'<27>.
+.TP 
+/usr/local/lib/vim/scripts.vim
+Mit diesem Script erkennt Vim den Typ einer Datei anhand ihres
+Inhaltes. Siehe <20>:help 'filetype'<27>.
+.TP 
+/usr/local/lib/vim/print/*.ps
+Diese Dateien werden zum Drucken von PostScript verwendet.
+.PP
+F<EFBFBD>r die neuesten Informationen lesen Sie die Vim\-Homepage:
+.br
+<URL:http://www.vim.org/>
+.SH "SIEHE AUCH"
+vimtutor(1)
+.SH AUTOR
+\fBVim\fP wurde gr<67><72>tenteils von Bram Moolenaar erstellt, mit viel Hilfe von
+anderen Leuten. Siehe <20>:help credits<74> in \fBVim.\fP
+.br
+\fBVim\fP basiert auf Stevie, der von Tim Thompson, Tony Andrews und
+G.R. (Fred) Walter geschrieben wurde. Es ist jedoch kaum etwas vom
+urspr<EFBFBD>nglichen Code <20>brig geblieben.
+.SH FEHLER
+Die sind m<>glich. Siehe <20>:help todo<64> f<>r eine Liste bekannter Probleme.
+.PP
+Beachten Sie, dass gewisse Dinge, die manche Leute als Fehler betrachten
+m<EFBFBD>gen, in Wirklichkeit durch zu getreue Nachbildung des Vi\-Verhaltens
+verursacht werden. Und falls Sie denken, dass andere Dinge Fehler sind,
+<EFBFBD>weil Vi es anders tut<75>, sollten Sie einen genaueren Blick auf die Datei
+vi_diff.txt werfen (oder in Vim <20>:help vi_diff.txt<78> tippen). Sehen Sie sich
+auch die Optionen 'compatible' und 'cpoptions' an.

runtime/doc/vim-de.UTF-8.1

@@ -0,0 +1,478 @@
+.\"*******************************************************************
+.\"
+.\" This file was generated with po4a. Translate the source file.
+.\"
+.\"*******************************************************************
+.\" Translated by bw1 (2008) and Florian Rehnisch <fm-r@gmx.de> (2012)
+.\" Kudos to the folks on vim-dev and debian-l10n-german
+.TH VIM 1 "2006 Apr 11"  
+.SH BEZEICHNUNG
+vim \- Vi IMproved, ein Text\-Editor für Programmierer
+.SH ÜBERSICHT
+.br
+\fBvim\fP [Optionen] [Datei …]
+.br
+\fBvim\fP [Optionen] \-
+.br
+\fBvim\fP [Optionen] \-t Tag
+.br
+\fBvim\fP [Optionen] \-q [Fehlerdatei]
+.PP
+.br
+\fBex\fP
+.br
+\fBview\fP
+.br
+\fBgvim\fP \fBgview\fP \fBevim\fP \fBeview\fP
+.br
+\fBrvim\fP \fBrview\fP \fBrgvim\fP \fBrgview\fP
+.SH BESCHREIBUNG
+\fBVim\fP ist ein Text\-Editor, der aufwärtskompatibel zu Vi ist. Er kann
+verwendet werden, um alle Arten von Klartext zu bearbeiten. Er ist besonders
+nützlich, um Programme zu bearbeiten.
+.PP
+Vim hat einige Erweiterungen gegenüber Vi, z.B.: Rückgängigmachen in
+mehreren Schritten, mehrere Fenster und Puffer, Syntax\-Hervorhebung,
+Bearbeiten der Befehlszeile, Dateinamenergänzung, eingebaute Hilfe, visuelle
+Auswahl, usw. … Siehe »:help vi_diff.txt« für eine Übersicht der
+Unterschiede zwischen \fBVim\fP und Vi.
+.PP
+Im laufenden \fBVim\fP kann mit dem Befehl »:help« viel Hilfe durch das
+eingebaute Hilfesystem erlangt werden. Siehe den Abschnitt EINGEBAUTE HILFE
+weiter unten.
+.PP
+Meistens wird \fBVim\fP zum Editieren einer einzigen Datei mit dem folgende
+Befehl gestartet:
+.PP
+  vim Datei
+.PP
+Allgemeiner betrachtet, wird \fBVim\fP folgendermaßen gestartet:
+.PP
+  vim [Optionen] [Dateiliste]
+.PP
+Bei einer fehlenden Dateiliste startet der Editor mit einem leeren
+Puffer. Andernfalls werden nach den folgenden vier Möglichkeiten eine oder
+mehrere Dateien bearbeitet:
+.TP  12
+Datei …
+Eine Liste von Dateinamen. Die erste Datei wird in den Puffer geladen und
+zur aktuellen. Der Cursor wird auf der ersten Zeile des Puffers
+platziert. Zu den anderen Dateien kann mit dem Befehl »:next« gelangt
+werden. Falls einer der Dateinamen mit einem Bindestrich beginnt, stellen
+Sie der Dateiliste »\-\-« voran.
+.TP 
+\-
+Die zu bearbeitende Datei wird von der Standardeingabe gelesen. Befehle
+werden von der Standardfehlerausgabe gelesen, die ein Text\-Terminal sein
+sollte.
+.TP 
+\-t {Tag}
+Die zu editierende Datei und die anfängliche Cursor\-Position hängen von
+einem »Tag« ab, einer Art Sprungmarke. {Tag} wird in der Tag\-Datei
+nachgeschlagen, die zugehörige Datei wird zur aktuellen und der zugehörige
+Befehl wird ausgeführt. Dies wird meistens für Programme in der Sprache »C«
+benutzt, wobei {Tag} ein Funktionsname sein könnte. Die Wirkung dieses
+Befehls ist, dass die Datei, die die Funktion enthält, als aktuelle im
+Editor geöffnet und angezeigt wird und der Cursor auf dem Beginn der
+Funktion positioniert wird. Siehe »:help tag\-commands«.
+.TP 
+\-q [Fehlerdatei]
+Startet im QuickFix\-Modus. Die Datei [Fehlerdatei] wird gelesen und der
+erste Fehler wird angezeigt. Falls [Fehlerdatei] ausgelassen wird, wird der
+Dateiname aus der Option 'errorfile' verwendet (bei AmigaOS ist dies
+vorgabemäßig »AztecC.Err«, sowie „errors.err« bei anderen). Weitere Fehler
+können mit dem »:cn«\-Befehl angesprungen werden. Siehe „:help quickfix«.
+.PP
+\fBVim\fP reagiert unterschiedlich auf den Namen, der verwendet wird, um Vim zu
+starten (die ausführbare Datei kann dieselbe sein).
+.TP  10
+vim
+der »normale« Weg, alles ist standardmäßig
+.TP 
+ex
+Startet im Ex\-Modus. Mit dem Befehl »:vi« gelangt man in den normalen
+Modus. Funktioniert auch mit dem Argument »\-e«.
+.TP 
+view
+Startet im Nur\-Lesen\-Modus. Die Datei wird vor dem Überschreiben
+geschützt. Dasselbe wird mit dem Parameter »\-R« erreicht.
+.TP 
+gvim gview
+Die grafische Version: Öffnet ein neues Fenster. Dasselbe wird mit dem
+Parameter »\-g« erreicht.
+.TP 
+evim eview
+Die grafische Version im einfachen Modus: Öffnet ein neues Fenster. Dasselbe
+wird mit dem Parameter »\-y« erreicht.
+.TP 
+rvim rview rgvim rgview
+Wie die obigen, aber mit Beschränkungen: Es ist nicht möglich, Shell\-Befehle
+aufzurufen oder mit Unterbrechung in eine Shell zurückzuspringen. Dasselbe
+wird mit dem Parameter »\-Z« erreicht.
+.SH OPTIONEN
+Die Optionen können in beliebiger Reihenfolge vor oder nach den Dateinamen
+angegeben werden. Optionen ohne Parameter können hinter einem einzigen
+Bindestrich gruppiert werden.
+.TP  12
++[Nummer]
+In der ersten Datei wird der Cursor auf die Zeile [Nummer] gesetzt. Falls
+[Nummer] nicht angegeben wird, wird der Cursor in die letzte Zeile der Datei
+gesetzt.
+.TP 
++/{Suchmuster}
+In der ersten Datei wird der Cursor auf das erste Auftreten von {Suchmuster}
+gesetzt. Siehe »:help search\-pattern«.
+.TP 
++{Befehl}
+.TP 
+\-c {Befehl}
+{Befehl} wird nach dem Lesen der ersten Datei ausgeführt. Als {Befehl} wird
+ein Ex\-Befehl erwartet. Sind in {Befehl} Leerzeichen vorhanden, muss alles
+in Anführungszeichen gesetzt werden (hängt von der verwendeten Shell
+ab). Beispiel: vim "+set si" main.c
+.br
+Anmerkung: Sie können bis zu 10 »+«\- oder „\-c«\-Befehle verwenden.
+.TP 
+\-S {Datei}
+{Datei} wird nach dem Lesen der ersten Datei ausgeführt. Dies entspricht »\-c
+"source {Datei}"«. {Datei} darf nicht mit einem Bindestrich (\-)
+anfangen. Wenn kein Dateiname angegeben wird, wird »Session.vim« verwendet
+(Funktioniert nur, wenn »\-S« als letzter Parameter steht).
+.TP 
+\-\-cmd {Befehl}
+Wie »\-c«, aber dieser Befehl wird vor allen VimRC\-Dateien ausgeführt. Sie
+können unabhängig von den »\-c«\-Befehlen bis zu 10 dieser Befehle verwenden.
+.TP 
+\-A
+Falls \fBVim\fP mit Unterstützung für das Schreiben von rechts nach links und
+arabischer Tastaturbelegung compiliert wurde (ARABIC), startet dieser
+Parameter den Modus fürs Arabische (:set arabic). Anderenfalls beendet sich
+\fBVim\fP mit einer Fehlermeldung.
+.TP 
+b
+Binärer Modus: Es werden einige Variablen gesetzt, sodass es möglich ist,
+eine binäre oder ausführbare Datei zu bearbeiten.
+.TP 
+\-C
+Kompatibel: Setzt die Option 'compatible'. Das macht \fBVim\fP im Verhalten
+sehr ähnlich zu Vi, selbst wenn eine VimRC\-Datei existiert.
+.TP 
+\-d
+Startet im diff\-Modus. Es sollten zwei, drei oder vier Dateinamen als
+Parameter übergeben werden. \fBVim\fP öffnet sie alle und zeigt die
+Unterschiede an. Arbeitet wie vimdiff(1).
+.TP 
+\-d {Gerät}
+Öffnet das {Gerät}, um es als Terminal zu nutzen. Nur für AmigaOS. Beispiel:
+"\-d con:20/30/600/150".
+.TP 
+D
+Debug\-Modus: \fBVim\fP geht in den Debug\-Modus, wenn der erste Befehl in einem
+Skript ausgeführt wird.
+.TP 
+\-e
+Startet \fBVim\fP im Ex\-Modus, als würde als ausführbare Datei »ex« aufgerufen.
+.TP 
+\-E
+Startet \fBVim\fP im erweiterten Ex\-Modus, als würde die ausführbare Datei als
+»exim« aufgerufen.
+.TP 
+\-f
+Vordergrund: Bei der GUI\-Version erzeugt \fBVim\fP keinen neuen Prozess und
+löst sich nicht von der Shell, in der er aufgerufen wurde. Bei AmigaOS wird
+kein neues Fenster geöffnet. Dieser Parameter wird benutzt, damit das
+aufrufende Programm auf das Beenden des Bearbeitungssitzung wartet (z.B.:
+mail). Bei AmigaOS funktionieren die Befehle »:sh« und „:!« nicht.
+.TP 
+\-\-nofork
+Vordergrund: Bei der GUI\-Version erzeugt \fBVim\fP keinen neuen Prozess und
+löst sich nicht von der Shell, in der er aufgerufen wurde.
+.TP 
+\-F
+Wenn \fBVim\fP mit FKMAP\-Unterstützung für das Schreiben von rechts nach links
+und Farsi\-Tastatur\-Belegung kompiliert wurde, startet Vim im Farsi\-Modus,
+d.h. die Optionen 'fkmap' und 'rightleft' werden gesetzt. Andernfalls bricht
+\fBVim\fP mit einer Fehlermeldung ab.
+.TP 
+\-g
+Falls \fBVim\fP mit GUI\-Unterstützung kompiliert wurde, wird die GUI
+aktiviert. Falls keine GUI\-Unterstützung einkompiliert wurde, wird mit einer
+Fehlermeldung abgebrochen.
+.TP 
+\-h
+Gibt eine kleine Hilfe für die Befehlszeilenparameter aus. Danach beendet
+sich \fBVim.\fP
+.TP 
+\-H
+Hebräisch\-Modus, falls \fBVim\fP mit RIGHTLEFT\-Unterstützung für das Schreiben
+von rechts nach links und hebräischer Tastaturbelegung kompiliert wurde,
+werden die Optionen 'hkmap' und 'rightleft' gesetzt. Andernfalls beendet
+sich \fBVim\fP mit einer Fehlermeldung.
+.TP 
+\-i {VimInfo}
+Wenn eine VimInfo\-Datei verwendet wird: Verwendet statt »~/.viminfo« die
+angegebene Datei. Es ist auch möglich die Verwendung einer VimInfo\-Datei
+durch Angabe des Dateinamen »NONE« zu verhindern,
+.TP 
+\-L
+dasselbe wie »\-r«
+.TP 
+\-l
+Lisp\-Modus. Aktiviert die Optionen 'lisp' und 'showmatch'.
+.TP 
+\-m
+Deaktiviert das Verändern von Dateien, indem die Option 'write' gelöscht
+wird. Der Puffer kann verändert werden, nur das Schreiben einer Datei ist
+nicht möglich.
+.TP 
+\-M
+Keine Veränderungen erlaubt: Die Optionen 'modifiable' und 'write' werden
+gelöscht, so dass Änderungen nicht erlaubt sind und Dateien nicht
+geschrieben werden können. Man beachte, dass diese Optionen ('modifiable',
+\&'write') dennnoch nachträglich zum Erlauben von Änderungen gesetzt werden
+können.
+.TP 
+\-N
+Nicht\-kompatibler Modus: Löscht die Option 'compatible'. Dies veranlasst
+\fBVim\fP, sich ein wenig besser, aber weniger Vi\-kompatibel zu verhalten,
+selbst wenn es keine VimRC\-Datei gibt.
+.TP 
+\-n
+Verwendet keine Auslagerungsdatei: Eine Wiederherstellung nach einem Absturz
+ist nicht möglich. Auf einem langsamen Medium (Diskette) kann diese
+Einstellung nützlich sein. Kann auch mit »set uc=0« erreicht werden; kann
+mit »set uc=200« aufgehoben werden.
+.TP 
+\-nb
+\fBVim\fP fungiert als Server für NetBeans. Details siehe Dokumentation.
+.TP 
+\-o[N]
+Öffnet [N] Fenster übereinander. Wenn keine Zahl angegeben wird, öffne ein
+Fenster pro Datei.
+.TP 
+\-O[N]
+Öffnet [N] Fenster nebeneinander. Wenn keine Zahl angegeben wird, öffne ein
+Fenster pro Datei.
+.TP 
+\-p[N]
+Öffnet [N] Reiterseiten. Wenn keine Zahl angegeben wird, öffne eine
+Reiterseite pro Datei.
+.TP 
+\-R
+Nur\-Lesen\-Modus: Die Option 'readonly' wird gesetzt. Der Puffer kann noch
+bearbeitet werden, aber es wird verhindert, eine Datei aus Versehen zu
+überschreiben. Wenn Sie wirklich eine Datei überschreiben wollen, fügen Sie
+dem Ex\-Befehl ein Ausrufezeichen hinzu (wie in »:w!«). Die Option „\-R«
+bedingt die Option »\-n« (siehe oben). Die Option 'readonly' kann durch „:set
+noro« gelöscht werden. Siehe »:help 'readonly'«.
+.TP 
+\-r
+Listet die Auslagerungsdateien und gibt Informationen zu ihrer
+Verwendbarkeit zur Wiederherstellung.
+.TP 
+\-r {Datei}
+Wiederherstellungsmodus: Die Auslagerungsdatei wird zur Wiederherstellung
+verwendet und hat denselben Dateinamen wie die Text\-Datei + ».swp«. Siehe
+„:help recovery«.
+.TP 
+\-s
+Der stille Modus: Nur wenn die ausführbare Datei als »ex« aufgerufen wird
+oder vor »\-s« die Option „\-e« gegeben wird.
+.TP 
+\-s {Eingabeskript}
+Die Datei {Eingabeskript} wird gelesen und ausgeführt, als würden Sie die
+Zeichen in ihr tippen. Dasselbe kann mit dem Befehl »:source!
+{Eingabeskript}« erreicht werden. Wird das Ende der Datei vor dem Beenden
+des Editors erreicht, werden weitere Zeichen von der Tastatur gelesen.
+.TP 
+\-T {Terminal}
+Setzt den Namen des benutzten Terminals. Nur erforderlich, wenn die
+Automatik nicht funktioniert. Sollte ein \fBVim\fP bekanntes Terminal sein:
+(builtin) oder in einer termcap\- oder terminfo\-Datei definiert.
+.TP 
+\-u {VimRC}
+Verwendet zur Initialisierung die Befehle in der Datei {VimRC}. Alle anderen
+Initialisierungen werden übersprungen. Benutzen Sie dies, um eine besondere
+Art von Dateien zu bearbeiten. Dies kann auch benutzt werden, um alle
+Initialisierungen zu überspringen, indem der Name »NONE« angegeben wird. Für
+weitere Einzelheiten siehe »:help initialisation« innerhalb von Vim.
+.TP 
+\-U {GvimRC}
+Benutzt die Befehle in der Datei {GvimRC} für die Initialisierung der
+grafischen Oberfläche. Alle anderen Initialisierungen werden
+übersprungen. Dies kann ebenfalls benutzt werden, um alle
+GUI\-Initialisierungen zu überspringen, indem der Name »NONE« angegeben
+wird. Siehe »:help gui\-init« innerhalb von Vim für weitere Einzelheiten.
+.TP 
+\-V[N]
+Ausführlich (verbose): Gibt Meldungen darüber, welche Befehlsdateien
+eingelesen werden, und über das Lesen und Schreiben einer VimInfo\-Datei. Die
+optionale Zahl N ist der Wert für 'verbose'. Vorgabe ist 10.
+.TP 
+\-v
+Startet \fBVim\fP im Vi\-Modus, so als würde die ausführbare Datei mit »vi«
+aufgerufen. Dies wirkt sich nur aus, wenn die ausführbare Datei als »ex«
+aufgerufen wird.
+.TP 
+\-w {Ausgabeskript}
+Alle Zeichen, die eingetippt werden, werden in der Datei {Ausgabeskript}
+aufgezeichnet, solange bis Sie \fBVim\fP beenden. Dies ist nützlich, falls Sie
+eine Skript\-Datei zum Benutzen mit »vim \-s« oder „:source!« erzeugen
+wollen. Falls die Datei {Ausgabeskript} vorhanden ist, werden die Zeichen
+angehängt.
+.TP 
+\-W {Ausgabeskript}
+Wie \-w, aber eine bereits vorhandene Datei wird überschrieben.
+.TP 
+\-x
+Benutzt beim Schreiben von Dateien eine Verschlüsselung. Fragt nach dem
+Schlüssel.
+.TP 
+\-X
+Führt keine Verbindung zum X\-Server durch. Dadurch verkürzt sich die
+Startzeit, aber der Fenstertitel und die Zwischenablage werden nicht
+verwendet.
+.TP 
+\-y
+Startet \fBVim\fP im einfachen Modus, als würde die ausführbare Datei mit
+»evim« oder »eview« aufgerufen. \fBVim\fP verhält sich dann wie ein Editor zum
+Klicken und Tippen.
+.TP 
+\-Z
+Eingeschränkter Modus: Funktioniert, als würde der Name der ausführbaren
+Datei mit »r« beginnen.
+.TP 
+\-\-
+Markiert das Ende der Optionen. Argumente, die folgen, werden als Dateinamen
+behandelt. Dies kann benutzt werden, um einen Dateinamen mit »\-« am Anfang
+zu verwenden.
+.TP 
+\-\-echo\-wid
+Nur GTK\-GUI: Schreibe die Fenster\-ID auf die Standardausgabe.
+.TP 
+\-\-help
+Gibt eine Hilfe\-Nachricht aus und beendet, wie »\-h«.
+.TP 
+\-\-literal
+Nimmt die Dateinamen so wie sie sind und vervollständigt sie nicht nach
+Metazeichen (*,?). Dies wirkt sich nicht unter Unix aus, wo die Shell die
+Metazeichen expandiert.
+.TP 
+\-\-noplugin
+Lade keine Plugins. Impliziert durch »\-u NONE«.
+.TP 
+\-\-remote
+Verbindet mit einem Vim\-Server und lässt ihn die in den restlichen
+Argumenten angegeben Dateien editieren. Wenn kein Server gefunden wird,
+führt dies zu einer Warnmeldung und die Dateien werden im gegenwärtigen Vim
+zum Bearbeiten geöffnet.
+.TP 
+\-\-remote\-expr {Ausdruck}
+Verbindet mit einem Vim\-Server, führt {Ausdruck} aus und zeigt das Ergebnis
+auf der Standardausgabe an.
+.TP 
+\-\-remote\-send {Zeichen}
+Verbindet mit einem Vim\-Server und sendet ihm {Zeichen}.
+.TP 
+\-\-remote\-silent
+Wie »\-\-remote«, aber ohne Warnung, wenn kein Server gefunden wird.
+.TP 
+\-\-remote\-wait
+Wie »\-\-remote«, aber Vim beendet sich nicht, bis die Dateien bearbeitet
+wurden.
+.TP 
+\-\-remote\-wait\-silent
+Wie »\-\-remote\-wait«, aber ohne Warnung, wenn kein Server gefunden wird.
+.TP 
+\-\-serverlist
+Listet die Namen aller gefundenen Vim\-Server auf.
+.TP 
+\-\-servername {Name}
+Benutzt {Name} als Server\-Namen. Wird für den gegenwärtigen Vim benutzt,
+außer es wird mit dem Argument »\-\-remote« benutzt, dann ist es der Name des
+zu kontaktierenden Servers.
+.TP 
+\-\-socketid {id}
+Nur GTK\-GUI: Benutzt den GtkPlug\-Mechanismus, um GVim in einem anderen
+Fenster laufen zu lassen.
+.TP 
+\-\-version
+Versionsinformation anzeigen und beenden
+.SH "EINGEBAUTE HILFE"
+Tippen Sie in \fBVim\fP »:help«, um zu beginnen. Geben Sie „:help begriff« ein,
+um Hilfe über ein bestimmtes Thema zu bekommen. Zum Beispiel »:help ZZ« für
+Hilfe über den Befehl »ZZ«. Benutzen Sie <Tab> und CTRL\-D, um
+Begriffe zu vervollständigen (»:help cmdline\-completion«). Tags sind
+vorhanden, um von einem Ort zum anderen zu springen (eine Art
+Hypertext\-Verknüpfungen, siehe »:help«). Auf diese Weise können alle
+Dokumentations\-Dateien aufgerufen werden, zum Beispiel »:help syntax.txt«.
+.SH DATEIEN
+.TP  15
+/usr/local/lib/vim/doc/*.txt
+Dokumentations\-Dateien für \fBVim\fP. Verwenden Sie »:help doc\-file\-list«, um
+die gesamte Liste zu bekommen.
+.TP 
+/usr/local/lib/vim/doc/tags
+Die »Tag«\-Datei, die verwendet wird, um Informationen in der Dokumentation
+zu finden.
+.TP 
+/usr/local/lib/vim/syntax/syntax.vim
+Die systemweite Einrichtung der Syntaxhervorhebung.
+.TP 
+/usr/local/lib/vim/syntax/*.vim
+Syntaxdateien für die verschiedenen Sprachen.
+.TP 
+/usr/local/lib/vim/vimrc
+Systemweite Einstellungsdatei für \fBVim\fP
+.TP 
+~/.vimrc
+Persönliche Einstellungsdatei für \fBVim\fP
+.TP 
+/usr/local/lib/vim/gvimrc
+Systemweite Einstellungsdatei für GVim
+.TP 
+~/.gvimrc
+Persönliche Einstellungsdatei für GVim
+.TP 
+/usr/local/lib/vim/optwin.vim
+Das Script, das von dem Befehl »:options« verwendet wird, eine schöne
+Möglichkeit, um Optionen zu betrachten und zu setzen.
+.TP 
+/usr/local/lib/vim/menu.vim
+Systemweite Einstellungsdatei für das Menü von GVim
+.TP 
+/usr/local/lib/vim/bugreport.vim
+Das Script zum Generieren eines Fehlerberichts. Siehe »:help bugs«.
+.TP 
+/usr/local/lib/vim/filetype.vim
+Mit diesem Script erkennt Vim den Typ einer Datei anhand ihres
+Dateinamens. Siehe »:help 'filetype'«.
+.TP 
+/usr/local/lib/vim/scripts.vim
+Mit diesem Script erkennt Vim den Typ einer Datei anhand ihres
+Inhaltes. Siehe »:help 'filetype'«.
+.TP 
+/usr/local/lib/vim/print/*.ps
+Diese Dateien werden zum Drucken von PostScript verwendet.
+.PP
+Für die neuesten Informationen lesen Sie die Vim\-Homepage:
+.br
+<URL:http://www.vim.org/>
+.SH "SIEHE AUCH"
+vimtutor(1)
+.SH AUTOR
+\fBVim\fP wurde größtenteils von Bram Moolenaar erstellt, mit viel Hilfe von
+anderen Leuten. Siehe »:help credits« in \fBVim.\fP
+.br
+\fBVim\fP basiert auf Stevie, der von Tim Thompson, Tony Andrews und
+G.R. (Fred) Walter geschrieben wurde. Es ist jedoch kaum etwas vom
+ursprünglichen Code übrig geblieben.
+.SH FEHLER
+Die sind möglich. Siehe »:help todo« für eine Liste bekannter Probleme.
+.PP
+Beachten Sie, dass gewisse Dinge, die manche Leute als Fehler betrachten
+mögen, in Wirklichkeit durch zu getreue Nachbildung des Vi\-Verhaltens
+verursacht werden. Und falls Sie denken, dass andere Dinge Fehler sind,
+»weil Vi es anders tut«, sollten Sie einen genaueren Blick auf die Datei
+vi_diff.txt werfen (oder in Vim »:help vi_diff.txt« tippen). Sehen Sie sich
+auch die Optionen 'compatible' und 'cpoptions' an.

runtime/doc/visual.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*visual.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 May 25
+*visual.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Aug 15
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -62,8 +62,15 @@ position.
 
 						*v* *characterwise-visual*
 [count]v		Start Visual mode per character.
-			With [count] select that many characters, like moving
+			With [count] select the same number of characters or
-			the cursor right [count] characters.  One less when
+			lines as used for the last Visual operation, but at
+			the current cursor position, multiplied by [count].
+			When the previous Visual operation was on a block both
+			the width and height of the block are multiplied by
+			[count].
+			When there was no previous Visual operation [count]
+			characters are selected.  This is like moving the
+			cursor right N * [count] characters.  One less when
 			'selection' is not "exclusive".
 
 						*V* *linewise-visual*
@@ -99,6 +106,18 @@ gv			Start Visual mode with the same area as the previous
 			After using "p" or "P" in Visual mode the text that
 			was put will be selected.
 
+								*gn* *v_gn*
+gn			Search forward for the last used search pattern, like
+			with `n`, and start Visual mode to select the match.
+			If the cursor is on the match, visually selects it.
+			If an operator is pending, operates on the match.
+			E.g., "dgn" deletes the text of the next match.
+			If Visual mode is active, extends the selection
+			until the end of the next match.
+
+								*gN* *v_gN*
+gN			Like |gn| but searches backward, like with `N`.
+
 							*<LeftMouse>*
 <LeftMouse>		Set the current cursor position.  If Visual mode is
 			active it is stopped.  Only when 'mouse' option is
@@ -274,7 +293,10 @@ with {motion}, which is only ONE movement command.
 Another way to operate on the Visual area is using the |/\%V| item in a
 pattern.  For example, to replace all '(' in the Visual area with '#': >
 
-	:%s/\%V(/X/g
+	:'<,'>s/\%V(/#/g
+
+Note that the "'<,'>" will appear automatically when you press ":" in Visual
+mode.
 
 ==============================================================================
 5. Blockwise operators					*blockwise-operators*

runtime/doc/windows.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*windows.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Apr 13
+*windows.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Nov 15
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -939,9 +939,9 @@ list of buffers. |unlisted-buffer|
 :buffers[!]					*:buffers* *:ls*
 :ls[!]		Show all buffers.  Example:
 
-			1 #h  "/test/text"		line 1 ~
+			1 #h   "/test/text"		line 1 ~
-			2u    "asdf"			line 0 ~
+			2u     "asdf"			line 0 ~
-			3 %a+ "version.c"		line 1 ~
+			3 %a + "version.c"		line 1 ~
 
 		When the [!] is included the list will show unlisted buffers
 		(the term "unlisted" is a bit confusing then...).

runtime/filetype.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim support file to detect file types
 "
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2012 May 18
+" Last Change:	2013 Jan 31
 
 " Listen very carefully, I will say this only once
 if exists("did_load_filetypes")
@@ -128,6 +128,11 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead .asoundrc,*/usr/share/alsa/alsa.conf,*/etc/asound.conf set
 " Arc Macro Language
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.aml			setf aml
 
+" APT config file
+au BufNewFile,BufRead apt.conf                 setf aptconf
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */.aptitude/config       setf aptconf
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/apt/apt.conf.d/{[-_[:alnum:]]\+,[-_.[:alnum:]]\+.conf} setf aptconf
+
 " Arch Inventory file
 au BufNewFile,BufRead .arch-inventory,=tagging-method	setf arch
 
@@ -484,6 +489,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.prg
 	\   setf clipper |
 	\ endif
 
+" Clojure
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.clj,*.cljs		setf clojure
+
 " Cmake
 au BufNewFile,BufRead CMakeLists.txt,*.cmake,*.cmake.in		setf cmake
 
@@ -633,6 +641,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.dsl			setf dsl
 " DTD (Document Type Definition for XML)
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.dtd			setf dtd
 
+" DTS/DSTI (device tree files)
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.dts,*.dtsi		setf dts
+
 " EDIF (*.edf,*.edif,*.edn,*.edo)
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ed\(f\|if\|n\|o\)	setf edif
 
@@ -736,6 +747,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ged,lltxxxxx.txt	setf gedcom
 
 " Git
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.git/COMMIT_EDITMSG 	setf gitcommit
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.git/MERGE_MSG 		setf gitcommit
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.git/config,.gitconfig,.gitmodules setf gitconfig
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.git/modules/**/COMMIT_EDITMSG setf gitcommit
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.git/modules/**/config 	setf gitconfig
@@ -1119,6 +1131,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.nb			setf mma
 " Maya Extension Language
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.mel			setf mel
 
+" Mercurial (hg) commit file
+au BufNewFile,BufRead hg-editor-*.txt		setf hgcommit
+
 " Mercurial config (looks like generic config file)
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.hgrc,*hgrc		setf cfg
 
@@ -1200,7 +1215,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.mysql			setf mysql
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/Muttrc.d/*		call s:StarSetf('muttrc')
 
 " M$ Resource files
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.rc			setf rc
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.rc,*.rch		setf rc
 
 " MuPAD source
 au BufRead,BufNewFile *.mu			setf mupad
@@ -1555,7 +1570,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.reg
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.rib			setf rib
 
 " Rexx
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.rexx,*.rex,*.jrexx,*.rxj,*.orx	setf rexx
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.rex,*.orx,*.rxo,*.rxj,*.jrexx,*.rexxj,*.rexx,*.testGroup,*.testUnit	setf rexx
 
 " R (Splus)
 if has("fname_case")
@@ -1734,7 +1749,8 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.sgm,*.sgml
 	\ if getline(1).getline(2).getline(3).getline(4).getline(5) =~? 'linuxdoc' |
 	\   setf sgmllnx |
 	\ elseif getline(1) =~ '<!DOCTYPE.*DocBook' || getline(2) =~ '<!DOCTYPE.*DocBook' |
-	\   let b:docbk_type="sgml" |
+	\   let b:docbk_type = "sgml" |
+	\   let b:docbk_ver = 4 |
 	\   setf docbk |
 	\ else |
 	\   setf sgml |
@@ -1769,6 +1785,10 @@ func! SetFileTypeSH(name)
     " Some .sh scripts contain #!/bin/tcsh.
     call SetFileTypeShell("tcsh")
     return
+  elseif a:name =~ '\<zsh\>'
+    " Some .sh scripts contain #!/bin/zsh.
+    call SetFileTypeShell("zsh")
+    return
   elseif a:name =~ '\<ksh\>'
     let b:is_kornshell = 1
     if exists("b:is_bash")
@@ -1869,6 +1889,8 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.st			setf st
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.cls
 	\ if getline(1) =~ '^%' |
 	\  setf tex |
+	\ elseif getline(1)[0] == '#' && getline(1) =~ 'rexx' |
+	\  setf rexx |
 	\ else |
 	\  setf st |
 	\ endif
@@ -2290,8 +2312,16 @@ func! s:FTxml()
   let n = 1
   while n < 100 && n < line("$")
     let line = getline(n)
-    if line =~ '<!DOCTYPE.*DocBook'
+    " DocBook 4 or DocBook 5.
+    let is_docbook4 = line =~ '<!DOCTYPE.*DocBook'
+    let is_docbook5 = line =~ ' xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"'
+    if is_docbook4 || is_docbook5
       let b:docbk_type = "xml"
+      if is_docbook5
+	let b:docbk_ver = 5
+      else
+	let b:docbk_ver = 4
+      endif
       setf docbk
       return
     endif

runtime/ftplugin/c.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:	C
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2011 Aug 04
+" Last Change:	2012 Jul 10
 
 " Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ let b:match_words = &matchpairs . ',^\s*#\s*if\(\|def\|ndef\)\>:^\s*#\s*elif\>:^
 let b:match_skip = 's:comment\|string\|character'
 
 " Win32 can filter files in the browse dialog
-if has("gui_win32") && !exists("b:browsefilter")
+if (has("gui_win32") || has("gui_gtk")) && !exists("b:browsefilter")
   if &ft == "cpp"
     let b:browsefilter = "C++ Source Files (*.cpp *.c++)\t*.cpp;*.c++\n" .
 	  \ "C Header Files (*.h)\t*.h\n" .

runtime/ftplugin/changelog.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:         generic Changelog file
 " Maintainer:       Nikolai Weibull <now@bitwi.se>
-" Latest Revision:  2011-05-02
+" Latest Revision:  2012-08-23
 " Variables:
 "   g:changelog_timeformat (deprecated: use g:changelog_dateformat instead) -
 "       description: the timeformat used in ChangeLog entries.
@@ -106,10 +106,10 @@ if &filetype == 'changelog'
 
   function! s:passwd_field(line, field)
     let fields = split(a:line, ':', 1)
-    if len(fields) < field
+    if len(fields) < a:field
       return ""
     endif
-    return fields[field - 1]
+    return fields[a:field - 1]
   endfunction
 
   function! s:capitalize(word)

runtime/ftplugin/clojure.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+" Vim filetype plugin file
+" Language:     Clojure
+" Author:       Meikel Brandmeyer <mb@kotka.de>
+"
+" Maintainer:   Sung Pae <self@sungpae.com>
+" URL:          https://github.com/guns/vim-clojure-static
+" License:      Same as Vim
+" Last Change:  30 January 2013
+
+" Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
+if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
+    finish
+endif
+let b:did_ftplugin = 1
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+let b:undo_ftplugin = 'setlocal define< formatoptions< comments< commentstring<'
+
+" There will be false positives, but this is better than missing the whole set
+" of user-defined def* definitions.
+setlocal define=\\v[(/]def(ault)@!\\S*
+
+" Remove 't' from 'formatoptions' to avoid auto-wrapping code. The '+=croql'
+" is standard ftplugin boilerplate, although it is arguably intrusive.
+setlocal formatoptions-=t formatoptions+=croql
+
+" Lisp comments are routinely nested (e.g. ;;; SECTION HEADING)
+setlocal comments=n:;
+setlocal commentstring=;\ %s
+
+" Provide insert mode completions for special forms and clojure.core. As
+" 'omnifunc' is set by popular Clojure REPL client plugins, we also set
+" 'completefunc' so that the user has some form of completion available when
+" 'omnifunc' is set and no REPL connection exists.
+for s:setting in ['omnifunc', 'completefunc']
+    if exists('&' . s:setting) && empty(eval('&' . s:setting))
+        execute 'setlocal ' . s:setting . '=clojurecomplete#Complete'
+        let b:undo_ftplugin .= ' | setlocal ' . s:setting . '<'
+    endif
+endfor
+
+" Take all directories of the CLOJURE_SOURCE_DIRS environment variable
+" and add them to the path option.
+"
+" This is a legacy option for VimClojure users.
+if exists('$CLOJURE_SOURCE_DIRS')
+    for s:dir in split($CLOJURE_SOURCE_DIRS, (has("win32") || has("win64")) ? ';' : ':')
+        let s:dir = fnameescape(s:dir)
+        " Whitespace escaping for Windows
+        let s:dir = substitute(s:dir, '\', '\\\\', 'g')
+        let s:dir = substitute(s:dir, '\ ', '\\ ', 'g')
+        execute "setlocal path+=" . s:dir . "/**"
+    endfor
+    let b:undo_ftplugin .= ' | setlocal path<'
+endif
+
+" Skip brackets in ignored syntax regions when using the % command
+if exists('loaded_matchit')
+    let b:match_words = &matchpairs
+    let b:match_skip = 's:comment\|string\|regex\|character'
+    let b:undo_ftplugin .= ' | unlet! b:match_words b:match_skip'
+endif
+
+" Win32 can filter files in the browse dialog
+if has("gui_win32") && !exists("b:browsefilter")
+    let b:browsefilter = "Clojure Source Files (*.clj)\t*.clj\n" .
+                       \ "ClojureScript Source Files (*.cljs)\t*.cljs\n" .
+                       \ "Java Source Files (*.java)\t*.java\n" .
+                       \ "All Files (*.*)\t*.*\n"
+    let b:undo_ftplugin .= ' | unlet! b:browsefilter'
+endif
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+
+unlet! s:cpo_save s:setting s:dir
+
+" vim:sts=4 sw=4 et:

runtime/ftplugin/mail.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:	Mail
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2009 Jun 03
+" Last Change:	2012 Nov 20
 
 " Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
 endif
 let b:did_ftplugin = 1
 
-let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl modeline< tw< fo<"
+let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl modeline< tw< fo< comments<"
 
 " Don't use modelines in e-mail messages, avoid trojan horses and nasty
 " "jokes" (e.g., setting 'textwidth' to 5).
@@ -23,6 +23,9 @@ endif
 " Set 'formatoptions' to break text lines and keep the comment leader ">".
 setlocal fo+=tcql
 
+" Add n:> to 'comments, in case it was removed elsewhere
+setlocal comments+=n:>
+
 " Add mappings, unless the user doesn't want this.
 if !exists("no_plugin_maps") && !exists("no_mail_maps")
   " Quote text by inserting "> "

runtime/ftplugin/sql.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
 " SQL filetype plugin file
 " Language:    SQL (Common for Oracle, Microsoft SQL Server, Sybase)
-" Version:     8.0
+" Version:     10.0
 " Maintainer:  David Fishburn <dfishburn dot vim at gmail dot com>
-" Last Change: 2012 May 18
+" Last Change: 2012 Dec 04
 " Download:    http://vim.sourceforge.net/script.php?script_id=454
 
 " For more details please use:
@@ -30,34 +30,48 @@
 " To change the default dialect, add the following to your vimrc:
 "    let g:sql_type_default = 'sqlanywhere'
 "
-" This file also creates a command, SQLGetType, which allows you to 
+" This file also creates a command, SQLGetType, which allows you to
 " determine what the current dialect is in use.
 "     :SQLGetType
 "
 " History
 "
+" Version 10.0 (Dec 2012)
+"
+" NF: Changed all maps to use noremap instead of must map
+" NF: Changed all visual maps to use xnoremap instead of vnoremap as they
+"     should only be used in visual mode and not select mode.
+" BF: Most of the maps were using doubled up backslashes before they were
+"     changed to using the search() function, which meant they no longer
+"     worked.
+"
+" Version 9.0
+"
+" NF: Completes 'b:undo_ftplugin'
+" BF: Correctly set cpoptions when creating script
+"
 " Version 8.0
-" 
+"
 " NF: Improved the matchit plugin regex (Talek)
 "
 " Version 7.0
-" 
+"
 " NF: Calls the sqlcomplete#ResetCacheSyntax() function when calling
 "     SQLSetType.
 "
 " Version 6.0
-" 
+"
 " NF: Adds the command SQLGetType
 "
 " Version 5.0
-" 
+"
-" NF: Adds the ability to choose the keys to control SQL completion, just add 
+" NF: Adds the ability to choose the keys to control SQL completion, just add
 "     the following to your .vimrc:
 "    let g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key       = '<C-C>'
 "    let g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key_right = '<Right>'
 "    let g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key_left  = '<Left>'
 "
-" BF: format-options - Auto-wrap comments using textwidth was turned off 
+" BF: format-options - Auto-wrap comments using textwidth was turned off
 "                      by mistake.
 
 
@@ -81,7 +95,7 @@ setlocal formatoptions+=c
 " This works with both Vim 6 and 7.
 
 if !exists("*SQL_SetType")
-    " NOTE: You cannot use function! since this file can be 
+    " NOTE: You cannot use function! since this file can be
     " sourced from within this function.  That will result in
     " an error reported by Vim.
     function SQL_GetList(ArgLead, CmdLine, CursorPos)
@@ -105,9 +119,9 @@ if !exists("*SQL_SetType")
             "
             "    Recursively, since there are many filenames that contain
             "    the word SQL in the indent, syntax and ftplugin directory
-            let sqls = substitute( sqls, 
+            let sqls = substitute( sqls,
-                        \ '[\n]\%(.\{-}\)\(\w\+\.\w\+\)\n\@=', 
+                        \ '[\n]\%(.\{-}\)\(\w\+\.\w\+\)\n\@=',
-                        \ '\1\n', 
+                        \ '\1\n',
                         \ 'g'
                         \ )
 
@@ -142,10 +156,10 @@ if !exists("*SQL_SetType")
     function SQL_SetType(name)
 
         " User has decided to override default SQL scripts and
-        " specify a vendor specific version 
+        " specify a vendor specific version
         " (ie Oracle, Informix, SQL Anywhere, ...)
         " So check for an remove any settings that prevent the
-        " scripts from being executed, and then source the 
+        " scripts from being executed, and then source the
         " appropriate Vim scripts.
         if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
             unlet b:did_ftplugin
@@ -163,10 +177,10 @@ if !exists("*SQL_SetType")
         endif
 
         " Ensure the name is in the correct format
-        let new_sql_type = substitute(a:name, 
+        let new_sql_type = substitute(a:name,
                     \ '\s*\([^\.]\+\)\(\.\w\+\)\?', '\L\1', '')
 
-        " Do not specify a buffer local variable if it is 
+        " Do not specify a buffer local variable if it is
         " the default value
         if new_sql_type == 'sql'
           let new_sql_type = 'sqloracle'
@@ -203,10 +217,10 @@ endif
 
 if !exists("*SQL_GetType")
     function SQL_GetType()
-        if exists('b:sql_type_override') 
+        if exists('b:sql_type_override')
             echomsg "Current SQL dialect in use:".b:sql_type_override
         else
-            echomsg "Current SQL dialect in use:".g:sql_type_default        
+            echomsg "Current SQL dialect in use:".g:sql_type_default
         endif
     endfunction
     command! -nargs=0 SQLGetType :call SQL_GetType()
@@ -233,7 +247,8 @@ if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
   finish
 endif
 
-let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl comments<"
+let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl comments< formatoptions< define< omnifunc<" .
+		    \ " | unlet! b:browsefilter b:match_words"
 
 " Don't load another plugin for this buffer
 let b:did_ftplugin     = 1
@@ -280,7 +295,7 @@ if !exists("b:match_words")
     " doend
     "
     " case
-    " when 
+    " when
     " when
     " default
     " end case
@@ -296,8 +311,10 @@ if !exists("b:match_words")
     " create[ or replace] procedure|function|event
                 " \ '^\s*\<\%(do\|for\|while\|loop\)\>.*:'.
 
-    let b:match_words =
+    " For ColdFusion support
-		\ '\<begin\>:\<end\>\W*$,'.
+    setlocal matchpairs+=<:>
+    let b:match_words = &matchpairs .
+		\ ',\<begin\>:\<end\>\W*$,'.
 		\
                 \ s:notend . '\<if\>:'.
                 \ '\<elsif\>\|\<elseif\>\|\<else\>:'.
@@ -337,14 +354,14 @@ let &l:define = '\c\<\(VARIABLE\|DECLARE\|IN\|OUT\|INOUT\)\>'
 
 " Mappings to move to the next BEGIN ... END block
 " \W - no characters or digits
-nmap <buffer> <silent> ]] :call search('\\c^\\s*begin\\>', 'W' )<CR>
+nnoremap <buffer> <silent> ]] :call search('\c^\s*begin\>', 'W' )<CR>
-nmap <buffer> <silent> [[ :call search('\\c^\\s*begin\\>', 'bW' )<CR>
+nnoremap <buffer> <silent> [[ :call search('\c^\s*begin\>', 'bW' )<CR>
-nmap <buffer> <silent> ][ :call search('\\c^\\s*end\\W*$', 'W' )<CR>
+nnoremap <buffer> <silent> ][ :call search('\c^\s*end\W*$', 'W' )<CR>
-nmap <buffer> <silent> [] :call search('\\c^\\s*end\\W*$', 'bW' )<CR>
+nnoremap <buffer> <silent> [] :call search('\c^\s*end\W*$', 'bW' )<CR>
-vmap <buffer> <silent> ]] :<C-U>exec "normal! gv"<Bar>call search('\\c^\\s*begin\\>', 'W' )<CR>
+xnoremap <buffer> <silent> ]] :<C-U>exec "normal! gv"<Bar>call search('\c^\s*begin\>', 'W' )<CR>
-vmap <buffer> <silent> [[ :<C-U>exec "normal! gv"<Bar>call search('\\c^\\s*begin\\>', 'bW' )<CR>
+xnoremap <buffer> <silent> [[ :<C-U>exec "normal! gv"<Bar>call search('\c^\s*begin\>', 'bW' )<CR>
-vmap <buffer> <silent> ][ :<C-U>exec "normal! gv"<Bar>call search('\\c^\\s*end\\W*$', 'W' )<CR>
+xnoremap <buffer> <silent> ][ :<C-U>exec "normal! gv"<Bar>call search('\c^\s*end\W*$', 'W' )<CR>
-vmap <buffer> <silent> [] :<C-U>exec "normal! gv"<Bar>call search('\\c^\\s*end\\W*$', 'bW' )<CR>
+xnoremap <buffer> <silent> [] :<C-U>exec "normal! gv"<Bar>call search('\c^\s*end\W*$', 'bW' )<CR>
 
 
 " By default only look for CREATE statements, but allow
@@ -361,7 +378,7 @@ endif
 " backwards, you must use \{,1}
 if !exists('g:ftplugin_sql_objects')
     let g:ftplugin_sql_objects = 'function,procedure,event,' .
-                \ '\\(existing\\\\|global\\s\\+temporary\\s\\+\\)\\\{,1}' .
+                \ '\(existing\\|global\s\+temporary\s\+\)\{,1}' .
                 \ 'table,trigger' .
                 \ ',schema,service,publication,database,datatype,domain' .
                 \ ',index,subscription,synchronization,view,variable'
@@ -382,47 +399,47 @@ endif
 
 " Replace all ,'s with bars, except ones with numbers after them.
 " This will most likely be a \{,1} string.
-let s:ftplugin_sql_objects = 
+let s:ftplugin_sql_objects =
-            \ '\\c^\\s*' .
+            \ '\c^\s*' .
-            \ '\\(\\(' .
+            \ '\(\(' .
-            \ substitute(g:ftplugin_sql_statements, ',\d\@!', '\\\\\\|', 'g') .
+            \ substitute(g:ftplugin_sql_statements, ',\d\@!', '\\\\|', 'g') .
-            \ '\\)\\s\\+\\(or\\s\\+replace\\\s\+\\)\\{,1}\\)\\{,1}' .
+            \ '\)\s\+\(or\s\+replace\s\+\)\{,1}\)\{,1}' .
-            \ '\\<\\(' .
+            \ '\<\(' .
-            \ substitute(g:ftplugin_sql_objects, ',\d\@!', '\\\\\\|', 'g') .
+            \ substitute(g:ftplugin_sql_objects, ',\d\@!', '\\\\|', 'g') .
-            \ '\\)\\>' 
+            \ '\)\>'
 
 " Mappings to move to the next CREATE ... block
-exec "nmap <buffer> <silent> ]} :call search('".s:ftplugin_sql_objects."', 'W')<CR>"
+exec "nnoremap <buffer> <silent> ]} :call search('".s:ftplugin_sql_objects."', 'W')<CR>"
-exec "nmap <buffer> <silent> [{ :call search('".s:ftplugin_sql_objects."', 'bW')<CR>"
+exec "nnoremap <buffer> <silent> [{ :call search('".s:ftplugin_sql_objects."', 'bW')<CR>"
 " Could not figure out how to use a :call search() string in visual mode
 " without it ending visual mode
 " Unfortunately, this will add a entry to the search history
-exec 'vmap <buffer> <silent> ]} /'.s:ftplugin_sql_objects.'<CR>'
+exec 'xnoremap <buffer> <silent> ]} /'.s:ftplugin_sql_objects.'<CR>'
-exec 'vmap <buffer> <silent> [{ ?'.s:ftplugin_sql_objects.'<CR>'
+exec 'xnoremap <buffer> <silent> [{ ?'.s:ftplugin_sql_objects.'<CR>'
 
 " Mappings to move to the next COMMENT
 "
 " Had to double the \ for the \| separator since this has a special
 " meaning on maps
-let b:comment_leader = '\\(--\\\|\\/\\/\\\|\\*\\\|\\/\\*\\\|\\*\\/\\)'
+let b:comment_leader = '\(--\\|\/\/\\|\*\\|\/\*\\|\*\/\)'
 " Find the start of the next comment
-let b:comment_start  = '^\\(\\s*'.b:comment_leader.'.*\\n\\)\\@<!'.
+let b:comment_start  = '^\(\s*'.b:comment_leader.'.*\n\)\@<!'.
-            \ '\\(\\s*'.b:comment_leader.'\\)'
+            \ '\(\s*'.b:comment_leader.'\)'
 " Find the end of the previous comment
-let b:comment_end = '\\(^\\s*'.b:comment_leader.'.*\\n\\)'.
+let b:comment_end = '\(^\s*'.b:comment_leader.'.*\n\)'.
-            \ '\\(^\\s*'.b:comment_leader.'\\)\\@!'
+            \ '\(^\s*'.b:comment_leader.'\)\@!'
 " Skip over the comment
 let b:comment_jump_over  = "call search('".
-            \ '^\\(\\s*'.b:comment_leader.'.*\\n\\)\\@<!'.
+            \ '^\(\s*'.b:comment_leader.'.*\n\)\@<!'.
             \ "', 'W')"
 let b:comment_skip_back  = "call search('".
-            \ '^\\(\\s*'.b:comment_leader.'.*\\n\\)\\@<!'.
+            \ '^\(\s*'.b:comment_leader.'.*\n\)\@<!'.
             \ "', 'bW')"
 " Move to the start and end of comments
 exec 'nnoremap <silent><buffer> ]" :call search('."'".b:comment_start."'".', "W" )<CR>'
 exec 'nnoremap <silent><buffer> [" :call search('."'".b:comment_end."'".', "W" )<CR>'
-exec 'vnoremap <silent><buffer> ]" :<C-U>exec "normal! gv"<Bar>call search('."'".b:comment_start."'".', "W" )<CR>'
+exec 'xnoremap <silent><buffer> ]" :<C-U>exec "normal! gv"<Bar>call search('."'".b:comment_start."'".', "W" )<CR>'
-exec 'vnoremap <silent><buffer> [" :<C-U>exec "normal! gv"<Bar>call search('."'".b:comment_end."'".', "W" )<CR>'
+exec 'xnoremap <silent><buffer> [" :<C-U>exec "normal! gv"<Bar>call search('."'".b:comment_end."'".', "W" )<CR>'
 
 " Comments can be of the form:
 "   /*
@@ -431,7 +448,7 @@ exec 'vnoremap <silent><buffer> [" :<C-U>exec "normal! gv"<Bar>call search('."'"
 " or
 "   --
 " or
-"   // 
+"   //
 setlocal comments=s1:/*,mb:*,ex:*/,:--,://
 
 " Set completion with CTRL-X CTRL-O to autoloaded function.
@@ -443,7 +460,7 @@ if exists('&omnifunc')
 
     " This is used by the sqlcomplete.vim plugin
     " Source it for it's global functions
-    runtime autoload/syntaxcomplete.vim 
+    runtime autoload/syntaxcomplete.vim
 
     setlocal omnifunc=sqlcomplete#Complete
     " Prevent the intellisense plugin from loading
@@ -451,32 +468,32 @@ if exists('&omnifunc')
     if !exists('g:omni_sql_no_default_maps')
         " Static maps which use populate the completion list
         " using Vim's syntax highlighting rules
-        exec 'imap <buffer> '.g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key.'a <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map("syntax")<CR><C-X><C-O>'
+        exec 'inoremap <buffer> '.g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key.'a <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map("syntax")<CR><C-X><C-O>'
-        exec 'imap <buffer> '.g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key.'k <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map("sqlKeyword")<CR><C-X><C-O>'
+        exec 'inoremap <buffer> '.g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key.'k <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map("sqlKeyword")<CR><C-X><C-O>'
-        exec 'imap <buffer> '.g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key.'f <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map("sqlFunction")<CR><C-X><C-O>'
+        exec 'inoremap <buffer> '.g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key.'f <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map("sqlFunction")<CR><C-X><C-O>'
-        exec 'imap <buffer> '.g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key.'o <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map("sqlOption")<CR><C-X><C-O>'
+        exec 'inoremap <buffer> '.g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key.'o <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map("sqlOption")<CR><C-X><C-O>'
-        exec 'imap <buffer> '.g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key.'T <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map("sqlType")<CR><C-X><C-O>'
+        exec 'inoremap <buffer> '.g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key.'T <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map("sqlType")<CR><C-X><C-O>'
-        exec 'imap <buffer> '.g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key.'s <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map("sqlStatement")<CR><C-X><C-O>'
+        exec 'inoremap <buffer> '.g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key.'s <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map("sqlStatement")<CR><C-X><C-O>'
         " Dynamic maps which use populate the completion list
         " using the dbext.vim plugin
-        exec 'imap <buffer> '.g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key.'t <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map("table")<CR><C-X><C-O>'
+        exec 'inoremap <buffer> '.g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key.'t <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map("table")<CR><C-X><C-O>'
-        exec 'imap <buffer> '.g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key.'p <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map("procedure")<CR><C-X><C-O>'
+        exec 'inoremap <buffer> '.g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key.'p <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map("procedure")<CR><C-X><C-O>'
-        exec 'imap <buffer> '.g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key.'v <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map("view")<CR><C-X><C-O>'
+        exec 'inoremap <buffer> '.g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key.'v <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map("view")<CR><C-X><C-O>'
-        exec 'imap <buffer> '.g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key.'c <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map("column")<CR><C-X><C-O>'
+        exec 'inoremap <buffer> '.g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key.'c <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map("column")<CR><C-X><C-O>'
-        exec 'imap <buffer> '.g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key.'l <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map("column_csv")<CR><C-X><C-O>'
+        exec 'inoremap <buffer> '.g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key.'l <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map("column_csv")<CR><C-X><C-O>'
         " The next 3 maps are only to be used while the completion window is
         " active due to the <CR> at the beginning of the map
-        exec 'imap <buffer> '.g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key.'L <C-Y><C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map("column_csv")<CR><C-X><C-O>'
+        exec 'inoremap <buffer> '.g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key.'L <C-Y><C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map("column_csv")<CR><C-X><C-O>'
         " <C-Right> is not recognized on most Unix systems, so only create
         " these additional maps on the Windows platform.
         " If you would like to use these maps, choose a different key and make
         " the same map in your vimrc.
         " if has('win32')
-        exec 'imap <buffer> '.g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key_right.' <C-R>=sqlcomplete#DrillIntoTable()<CR>'
+        exec 'inoremap <buffer> '.g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key_right.' <C-R>=sqlcomplete#DrillIntoTable()<CR>'
-        exec 'imap <buffer> '.g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key_left.'  <C-R>=sqlcomplete#DrillOutOfColumns()<CR>'
+        exec 'inoremap <buffer> '.g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key_left.'  <C-R>=sqlcomplete#DrillOutOfColumns()<CR>'
         " endif
         " Remove any cached items useful for schema changes
-        exec 'imap <buffer> '.g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key.'R <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map("resetCache")<CR><C-X><C-O>'
+        exec 'inoremap <buffer> '.g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key.'R <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map("resetCache")<CR><C-X><C-O>'
     endif
 
     if b:sql_compl_savefunc != ""

runtime/ftplugin/zimbu.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:	Zimbu
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2012 May 18
+" Last Change:	2012 Sep 08
 
 " Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ setlocal errorformat^=%f\ line\ %l\ col\ %c:\ %m,ERROR:\ %m
 
 " When the matchit plugin is loaded, this makes the % command skip parens and
 " braces in comments.
-let b:match_words = '\(^\s*\)\@<=\(MODULE\|CLASS\|INTERFACE\|BITS\|ENUM\|SHARED\|FUNC\|REPLACE\|DEFINE\|PROC\|EQUAL\|MAIN\|IF\|GENERATE_IF\|WHILE\|REPEAT\|WITH\|DO\|FOR\|SWITCH\|TRY\)\>\|{\s*$:\(^\s*\)\@<=\(ELSE\|ELSEIF\|GENERATE_ELSE\|GENERATE_ELSEIF\|CATCH\|FINALLY\)\>:\(^\s*\)\@<=}\|\<UNTIL\>'
+let b:match_words = '\(^\s*\)\@<=\(MODULE\|CLASS\|INTERFACE\|BITS\|ENUM\|SHARED\|FUNC\|REPLACE\|DEFINE\|PROC\|EQUAL\|MAIN\|IF\|GENERATE_IF\|WHILE\|REPEAT\|WITH\|DO\|FOR\|SWITCH\|TRY\)\>\|{\s*$:\(^\s*\)\@<=\(ELSE\|ELSEIF\|GENERATE_ELSE\|GENERATE_ELSEIF\|CATCH\|FINALLY\)\>:\(^\s*\)\@<=\(}\|\<UNTIL\>\)'
 
 let b:match_skip = 's:comment\|string\|zimbuchar'
 
@@ -43,12 +43,36 @@ setlocal et sts=2 sw=2
 
 " Does replace when a dot, space or closing brace is typed.
 func! GCUpperDot(what)
-  let col = col(".") - strlen(a:what)
+  if v:char != ' ' && v:char != "\r" && v:char != "\x1b" && v:char != '.' && v:char != ')' && v:char != '}' && v:char != ','
-  if v:char != ' ' && v:char != "\r" && v:char != "\x1b" && v:char != '.' && v:char != ')' && v:char != '}'
     " no space or dot after the typed text
     let g:got_char = v:char
     return a:what
   endif
+  return GCUpperCommon(a:what)
+endfunc
+
+" Does not replace when a dot is typed.
+func! GCUpper(what)
+  if v:char != ' ' && v:char != "\r" && v:char != "\x1b" && v:char != ')' && v:char != ','
+    " no space or other "terminating" character after the typed text
+    let g:got_char = v:char
+    return a:what
+  endif
+  return GCUpperCommon(a:what)
+endfunc
+
+" Only replaces when a space is typed.
+func! GCUpperSpace(what)
+  if v:char != ' '
+    " no space after the typed text
+    let g:got_char = v:char
+    return a:what
+  endif
+  return GCUpperCommon(a:what)
+endfunc
+
+func! GCUpperCommon(what)
+  let col = col(".") - strlen(a:what)
   if col > 1 && getline('.')[col - 2] != ' '
     " no space before the typed text
     let g:got_char = 999
@@ -64,34 +88,15 @@ func! GCUpperDot(what)
   return toupper(a:what)
 endfunc
 
-" Does not replace when a dot is typed.
-func! GCUpper(what)
-  if v:char != ' ' && v:char != "\r" && v:char != "\x1b" && v:char != ')'
-    " no space after the typed text
-    let g:got_char = v:char
-    return a:what
-  endif
-  return GCUpperDot(a:what)
-endfunc
-
-" Only replaces when a space is typed.
-func! GCUpperSpace(what)
-  if v:char != ' '
-    " no space after the typed text
-    let g:got_char = v:char
-    return a:what
-  endif
-  return GCUpperDot(a:what)
-endfunc
-
 iabbr <buffer> <expr> alias GCUpperSpace("alias")
 iabbr <buffer> <expr> arg GCUpperDot("arg")
-iabbr <buffer> <expr> bad GCUpper("bad")
 iabbr <buffer> <expr> break GCUpper("break")
 iabbr <buffer> <expr> case GCUpperSpace("case")
 iabbr <buffer> <expr> catch GCUpperSpace("catch")
 iabbr <buffer> <expr> check GCUpperDot("check")
 iabbr <buffer> <expr> class GCUpperSpace("class")
+iabbr <buffer> <expr> interface GCUpperSpace("interface")
+iabbr <buffer> <expr> implements GCUpperSpace("implements")
 iabbr <buffer> <expr> shared GCUpperSpace("shared")
 iabbr <buffer> <expr> continue GCUpper("continue")
 iabbr <buffer> <expr> default GCUpper("default")

runtime/indent/clojure.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,398 @@
+" Vim indent file
+" Language:     Clojure
+" Author:       Meikel Brandmeyer <mb@kotka.de>
+" URL:          http://kotka.de/projects/clojure/vimclojure.html
+"
+" Maintainer:   Sung Pae <self@sungpae.com>
+" URL:          https://github.com/guns/vim-clojure-static
+" License:      Same as Vim
+" Last Change:  30 January 2013
+
+" Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
+if exists("b:did_indent")
+    finish
+endif
+let b:did_indent = 1
+
+let s:save_cpo = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+let b:undo_indent = 'setlocal autoindent< smartindent< lispwords< expandtab< softtabstop< shiftwidth< indentexpr< indentkeys<'
+
+setlocal noautoindent nosmartindent
+setlocal softtabstop=2 shiftwidth=2 expandtab
+setlocal indentkeys=!,o,O
+
+if exists("*searchpairpos")
+
+    if !exists('g:clojure_maxlines')
+        let g:clojure_maxlines = 100
+    endif
+
+    if !exists('g:clojure_fuzzy_indent')
+        let g:clojure_fuzzy_indent = 1
+    endif
+
+    if !exists('g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_patterns')
+        let g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_patterns = ['^with', '^def', '^let']
+    endif
+
+    if !exists('g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_blacklist')
+        let g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_blacklist = ['-fn$', '\v^with-%(meta|out-str|loading-context)$']
+    endif
+
+    if !exists('g:clojure_special_indent_words')
+        let g:clojure_special_indent_words = 'deftype,defrecord,reify,proxy,extend-type,extend-protocol,letfn'
+    endif
+
+    if !exists('g:clojure_align_multiline_strings')
+        let g:clojure_align_multiline_strings = 0
+    endif
+
+    function! s:SynIdName()
+        return synIDattr(synID(line("."), col("."), 0), "name")
+    endfunction
+
+    function! s:CurrentChar()
+        return getline('.')[col('.')-1]
+    endfunction
+
+    function! s:CurrentWord()
+        return getline('.')[col('.')-1 : searchpos('\v>', 'n', line('.'))[1]-2]
+    endfunction
+
+    function! s:IsParen()
+        return s:CurrentChar() =~ '\v[\(\)\[\]\{\}]' &&
+             \ s:SynIdName() !~? '\vstring|comment'
+    endfunction
+
+    " Returns 1 if string matches a pattern in 'patterns', which may be a
+    " list of patterns, or a comma-delimited string of implicitly anchored
+    " patterns.
+    function! s:MatchesOne(patterns, string)
+        let list = type(a:patterns) == type([])
+                   \ ? a:patterns
+                   \ : map(split(a:patterns, ','), '"^" . v:val . "$"')
+        for pat in list
+            if a:string =~ pat | return 1 | endif
+        endfor
+    endfunction
+
+    function! s:SavePosition()
+        let [ _b, l, c, _o ] = getpos(".")
+        let b = bufnr("%")
+        return [b, l, c]
+    endfunction
+
+    function! s:RestorePosition(value)
+        let [b, l, c] = a:value
+        if bufnr("%") != b
+            execute b "buffer!"
+        endif
+        call setpos(".", [0, l, c, 0])
+    endfunction
+
+    function! s:MatchPairs(open, close, stopat)
+        " Stop only on vector and map [ resp. {. Ignore the ones in strings and
+        " comments.
+        if a:stopat == 0
+            let stopat = max([line(".") - g:clojure_maxlines, 0])
+        else
+            let stopat = a:stopat
+        endif
+
+        let pos = searchpairpos(a:open, '', a:close, 'bWn', "!s:IsParen()", stopat)
+        return [pos[0], virtcol(pos)]
+    endfunction
+
+    function! s:ClojureCheckForStringWorker()
+        " Check whether there is the last character of the previous line is
+        " highlighted as a string. If so, we check whether it's a ". In this
+        " case we have to check also the previous character. The " might be the
+        " closing one. In case the we are still in the string, we search for the
+        " opening ". If this is not found we take the indent of the line.
+        let nb = prevnonblank(v:lnum - 1)
+
+        if nb == 0
+            return -1
+        endif
+
+        call cursor(nb, 0)
+        call cursor(0, col("$") - 1)
+        if s:SynIdName() !~? "string"
+            return -1
+        endif
+
+        " This will not work for a " in the first column...
+        if s:CurrentChar() == '"'
+            call cursor(0, col("$") - 2)
+            if s:SynIdName() !~? "string"
+                return -1
+            endif
+            if s:CurrentChar() != '\\'
+                return -1
+            endif
+            call cursor(0, col("$") - 1)
+        endif
+
+        let p = searchpos('\(^\|[^\\]\)\zs"', 'bW')
+
+        if p != [0, 0]
+            return p[1] - 1
+        endif
+
+        return indent(".")
+    endfunction
+
+    function! s:CheckForString()
+        let pos = s:SavePosition()
+        try
+            let val = s:ClojureCheckForStringWorker()
+        finally
+            call s:RestorePosition(pos)
+        endtry
+        return val
+    endfunction
+
+    function! s:ClojureIsMethodSpecialCaseWorker(position)
+        " Find the next enclosing form.
+        call search('\S', 'Wb')
+
+        " Special case: we are at a '(('.
+        if s:CurrentChar() == '('
+            return 0
+        endif
+        call cursor(a:position)
+
+        let nextParen = s:MatchPairs('(', ')', 0)
+
+        " Special case: we are now at toplevel.
+        if nextParen == [0, 0]
+            return 0
+        endif
+        call cursor(nextParen)
+
+        call search('\S', 'W')
+        if g:clojure_special_indent_words =~ '\<' . s:CurrentWord() . '\>'
+            return 1
+        endif
+
+        return 0
+    endfunction
+
+    function! s:IsMethodSpecialCase(position)
+        let pos = s:SavePosition()
+        try
+            let val = s:ClojureIsMethodSpecialCaseWorker(a:position)
+        finally
+            call s:RestorePosition(pos)
+        endtry
+        return val
+    endfunction
+
+    function! GetClojureIndent()
+        " Get rid of special case.
+        if line(".") == 1
+            return 0
+        endif
+
+        " We have to apply some heuristics here to figure out, whether to use
+        " normal lisp indenting or not.
+        let i = s:CheckForString()
+        if i > -1
+            return i + !!g:clojure_align_multiline_strings
+        endif
+
+        call cursor(0, 1)
+
+        " Find the next enclosing [ or {. We can limit the second search
+        " to the line, where the [ was found. If no [ was there this is
+        " zero and we search for an enclosing {.
+        let paren = s:MatchPairs('(', ')', 0)
+        let bracket = s:MatchPairs('\[', '\]', paren[0])
+        let curly = s:MatchPairs('{', '}', bracket[0])
+
+        " In case the curly brace is on a line later then the [ or - in
+        " case they are on the same line - in a higher column, we take the
+        " curly indent.
+        if curly[0] > bracket[0] || curly[1] > bracket[1]
+            if curly[0] > paren[0] || curly[1] > paren[1]
+                return curly[1]
+            endif
+        endif
+
+        " If the curly was not chosen, we take the bracket indent - if
+        " there was one.
+        if bracket[0] > paren[0] || bracket[1] > paren[1]
+            return bracket[1]
+        endif
+
+        " There are neither { nor [ nor (, ie. we are at the toplevel.
+        if paren == [0, 0]
+            return 0
+        endif
+
+        " Now we have to reimplement lispindent. This is surprisingly easy, as
+        " soon as one has access to syntax items.
+        "
+        " - Check whether we are in a special position after a word in
+        "   g:clojure_special_indent_words. These are special cases.
+        " - Get the next keyword after the (.
+        " - If its first character is also a (, we have another sexp and align
+        "   one column to the right of the unmatched (.
+        " - In case it is in lispwords, we indent the next line to the column of
+        "   the ( + sw.
+        " - If not, we check whether it is last word in the line. In that case
+        "   we again use ( + sw for indent.
+        " - In any other case we use the column of the end of the word + 2.
+        call cursor(paren)
+
+        if s:IsMethodSpecialCase(paren)
+            return paren[1] + &shiftwidth - 1
+        endif
+
+        " In case we are at the last character, we use the paren position.
+        if col("$") - 1 == paren[1]
+            return paren[1]
+        endif
+
+        " In case after the paren is a whitespace, we search for the next word.
+        normal! l
+        if s:CurrentChar() == ' '
+            normal! w
+        endif
+
+        " If we moved to another line, there is no word after the (. We
+        " use the ( position for indent.
+        if line(".") > paren[0]
+            return paren[1]
+        endif
+
+        " We still have to check, whether the keyword starts with a (, [ or {.
+        " In that case we use the ( position for indent.
+        let w = s:CurrentWord()
+        if stridx('([{', w[0]) > -1
+            return paren[1]
+        endif
+
+        " Test words without namespace qualifiers and leading reader macro
+        " metacharacters.
+        "
+        " e.g. clojure.core/defn and #'defn should both indent like defn.
+        let ww = substitute(w, "\\v%(.*/|[#'`~@^,]*)(.*)", '\1', '')
+
+        if &lispwords =~ '\V\<' . ww . '\>'
+            return paren[1] + &shiftwidth - 1
+        endif
+
+        if g:clojure_fuzzy_indent
+            \ && !s:MatchesOne(g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_blacklist, ww)
+            \ && s:MatchesOne(g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_patterns, ww)
+            return paren[1] + &shiftwidth - 1
+        endif
+
+        normal! W
+        if paren[0] < line(".")
+            return paren[1] + &shiftwidth - 1
+        endif
+
+        normal! ge
+        return virtcol(".") + 1
+    endfunction
+
+    setlocal indentexpr=GetClojureIndent()
+
+else
+
+    " In case we have searchpairpos not available we fall back to
+    " normal lisp indenting.
+    setlocal indentexpr=
+    setlocal lisp
+    let b:undo_indent .= '| setlocal lisp<'
+
+endif
+
+" Specially indented symbols from clojure.core and clojure.test.
+"
+" Clojure symbols are indented in the defn style when they:
+"
+"   * Define vars and anonymous functions
+"   * Create new lexical scopes or scopes with altered environments
+"   * Create conditional branches from a predicate function or value
+"
+" The arglists for these functions are generally in the form of [x & body];
+" Functions that accept a flat list of forms do not treat the first argument
+" specially and hence are not indented specially.
+
+" Definitions
+setlocal lispwords=
+setlocal lispwords+=bound-fn
+setlocal lispwords+=def
+setlocal lispwords+=definline
+setlocal lispwords+=definterface
+setlocal lispwords+=defmacro
+setlocal lispwords+=defmethod
+setlocal lispwords+=defmulti
+setlocal lispwords+=defn
+setlocal lispwords+=defn-
+setlocal lispwords+=defonce
+setlocal lispwords+=defprotocol
+setlocal lispwords+=defrecord
+setlocal lispwords+=defstruct
+setlocal lispwords+=deftest " clojure.test
+setlocal lispwords+=deftest- " clojure.test
+setlocal lispwords+=deftype
+setlocal lispwords+=extend
+setlocal lispwords+=extend-protocol
+setlocal lispwords+=extend-type
+setlocal lispwords+=fn
+setlocal lispwords+=ns
+setlocal lispwords+=proxy
+setlocal lispwords+=reify
+setlocal lispwords+=set-test " clojure.test
+
+" Binding forms
+setlocal lispwords+=as->
+setlocal lispwords+=binding
+setlocal lispwords+=doall
+setlocal lispwords+=dorun
+setlocal lispwords+=doseq
+setlocal lispwords+=dotimes
+setlocal lispwords+=doto
+setlocal lispwords+=for
+setlocal lispwords+=if-let
+setlocal lispwords+=let
+setlocal lispwords+=letfn
+setlocal lispwords+=locking
+setlocal lispwords+=loop
+setlocal lispwords+=testing " clojure.test
+setlocal lispwords+=when-first
+setlocal lispwords+=when-let
+setlocal lispwords+=with-bindings
+setlocal lispwords+=with-in-str
+setlocal lispwords+=with-local-vars
+setlocal lispwords+=with-open
+setlocal lispwords+=with-precision
+setlocal lispwords+=with-redefs
+setlocal lispwords+=with-redefs-fn
+setlocal lispwords+=with-test " clojure.test
+
+" Conditional branching
+setlocal lispwords+=case
+setlocal lispwords+=cond->
+setlocal lispwords+=cond->>
+setlocal lispwords+=condp
+setlocal lispwords+=if
+setlocal lispwords+=if-not
+setlocal lispwords+=when
+setlocal lispwords+=when-not
+setlocal lispwords+=while
+
+" Exception handling
+setlocal lispwords+=catch
+setlocal lispwords+=try " For aesthetics when enclosing single line
+
+let &cpo = s:save_cpo
+unlet! s:save_cpo
+
+" vim:sts=4 sw=4 et:

runtime/indent/sqlanywhere.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
 " Vim indent file
 " Language:    SQL
-" Maintainer:  David Fishburn <fishburn at ianywhere dot com>
+" Maintainer:  David Fishburn <dfishburn dot vim at gmail dot com>
-" Last Change: Mon Apr 02 2007 9:13:47 AM
+" Last Change: 2012 Dec 06
-" Version:     1.5
+" Version:     3.0
 " Download:    http://vim.sourceforge.net/script.php?script_id=495
 
 " Notes:
@@ -18,6 +18,17 @@
 " Known Issues:
 "    The Oracle MERGE statement does not have an end tag associated with
 "    it, this can leave the indent hanging to the right one too many.
+"
+" History:
+"    3.0 (Dec 2012)
+"        Added cpo check
+"
+"    2.0
+"        Added the FOR keyword to SQLBlockStart to handle (Alec Tica):
+"            for i in 1..100 loop
+"              |<-- I expect to have indentation here
+"            end loop;
+"
 
 " Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
 if exists("b:did_indent")
@@ -56,8 +67,8 @@ set cpo&vim
 " IS is excluded, since it is difficult to determine when the
 " ending block is (especially for procedures/functions).
 let s:SQLBlockStart = '^\s*\%('.
-            \ 'if\|else\|elseif\|elsif\|'.
+                \ 'if\|else\|elseif\|elsif\|'.
-                \ 'while\|loop\|do\|'.
+                \ 'while\|loop\|do\|for\|'.
                 \ 'begin\|'.
                 \ 'case\|when\|merge\|exception'.
                 \ '\)\>'
@@ -66,7 +77,7 @@ let s:SQLBlockEnd = '^\s*\(end\)\>'
 " The indent level is also based on unmatched paranethesis
 " If a line has an extra "(" increase the indent
 " If a line has an extra ")" decrease the indent
-function s:CountUnbalancedParan( line, paran_to_check )
+function! s:CountUnbalancedParan( line, paran_to_check )
     let l = a:line
     let lp = substitute(l, '[^(]', '', 'g')
     let l = a:line
@@ -88,7 +99,7 @@ function s:CountUnbalancedParan( line, paran_to_check )
 endfunction
 
 " Unindent commands based on previous indent level
-function s:CheckToIgnoreRightParan( prev_lnum, num_levels )
+function! s:CheckToIgnoreRightParan( prev_lnum, num_levels )
     let lnum = a:prev_lnum
     let line = getline(lnum)
     let ends = 0
@@ -151,7 +162,7 @@ endfunction
 "         something;
 "    WHEN ...
 " Should return indent level of exception.
-function s:GetStmtStarterIndent( keyword, curr_lnum )
+function! s:GetStmtStarterIndent( keyword, curr_lnum )
     let lnum  = a:curr_lnum
 
     " Default - reduce indent by 1
@@ -193,7 +204,7 @@ endfunction
 
 
 " Check if the line is a comment
-function s:IsLineComment(lnum)
+function! s:IsLineComment(lnum)
     let rc = synIDattr(
                 \ synID(a:lnum,
                 \     match(getline(a:lnum), '\S')+1, 0)
@@ -205,7 +216,7 @@ endfunction
 
 
 " Check if the column is a comment
-function s:IsColComment(lnum, cnum)
+function! s:IsColComment(lnum, cnum)
     let rc = synIDattr(synID(a:lnum, a:cnum, 0), "name")
                 \           =~? "comment"
 
@@ -215,7 +226,7 @@ endfunction
 
 " Instead of returning a column position, return
 " an appropriate value as a factor of shiftwidth.
-function s:ModuloIndent(ind)
+function! s:ModuloIndent(ind)
     let ind = a:ind
 
     if ind > 0
@@ -231,7 +242,7 @@ endfunction
 
 
 " Find correct indent of a new line based upon the previous line
-function GetSQLIndent()
+function! GetSQLIndent()
     let lnum = v:lnum
     let ind = indent(lnum)
 
@@ -242,35 +253,27 @@ function GetSQLIndent()
     "     return ind
     " endif
 
-    " while 1
+    " Get previous non-blank line
-        " Get previous non-blank line
+    let prevlnum = prevnonblank(lnum - 1)
-        let prevlnum = prevnonblank(lnum - 1)
+    if prevlnum <= 0
-        if prevlnum <= 0
+        return ind
-            return ind
+    endif
-        endif
 
-        if s:IsLineComment(prevlnum) == 1
+    if s:IsLineComment(prevlnum) == 1
-            if getline(v:lnum) =~ '^\s*\*'
+        if getline(v:lnum) =~ '^\s*\*'
-                let ind = s:ModuloIndent(indent(prevlnum))
+            let ind = s:ModuloIndent(indent(prevlnum))
-                return ind + 1
+            return ind + 1
-            endif
-            " If the previous line is a comment, then return -1
-            " to tell Vim to use the formatoptions setting to determine
-            " the indent to use
-            " But only if the next line is blank.  This would be true if
-            " the user is typing, but it would not be true if the user
-            " is reindenting the file
-            if getline(v:lnum) =~ '^\s*$'
-                return -1
-            endif
         endif
-
+        " If the previous line is a comment, then return -1
-    "     let prevline = getline(prevlnum)
+        " to tell Vim to use the formatoptions setting to determine
-    "     if prevline !~ '^\s*$'
+        " the indent to use
-    "         " echom 'previous non blank - break: ' . prevline
+        " But only if the next line is blank.  This would be true if
-    "         break
+        " the user is typing, but it would not be true if the user
-    "     endif
+        " is reindenting the file
-    " endwhile
+        if getline(v:lnum) =~ '^\s*$'
+            return -1
+        endif
+    endif
 
     " echom 'PREVIOUS INDENT: ' . indent(prevlnum) . '  LINE: ' . getline(prevlnum)
 
@@ -384,7 +387,7 @@ function GetSQLIndent()
     return s:ModuloIndent(ind)
 endfunction
 
-let &cpo = s:keepcpo
+"  Restore:
+let &cpo= s:keepcpo
 unlet s:keepcpo
-
+" vim: ts=4 fdm=marker sw=4
-" vim:sw=4:

runtime/indent/vim.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim indent file
 " Language:	Vim script
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2012 May 20
+" Last Change:	2012 Aug 02
 
 " Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
 if exists("b:did_indent")
@@ -22,6 +22,16 @@ let s:keepcpo= &cpo
 set cpo&vim
 
 function GetVimIndent()
+  let ignorecase_save = &ignorecase
+  try
+    let &ignorecase = 0
+    return GetVimIndentIntern()
+  finally
+    let &ignorecase = ignorecase_save
+  endtry
+endfunc
+
+function GetVimIndentIntern()
   " Find a non-blank line above the current line.
   let lnum = prevnonblank(v:lnum - 1)
 

runtime/indent/xml.vim

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 " Language:	xml
 " Maintainer:	Johannes Zellner <johannes@zellner.org>
-" Last Change:	2012 May 18
+" Last Change:	2012 Jul 25
 " Notes:	1) does not indent pure non-xml code (e.g. embedded scripts)
 "		2) will be confused by unbalanced tags in comments
 "		or CDATA sections.
@@ -31,8 +31,16 @@ if !exists('b:xml_indent_close')
     " let b:xml_indent_close = '.\{-}</\(address\)\@!'
 endif
 
+let &cpo = s:keepcpo
+unlet s:keepcpo
+
 " [-- finish, if the function already exists --]
-if exists('*XmlIndentGet') | finish | endif
+if exists('*XmlIndentGet')
+  finish
+endif
+
+let s:keepcpo= &cpo
+set cpo&vim
 
 fun! <SID>XmlIndentWithPattern(line, pat)
     let s = substitute('x'.a:line, a:pat, "\1", 'g')

runtime/indent/yaml.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
+" Vim indent file
+" Language:         YAML
+" Maintainer:       Nikolai Pavlov <zyx.vim@gmail.com>
+
+" Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
+if exists('b:did_indent')
+  finish
+endif
+
+let s:save_cpo = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+let b:did_indent = 1
+
+setlocal indentexpr=GetYAMLIndent(v:lnum)
+setlocal indentkeys=!^F,o,O,0#,0},0],<:>,-
+setlocal nosmartindent
+
+let b:undo_indent = 'setlocal indentexpr< indentkeys< smartindent<'
+
+" Only define the function once.
+if exists('*GetYAMLIndent')
+    finish
+endif
+
+if exists('*shiftwidth')
+    let s:shiftwidth = function('shiftwidth')
+else
+    function s:shiftwidth()
+        return &shiftwidth
+    endfunction
+endif
+
+function s:FindPrevLessIndentedLine(lnum, ...)
+    let prevlnum = prevnonblank(a:lnum-1)
+    let curindent = a:0 ? a:1 : indent(a:lnum)
+    while           prevlnum
+                \&&  indent(prevlnum) >=  curindent
+                \&& getline(prevlnum) !~# '^\s*#'
+        let prevlnum = prevnonblank(prevlnum-1)
+    endwhile
+    return prevlnum
+endfunction
+
+function s:FindPrevLEIndentedLineMatchingRegex(lnum, regex)
+    let plilnum = s:FindPrevLessIndentedLine(a:lnum, indent(a:lnum)+1)
+    while plilnum && getline(plilnum) !~# a:regex
+        let plilnum = s:FindPrevLessIndentedLine(plilnum)
+    endwhile
+    return plilnum
+endfunction
+
+let s:mapkeyregex='\v^\s*%(\''%([^'']|'''')*\'''.
+                \        '|\"%([^"\\]|\\.)*\"'.
+                \        '|%(%(\:\ )@!.)*)\:%(\ |$)'
+let s:liststartregex='\v^\s*%(\-%(\ |$))'
+
+function GetYAMLIndent(lnum)
+    if a:lnum == 1 || !prevnonblank(a:lnum-1)
+        return 0
+    endif
+
+    let prevlnum = prevnonblank(a:lnum-1)
+    let previndent = indent(prevlnum)
+
+    let line = getline(a:lnum)
+    if line =~# '^\s*#' && getline(a:lnum-1) =~# '^\s*#'
+        " Comment blocks should have identical indent
+        return previndent
+    elseif line =~# '^\s*[\]}]'
+        " Lines containing only closing braces should have previous indent
+        return indent(s:FindPrevLessIndentedLine(a:lnum))
+    endif
+
+    " Ignore comment lines when calculating indent
+    while getline(prevlnum) =~# '^\s*#'
+        let prevlnum = prevnonblank(prevlnum-1)
+        if !prevlnum
+            return previndent
+        endif
+    endwhile
+
+    let prevline = getline(prevlnum)
+    let previndent = indent(prevlnum)
+
+    " Any examples below assume that shiftwidth=2
+    if prevline =~# '\v[{[:]$|[:-]\ [|>][+\-]?%(\s+\#.*|\s*)$'
+        " Mapping key:
+        "     nested mapping: ...
+        "
+        " - {
+        "     key: [
+        "         list value
+        "     ]
+        " }
+        "
+        " - |-
+        "     Block scalar without indentation indicator
+        return previndent+s:shiftwidth()
+    elseif prevline =~# '\v[:-]\ [|>]%(\d+[+\-]?|[+\-]?\d+)%(\#.*|\s*)$'
+        " - |+2
+        "   block scalar with indentation indicator
+        "#^^ indent+2, not indent+shiftwidth
+        return previndent + str2nr(matchstr(prevline,
+                    \'\v([:-]\ [|>])@<=[+\-]?\d+%([+\-]?%(\s+\#.*|\s*)$)@='))
+    elseif prevline =~# '\v\"%([^"\\]|\\.)*\\$'
+        "    "Multiline string \
+        "     with escaped end"
+        let qidx = match(prevline, '\v\"%([^"\\]|\\.)*\\')
+        return virtcol([prevlnum, qidx+1])
+    elseif line =~# s:liststartregex
+        " List line should have indent equal to previous list line unless it was 
+        " caught by one of the previous rules
+        return indent(s:FindPrevLEIndentedLineMatchingRegex(a:lnum,
+                    \                                       s:liststartregex))
+    elseif line =~# s:mapkeyregex
+        " Same for line containing mapping key
+        return indent(s:FindPrevLEIndentedLineMatchingRegex(a:lnum,
+                    \                                       s:mapkeyregex))
+    elseif prevline =~# '^\s*- '
+        " - List with
+        "   multiline scalar
+        return previndent+2
+    elseif prevline =~# s:mapkeyregex
+        " Mapping with: value
+        "     that is multiline scalar
+        return previndent+s:shiftwidth()
+    endif
+    return previndent
+endfunction
+
+let &cpo = s:save_cpo

runtime/indent/zimbu.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim indent file
 " Language:	Zimbu
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2011 Jun 19
+" Last Change:	2012 Sep 08
 
 " Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
 if exists("b:did_indent")
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ func GetZimbuIndent(lnum)
     endwhile
   endif
 
-  if prevline =~ '^\s*\(IF\|\|ELSEIF\|ELSE\|GENERATE_IF\|\|GENERATE_ELSEIF\|GENERATE_ELSE\|WHILE\|REPEAT\|TRY\|CATCH\|FINALLY\|FOR\|DO\|SWITCH\|CASE\|DEFAULT\|FUNC\|VIRTUAL\|ABSTRACT\|DEFINE\|REPLACE\|FINAL\|PROC\|MAIN\|NEW\|ENUM\|CLASS\|BITS\|MODULE\|SHARED\)\>'
+  if prevline =~ '^\s*\(IF\|\|ELSEIF\|ELSE\|GENERATE_IF\|\|GENERATE_ELSEIF\|GENERATE_ELSE\|WHILE\|REPEAT\|TRY\|CATCH\|FINALLY\|FOR\|DO\|SWITCH\|CASE\|DEFAULT\|FUNC\|VIRTUAL\|ABSTRACT\|DEFINE\|REPLACE\|FINAL\|PROC\|MAIN\|NEW\|ENUM\|CLASS\|INTERFACE\|BITS\|MODULE\|SHARED\)\>'
     let plindent += &sw
   endif
   if thisline =~ '^\s*\(}\|ELSEIF\>\|ELSE\>\|CATCH\|FINALLY\|GENERATE_ELSEIF\>\|GENERATE_ELSE\>\|UNTIL\>\)'

runtime/keymap/belarusian-jcuken.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+" Vim Keymap file for Belarusian characters, layout 'jcuken', classical variant
+" Useful mainly with UTF-8, but may work with other encodings.
+
+" Derived From: russian-jcuken.vim
+" Maintainer:   Aliaksei Nestserau <aliaksei@screencustoms.com>
+" Last Changed: 2012 Jul 23
+
+" All characters are given literally, conversion to another encoding (e.g.,
+" UTF-8) should work.
+scriptencoding utf-8
+
+let b:keymap_name = "by"
+
+loadkeymap
+~	Ё	CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER IO
+`	ё	CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER IO
+F	А	CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER A
+<	Б	CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER BE
+D	В	CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER VE
+U	Г	CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER GHE
+L	Д	CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER DE
+T	Е	CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER IE
+:	Ж	CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER ZHE
+P	З	CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER ZE
+B	І	CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER I
+Q	Й	CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER SHORT I
+R	К	CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER KA
+K	Л	CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER EL
+V	М	CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER EM
+Y	Н	CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER EN
+J	О	CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER O
+G	П	CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER PE
+H	Р	CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER ER
+C	С	CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER ES
+N	Т	CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER TE
+E	У	CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER U
+A	Ф	CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER EF
+{	Х	CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER HA
+W	Ц	CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER TSE
+X	Ч	CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER CHE
+I	Ш	CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER SHA
+O	Ў	CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER ASYLLABIC U
+}	'	APOSTROPHE
+S	Ы	CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER YERU
+M	Ь	CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER SOFT SIGN
+\"	Э	CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER E
+>	Ю	CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER YU
+Z	Я	CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER YA
+f	а	CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER A
+,	б	CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER BE
+d	в	CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER VE
+u	г	CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER GHE
+l	д	CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER DE
+t	е	CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER IE
+;	ж	CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER ZHE
+p	з	CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER ZE
+b	і	CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER I
+q	й	CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER SHORT I
+r	к	CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER KA
+k	л	CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER EL
+v	м	CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER EM
+y	н	CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER EN
+j	о	CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER O
+g	п	CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER PE
+h	р	CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER ER
+c	с	CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER ES
+n	т	CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER TE
+e	у	CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER U
+a	ф	CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER EF
+[	х	CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER HA
+w	ц	CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER TSE
+x	ч	CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER CHE
+i	ш	CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER SHA
+o	ў	CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER ASYLLABIC U
+]	'	APOSTROPHE
+s	ы	CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER YERU
+m	ь	CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER SOFT SIGN
+'	э	CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER E
+.	ю	CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER YU
+z	я	CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER YA
+@	"
+#	'
+$	*
+%	:
+^	,
+&	.
+*	;

runtime/lang/menu_cs_cz.iso_8859-2.vim

@@ -1,32 +1,38 @@
-" Menu Translations:	Czech for ISO-8859-2
+" Menu Translations:    Czech (ISO-8859-2)
-" Maintainer:		Jiri Brezina <brzj@seznam.cz>
+" Maintainer:           Jiri Sedlak <jiri_sedlak@users.sourceforge.net>
-" vim:set foldmethod=marker:
+" Previous maintainer:  Jiri Brezina
-" $Revision: 1.3 $
+" Based on:             menu.vim (2012-10-21)
-" $Date: 2005/12/19 22:08:24 $
 
 " Quit when menu translations have already been done.
 if exists("did_menu_trans")
-  finish
+   finish
 endif
+
 let did_menu_trans = 1
 let s:keepcpo= &cpo
 set cpo&vim
 
-scriptencoding ISO-8859-2
+scriptencoding iso-8859-2
 
 " {{{ File menu
 menutrans &File				&Soubor
 menutrans &Open\.\.\.<Tab>:e		&Otev<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>t\.\.\.<Tab>:e
 menutrans Sp&lit-Open\.\.\.<Tab>:sp	Otev<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>t\ v\ no&v<EFBFBD>m\ okn<EFBFBD>\.\.\.<Tab>:sp
+menutrans Open\ Tab\.\.\.<Tab>:tabnew	Otev<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>t\ tab\.\.\.<Tab>:tabnew
 menutrans &New<Tab>:enew		&Nov<EFBFBD><Tab>:enew
 menutrans &Close<Tab>:close		&Zav<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>t<Tab>:close
 menutrans &Save<Tab>:w			&Ulo<EFBFBD>it<Tab>:w
 menutrans Save\ &As\.\.\.<Tab>:sav	Ulo<EFBFBD>it\ &jako\.\.\.<Tab>:sav
-menutrans Split\ &Diff\ with\.\.\.	Rozd<EFBFBD>lit\ okno\ -\ &Diff\.\.\.
+if has("printer") || has("unix")
-menutrans Split\ Patched\ &By\.\.\.	Rozd<EFBFBD>lit\ okno\ -\ &Patch\.\.\.
+   menutrans &Print			&Tisk
-menutrans &Print			&Tisk
+endif
-menutrans Sa&ve-Exit<Tab>:wqa		U&lo<EFBFBD>it\ -\ Konec<Tab>:wqa
+menutrans Sa&ve-Exit<Tab>:wqa		U&lo<EFBFBD>it\ a\ ukon<EFBFBD>it<Tab>:wqa
-menutrans E&xit<Tab>:qa			&Konec<Tab>:qa
+menutrans E&xit<Tab>:qa			&Ukon<EFBFBD>it<Tab>:qa
+
+if has("diff")
+   menutrans Split\ &Diff\ with\.\.\.	Rozd<EFBFBD>lit\ okno\ -\ &Diff\.\.\.
+   menutrans Split\ Patched\ &By\.\.\.	Rozd<EFBFBD>lit\ okno\ -\ &Patch\.\.\.
+endif
 " }}}
 
 " {{{ Edit menu
@@ -39,24 +45,32 @@ menutrans &Copy<Tab>"+y			&Kop
 menutrans &Paste<Tab>"+gP		V&lo<6C>it<Tab>"+gP
 menutrans Put\ &Before<Tab>[p		Vlo<EFBFBD>it\ &p<EFBFBD>ed<Tab>[p
 menutrans Put\ &After<Tab>]p		Vlo<EFBFBD>i&t\ za<Tab>]p
-menutrans &Delete<Tab>x			&Smazat<Tab>x
+if has("win32") || has("win16")
+   menutrans &Delete<Tab>x			&Smazat<Tab>x
+endif
 menutrans &Select\ All<Tab>ggVG		Vy&brat\ v<EFBFBD>e<Tab>ggVG
-menutrans &Find\.\.\.			&Hledat\.\.\.
+if has("win32")  || has("win16") || has("gui_gtk") || has("gui_kde") || has("gui_motif")
-menutrans Find\ and\ Rep&lace\.\.\.	&Nahradit\.\.\.
+   menutrans &Find\.\.\.			&Hledat\.\.\.
-menutrans Options\.\.\.			Volb&y\.\.\.
+   menutrans Find\ and\ Rep&lace\.\.\.	&Nahradit\.\.\.
+else
+   menutrans Find<Tab>/ &Hledat<Tab>/
+   menutrans Find\ and\ Rep&lace<Tab>:%s  &Nahradit<Tab>:%s
+   menutrans Find\ and\ Rep&lace<Tab>:s   &Nahradit<Tab>:s
+endif
 menutrans Settings\ &Window		Nastav&en<EFBFBD>\ okna
-	" {{{2 Edit -1
+" {{{2 Edit -1
+menutrans Startup\ &Settings  Po<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>te<EFBFBD>n<EFBFBD>\ &nastaven<EFBFBD>
 menutrans &Global\ Settings				&Glob<EFBFBD>ln<EFBFBD>\ nastaven<EFBFBD>
 menutrans Toggle\ Pattern\ &Highlight<Tab>:set\ hls!	&P<EFBFBD>epnout\ zv<EFBFBD>razn<EFBFBD>n<EFBFBD>\ vzoru<Tab>:set\ hls!
 menutrans Toggle\ &Ignore-case<Tab>:set\ ic!		P<EFBFBD>epnout\ ignorov<EFBFBD>n<EFBFBD>\ &VERZ<EFBFBD>LEK<Tab>:set\ ic!
 menutrans Toggle\ &Showmatch<Tab>:set\ sm!		P<EFBFBD>epnout\ &Showmatch\ \{\(\[\])\}<Tab>:set\ sm!
 menutrans &Context\ lines				Zobrazit\ konte&xt\ kurzoru
 menutrans &Virtual\ Edit				Virtu<EFBFBD>ln<EFBFBD>\ p&ozice\ kurzoru
-	menutrans Never						Nikdy
+menutrans Never						Nikdy
-	menutrans Block\ Selection				V<EFBFBD>b<EFBFBD>r\ Bloku
+menutrans Block\ Selection				V<EFBFBD>b<EFBFBD>r\ Bloku
-	menutrans Insert\ mode					Insert\ m<EFBFBD>d
+menutrans Insert\ mode					Insert\ m<EFBFBD>d
-	menutrans Block\ and\ Insert				Blok\ a\ Insert
+menutrans Block\ and\ Insert				Blok\ a\ Insert
-	menutrans Always					V<EFBFBD>dycky
+menutrans Always					V<EFBFBD>dycky
 menutrans Toggle\ Insert\ &Mode<Tab>:set\ im!		P<EFBFBD>epnout\ Insert\ m<EFBFBD>&d<Tab>:set\ im!
 menutrans Toggle\ Vi\ C&ompatible<Tab>:set\ cp!		P<EFBFBD>epnout\ kompatibiln<EFBFBD>\ re<EFBFBD>im\ s\ 'vi'<Tab>:set\ cp!
 menutrans Search\ &Path\.\.\.				Nastavit\ &cestu\ k\ prohled<EFBFBD>v<EFBFBD>n<EFBFBD>\.\.\.
@@ -65,9 +79,10 @@ menutrans Toggle\ &Toolbar				P
 menutrans Toggle\ &Bottom\ Scrollbar			P<EFBFBD>&epnout\ doln<EFBFBD>\ rolovac<EFBFBD>\ li<EFBFBD>tu
 menutrans Toggle\ &Left\ Scrollbar			P<EFBFBD>epnout\ &levou\ rolovac<EFBFBD>\ li<EFBFBD>tu
 menutrans Toggle\ &Right\ Scrollbar			P<EFBFBD>epnout\ p&ravou\ rolovac<EFBFBD>\ li<EFBFBD>tu
-	" {{{2 Edit -2
+" {{{2 Edit -2
 menutrans F&ile\ Settings				Nastaven<EFBFBD>\ so&uboru
 menutrans Toggle\ Line\ &Numbering<Tab>:set\ nu!	P<EFBFBD>epnout\ <20><>slov<EFBFBD>n<EFBFBD>\ <20><>&dk<EFBFBD><Tab>:set\ nu!
+menutrans Toggle\ relati&ve\ Line\ Numbering<Tab>:set\ rnu! P<EFBFBD>epnout\ relativn<EFBFBD>\ <20><>slov<EFBFBD>n<EFBFBD>\ <20><>&dk<EFBFBD><Tab>:set\ rnu!
 menutrans Toggle\ &List\ Mode<Tab>:set\ list!		P<EFBFBD>epnout\ &List\ m<EFBFBD>d<Tab>:set\ list!
 menutrans Toggle\ Line\ &Wrap<Tab>:set\ wrap!		P<EFBFBD>epnout\ zala&mov<EFBFBD>n<EFBFBD>\ <20><>dk<EFBFBD><Tab>:set\ wrap!
 menutrans Toggle\ W&rap\ at\ word<Tab>:set\ lbr!	P<EFBFBD>epnout\ zl&om\ ve\ slov<EFBFBD><Tab>:set\ lbr!
@@ -78,10 +93,12 @@ menutrans &Shiftwidth					Nastav&it\
 menutrans Soft\ &Tabstop				Nastavit\ Soft\ &Tabstop
 menutrans Te&xt\ Width\.\.\.				<09><><EFBFBD>ka\ te&xtu\.\.\.
 menutrans &File\ Format\.\.\.				&Form<EFBFBD>t\ souboru\.\.\.
-	" {{{2 Edit -3
+" {{{2 Edit -3
 menutrans C&olor\ Scheme		Barevn<EFBFBD>\ s&ch<EFBFBD>ma
 menutrans &Keymap			Kl<EFBFBD>vesov<EFBFBD>\ m&apa
-menutrans Select\ Fo&nt\.\.\.		Vybrat\ p<EFBFBD>s&mo\.\.\.
+if has("win32") || has("win16") || has("gui_motif") || has("gui_gtk") || has("gui_kde") || has("gui_photon") || has("gui_mac")
+   menutrans Select\ Fo&nt\.\.\.		Vybrat\ p<EFBFBD>s&mo\.\.\.
+endif
 " }}}1
 
 " {{{ Programming menu
@@ -90,46 +107,52 @@ menutrans &Jump\ to\ this\ tag<Tab>g^]	&Sko
 menutrans Jump\ &back<Tab>^T		Sko<EFBFBD>it\ &zp<EFBFBD>t<Tab>^T
 menutrans Build\ &Tags\ File		&Vytvo<EFBFBD>it\ soubor\ tag<EFBFBD>
 
-menutrans &Spelling			&Kontrola\ pravopisu
+if has("spell")
-menutrans &Spell\ Check\ On		Kontrola\ pravopisu\ &zapnuta
+   menutrans &Spelling			&Kontrola\ pravopisu
-menutrans Spell\ Check\ &Off		Kontrola\ pravopisu\ &vypnuta
+   menutrans &Spell\ Check\ On		&Zapnout\ kontrolu\ pravopisu
-menutrans To\ Next\ error<Tab>]s	&Dal<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ chyba<Tab>]s
+   menutrans Spell\ Check\ &Off		&Vypnout \kontrolu\ pravopisu
-menutrans To\ Previous\ error<Tab>[s	&P<EFBFBD>edchoz<EFBFBD>\ chyba<Tab>[s
+   menutrans To\ &Next\ error<Tab>]s	&Dal<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ chyba<Tab>]s
-menutrans Suggest\ Corrections<Tab>z?	&N<EFBFBD>vrh\ oprav<Tab>z?
+   menutrans To\ &Previous\ error<Tab>[s	&P<EFBFBD>edchoz<EFBFBD>\ chyba<Tab>[s
-menutrans Repeat\ correction<Tab>:spellrepall	Zopakovat\ &opravu<Tab>:spellrepall
+   menutrans Suggest\ &Corrections<Tab>z=	&Navrhnout\ opravy<Tab>z=
-menutrans Set\ language\ to\ "en"	Nastav\ jazyk\ na\ "en"
+   menutrans &Repeat\ correction<Tab>:spellrepall	Zopakovat\ &opravu<Tab>:spellrepall
-menutrans Set\ language\ to\ "en_au"	Nastav\ jazyk\ na\ "en_au"
+   menutrans Set\ language\ to\ "en"	Nastavit\ jazyk\ na\ "en"
-menutrans Set\ language\ to\ "en_ca"	Nastav\ jazyk\ na\ "en_ca"
+   menutrans Set\ language\ to\ "en_au"	Nastavit\ jazyk\ na\ "en_au"
-menutrans Set\ language\ to\ "en_gb"	Nastav\ jazyk\ na\ "en_gb"
+   menutrans Set\ language\ to\ "en_ca"	Nastavit\ jazyk\ na\ "en_ca"
-menutrans Set\ language\ to\ "en_nz"	Nastav\ jazyk\ na\ "en_nz"
+   menutrans Set\ language\ to\ "en_gb"	Nastavit\ jazyk\ na\ "en_gb"
-menutrans Set\ language\ to\ "en_us"	Nastav\ jazyk\ na\ "en_us"
+   menutrans Set\ language\ to\ "en_nz"	Nastavit\ jazyk\ na\ "en_nz"
-menutrans Set\ language\ to\ "cz"	Nastav\ jazyk\ na\ "cz"
+   menutrans Set\ language\ to\ "en_us"	Nastavit\ jazyk\ na\ "en_us"
-menutrans Set\ language\ to\ "cs_cz"	Nastav\ jazyk\ na\ "cs_cz"
+   menutrans &Find\ More\ Languages	Nal<EFBFBD>zt\ dal<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ &jazyky
-menutrans &Find\ More\ Languages	Nal<EFBFBD>zt\ dal<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ &jazyky
+   let g:menutrans_set_lang_to = "Nastavit jazyk na"
+endif
 
-menutrans &Folding			&Foldy
+if has("Folding")   
-menutrans &Enable/Disable\ folds<Tab>zi &Ano/Ne<Tab>zi
+   menutrans &Folding			&Skl<EFBFBD>d<EFBFBD>n<EFBFBD>
-menutrans &View\ Cursor\ Line<Tab>zv	&Zobrazit\ <20><>dek\ kurzoru<Tab>zv
+   menutrans &Enable/Disable\ folds<Tab>zi &Ano/Ne<Tab>zi
-menutrans Vie&w\ Cursor\ Line\ only<Tab>zMzx		Zo&brazit\ pouze\ <20><>dek\ kurzoru\ <Tab>zMzx
+   menutrans &View\ Cursor\ Line<Tab>zv	Zobrazit\ <20><>dek\ &kurzoru<Tab>zv
-menutrans C&lose\ more\ folds<Tab>zm	&Vyjmout\ jednu\ <20>rove<EFBFBD>\ fold<EFBFBD><Tab>zm
+   menutrans Vie&w\ Cursor\ Line\ only<Tab>zMzx		Zobrazit\ &pouze\ <20><>dek\ kurzoru\ <Tab>zMzx
-menutrans &Close\ all\ folds<Tab>zM	Zav<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>&t\ v<EFBFBD>echny\ foldy<Tab>zM
+   menutrans C&lose\ more\ folds<Tab>zm	Slo<EFBFBD>it\ &jednu\ <20>rove<EFBFBD>\ sklad<EFBFBD><Tab>zm
-menutrans O&pen\ more\ folds<Tab>zr	P<EFBFBD>idat\ jedn&u\ <20>rove<EFBFBD>\ fold<EFBFBD><Tab>zr
+   menutrans &Close\ all\ folds<Tab>zM	Slo<EFBFBD>it\ v<EFBFBD>echny\ sklady<Tab>zM
-menutrans &Open\ all\ folds<Tab>zR	&Otev<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>t\ v<EFBFBD>echny\ foldy<Tab>zR
+   menutrans O&pen\ more\ folds<Tab>zr	P<EFBFBD>idat\ jednu\ <20>rove<EFBFBD>\ sklad<EFBFBD><Tab>zr
-menutrans Fold\ Met&hod			Metoda\ &skl<EFBFBD>d<EFBFBD>n<EFBFBD>
+   menutrans &Open\ all\ folds<Tab>zR	&Otev<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>t\ v<EFBFBD>echny\ sklady<Tab>zR
-	"menutrans M&anual			&Ru<52>n<EFBFBD>
+   menutrans Fold\ Met&hod			&Metoda\ skl<EFBFBD>d<EFBFBD>n<EFBFBD>
-	"menutrans I&ndent			&Odsazen<65>
+   menutrans M&anual			&Ru<EFBFBD>n<EFBFBD>
-	"menutrans E&xpression			&V<>raz
+   menutrans I&ndent			&Odsazen<EFBFBD>
-	"menutrans S&yntax			&Syntax
+   menutrans E&xpression	&V<EFBFBD>raz
-	"menutrans &Diff			&Diff
+   menutrans S&yntax			&Syntaxe
-	"menutrans Ma&rker			Ma&rker
+   menutrans &Diff			&Rozd<EFBFBD>ly
-menutrans Create\ &Fold<Tab>zf		Vytvo<EFBFBD>it\ &fold<Tab>zf
+   menutrans Ma&rker			&Zna<EFBFBD>ky
-menutrans &Delete\ Fold<Tab>zd		Vymazat\ fol&d<Tab>zd
+   menutrans Create\ &Fold<Tab>zf		Vytvo<EFBFBD>it\ &sklad<Tab>zf
-menutrans Delete\ &All\ Folds<Tab>zD	V&ymazat\ v<EFBFBD>echny\ foldy<Tab>zD
+   menutrans &Delete\ Fold<Tab>zd		Vymazat\ skla&d<Tab>zd
-menutrans Fold\ col&umn\ width		Sloupec\ zob&razen<EFBFBD>\ fold<EFBFBD>
+   menutrans Delete\ &All\ Folds<Tab>zD	Vymazat\ v<EFBFBD>echny\ sklady<Tab>zD
+   menutrans Fold\ col&umn\ width		Sloupec\ zob&razen<EFBFBD>\ sklad<EFBFBD>
+endif
+
+if has("diff")
+   menutrans &Update			&Obnovit
+   menutrans &Get\ Block			&Sejmout\ Blok
+   menutrans &Put\ Block			&Vlo<EFBFBD>it\ Blok
+endif
 
-menutrans &Update			&Obnovit
-menutrans &Get\ Block			&Sejmout\ Blok
-menutrans &Put\ Block			&Vlo<EFBFBD>it\ Blok
 menutrans &Make<Tab>:make		&Make<Tab>:make
 menutrans &List\ Errors<Tab>:cl		V<EFBFBD>pis\ &chyb<Tab>:cl
 menutrans L&ist\ Messages<Tab>:cl!	V<EFBFBD>p&is\ zpr<EFBFBD>v<Tab>:cl!
@@ -142,7 +165,7 @@ menutrans SeT\ Compiler			Nas&taven
 menutrans &Update<Tab>:cwin		O&bnovit<Tab>:cwin
 menutrans &Open<Tab>:copen		&Otev<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>t<Tab>:copen
 menutrans &Close<Tab>:cclose		&Zav<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>t<Tab>:cclose
-menutrans &Set\ Compiler		N&astavit\ kompil<EFBFBD>tor
+menutrans Se&T\ Compiler		N&astavit\ kompil<EFBFBD>tor
 
 menutrans &Convert\ to\ HEX<Tab>:%!xxd	P<EFBFBD>ev<EFBFBD>st\ do\ <20>estn<EFBFBD>ctkov<EFBFBD>ho\ form<EFBFBD>t&u<Tab>:%!xxd
 menutrans Conve&rt\ back<Tab>:%!xxd\ -r P<EFBFBD>&ev<EFBFBD>st\ zp<EFBFBD>t<Tab>:%!xxd\ -r
@@ -170,7 +193,6 @@ menutrans &Delete		Z&ru
 menutrans &Alternate		&Zm<EFBFBD>nit
 menutrans &Next			&Dal<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
 menutrans &Previous		&P<EFBFBD>edchoz<EFBFBD>
-menutrans [No\ File]		[<5B><>dn<EFBFBD>\ soubor]
 " }}}
 
 " {{{ Menu Window
@@ -221,6 +243,8 @@ menutrans &Paste		&Vlo
 menutrans &Delete		&Smazat
 menutrans Select\ Blockwise	Vybrat\ blokov<EFBFBD>
 menutrans Select\ &Word		Vybrat\ &slovo
+menutrans Select\ Pa&ragraph Vybrat\ &odstavec
+menutrans Select\ &Sentence   Vybrat\ v<EFBFBD>&tu
 menutrans Select\ &Line		Vybrat\ &<26><>dek
 menutrans Select\ &Block	Vybrat\ &blok
 menutrans Select\ &All		Vybrat\ &v<EFBFBD>e
@@ -228,42 +252,57 @@ menutrans Select\ &All		Vybrat\ &v
 
 " {{{ The GUI toolbar
 if has("toolbar")
-  if exists("*Do_toolbar_tmenu")
+   if exists("*Do_toolbar_tmenu")
-    delfun Do_toolbar_tmenu
+      delfun Do_toolbar_tmenu
-  endif
+   endif
-  fun Do_toolbar_tmenu()
+   fun Do_toolbar_tmenu()
-    tmenu ToolBar.Open		Otev<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>t soubor
+      tmenu ToolBar.Open		Otev<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>t soubor
-    tmenu ToolBar.Save		Ulo<EFBFBD>it soubor
+      tmenu ToolBar.Save		Ulo<EFBFBD>it soubor
-    tmenu ToolBar.SaveAll		Ulo<EFBFBD>it v<EFBFBD>echny soubory
+      tmenu ToolBar.SaveAll		Ulo<EFBFBD>it v<EFBFBD>echny soubory
-    tmenu ToolBar.Print		Tisk
+      if has("printer") || has("unix")
-    tmenu ToolBar.Undo		Zp<EFBFBD>t
+         tmenu ToolBar.Print		Tisk
-    tmenu ToolBar.Redo		Zru<EFBFBD>it vr<EFBFBD>cen<EFBFBD>
+      endif
-    tmenu ToolBar.Cut		Vy<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>znout
+      tmenu ToolBar.Undo		Zp<EFBFBD>t
-    tmenu ToolBar.Copy		Kop<EFBFBD>rovat
+      tmenu ToolBar.Redo		Zru<EFBFBD>it vr<EFBFBD>cen<EFBFBD>
-    tmenu ToolBar.Paste		Vlo<EFBFBD>it
+      tmenu ToolBar.Cut		Vy<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>znout
-    tmenu ToolBar.Find		Hledat...
+      tmenu ToolBar.Copy		Kop<EFBFBD>rovat
-    tmenu ToolBar.FindNext	Hledat dal<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
+      tmenu ToolBar.Paste		Vlo<EFBFBD>it
-    tmenu ToolBar.FindPrev	Hledat p<EFBFBD>edchoz<EFBFBD>
+      tmenu ToolBar.Find		Hledat...
-    tmenu ToolBar.Replace		Nahradit...
+      tmenu ToolBar.FindNext	Hledat dal<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
-    if 0	" disabled; These are in the Windows menu
+      tmenu ToolBar.FindPrev	Hledat p<EFBFBD>edchoz<EFBFBD>
-      tmenu ToolBar.New		Nov<EFBFBD> okno
+      tmenu ToolBar.Replace		Nahradit...
-      tmenu ToolBar.WinSplit	Rozd<EFBFBD>lit okno
+      if 0	" disabled; These are in the Windows menu
-      tmenu ToolBar.WinMax		Maximalizovat okno
+         tmenu ToolBar.New		Nov<EFBFBD> okno
-      tmenu ToolBar.WinMin		Minimalizovat okno
+         tmenu ToolBar.WinSplit	Rozd<EFBFBD>lit okno
-      tmenu ToolBar.WinClose	Zav<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>t okno
+         tmenu ToolBar.WinMax		Maximalizovat okno
-    endif
+         tmenu ToolBar.WinMin		Minimalizovat okno
-    tmenu ToolBar.LoadSesn	Na<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>st sezen<EFBFBD>
+         tmenu ToolBar.WinClose	Zav<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>t okno
-    tmenu ToolBar.SaveSesn	Ulo<EFBFBD>it sezen<EFBFBD>
+      endif
-    tmenu ToolBar.RunScript	Spustit skript
+      tmenu ToolBar.LoadSesn	Na<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>st sezen<EFBFBD>
-    tmenu ToolBar.Make		Spustit make
+      tmenu ToolBar.SaveSesn	Ulo<EFBFBD>it sezen<EFBFBD>
-    tmenu ToolBar.Shell		Spustit shell
+      tmenu ToolBar.RunScript	Spustit skript
-    tmenu ToolBar.RunCtags	Spustit ctags
+      tmenu ToolBar.Make		Spustit make
-    tmenu ToolBar.TagJump		Sko<EFBFBD>it na tag pod kurzorem
+      tmenu ToolBar.Shell		Spustit shell
-    tmenu ToolBar.Help		N<EFBFBD>pov<EFBFBD>da
+      tmenu ToolBar.RunCtags	Spustit ctags
-    tmenu ToolBar.FindHelp	Hledat n<EFBFBD>pov<EFBFBD>du k...
+      tmenu ToolBar.TagJump		Sko<EFBFBD>it na tag pod kurzorem
-  endfun
+      tmenu ToolBar.Help		N<EFBFBD>pov<EFBFBD>da
+      tmenu ToolBar.FindHelp	Hledat n<EFBFBD>pov<EFBFBD>du k...
+   endfun
 endif
 " }}}
 
+" {{{ DIALOG TEXTS
+let g:menutrans_no_file = "[<5B><>dn<64> soubor]"
+let g:menutrans_help_dialog = "Zadejte hledan<61> p<><70>kaz nebo slovo:\n\n\tP<74>idejte i_ pro p<><70>kazy vkl<6B>dac<61>ho re<72>imu (nap<61>. i_CTRL-X)\n\tP<74>idejte c_ pro p<><70>kazy p<><70>kazov<6F> <20><>dky (nap<61>. c_<Del>)\n\tP<74>idejte ' pro jm<6A>no volby (nap<61>. 'shiftwidth')"
+let g:menutrans_path_dialog = "Zadejte cesty pro vyhled<65>v<EFBFBD>n<EFBFBD> soubor<6F>. Jednotliv<69> cesty odd<64>lte <20><>rkou"
+let g:menutrans_tags_dialog = "Zadejte jm<6A>na soubor<6F> s tagy. Jm<4A>na odd<64>lte <20><>rkami."
+let g:menutrans_textwidth_dialog = "Zadejte d<>lku <20><>dku (0 pro zak<61>z<EFBFBD>n<EFBFBD> form<72>tov<6F>n<EFBFBD>):"
+let g:menutrans_fileformat_dialog = "Vyberte typ konce <20><>dk<64>"
+" }}}" 
+
 let &cpo = s:keepcpo
 unlet s:keepcpo
+
+
+
+" vim:set foldmethod=marker expandtab tabstop=3 shiftwidth=3:

runtime/lang/menu_cs_cz.latin1.vim

@@ -1,3 +1,3 @@
 " Menu Translations:	Czech
 
-source <sfile>:p:h/menu_czech_czech_republic.1252.vim
+source <sfile>:p:h/menu_czech_czech_republic.ascii.vim

runtime/lang/menu_cs_cz.utf-8.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,308 @@
+" Menu Translations:    Czech (UTF-8)
+" Maintainer:           Jiri Sedlak <jiri_sedlak@users.sourceforge.net>
+" Previous maintainer:  Jiri Brezina
+" Based on:             menu.vim (2012-10-21)
+
+" Quit when menu translations have already been done.
+if exists("did_menu_trans")
+   finish
+endif
+
+let did_menu_trans = 1
+let s:keepcpo= &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+scriptencoding utf-8
+
+" {{{ File menu
+menutrans &File				&Soubor
+menutrans &Open\.\.\.<Tab>:e		&Otevřít\.\.\.<Tab>:e
+menutrans Sp&lit-Open\.\.\.<Tab>:sp	Otevřít\ v\ no&vém\ okně\.\.\.<Tab>:sp
+menutrans Open\ Tab\.\.\.<Tab>:tabnew	Otevřít\ tab\.\.\.<Tab>:tabnew
+menutrans &New<Tab>:enew		&Nový<Tab>:enew
+menutrans &Close<Tab>:close		&Zavřít<Tab>:close
+menutrans &Save<Tab>:w			&Uložit<Tab>:w
+menutrans Save\ &As\.\.\.<Tab>:sav	Uložit\ &jako\.\.\.<Tab>:sav
+if has("printer") || has("unix")
+   menutrans &Print			&Tisk
+endif
+menutrans Sa&ve-Exit<Tab>:wqa		U&ložit\ a\ ukončit<Tab>:wqa
+menutrans E&xit<Tab>:qa			&Ukončit<Tab>:qa
+
+if has("diff")
+   menutrans Split\ &Diff\ with\.\.\.	Rozdělit\ okno\ -\ &Diff\.\.\.
+   menutrans Split\ Patched\ &By\.\.\.	Rozdělit\ okno\ -\ &Patch\.\.\.
+endif
+" }}}
+
+" {{{ Edit menu
+menutrans &Edit				Úpr&avy
+menutrans &Undo<Tab>u			&Zpět<Tab>u
+menutrans &Redo<Tab>^R			Z&rušit\ vrácení<Tab>^R
+menutrans Rep&eat<Tab>\.		&Opakovat<Tab>\.
+menutrans Cu&t<Tab>"+x			&Vyříznout<Tab>"+x
+menutrans &Copy<Tab>"+y			&Kopírovat<Tab>"+y
+menutrans &Paste<Tab>"+gP		V&ložit<Tab>"+gP
+menutrans Put\ &Before<Tab>[p		Vložit\ &před<Tab>[p
+menutrans Put\ &After<Tab>]p		Vloži&t\ za<Tab>]p
+if has("win32") || has("win16")
+   menutrans &Delete<Tab>x			&Smazat<Tab>x
+endif
+menutrans &Select\ All<Tab>ggVG		Vy&brat\ vše<Tab>ggVG
+if has("win32")  || has("win16") || has("gui_gtk") || has("gui_kde") || has("gui_motif")
+   menutrans &Find\.\.\.			&Hledat\.\.\.
+   menutrans Find\ and\ Rep&lace\.\.\.	&Nahradit\.\.\.
+else
+   menutrans Find<Tab>/ &Hledat<Tab>/
+   menutrans Find\ and\ Rep&lace<Tab>:%s  &Nahradit<Tab>:%s
+   menutrans Find\ and\ Rep&lace<Tab>:s   &Nahradit<Tab>:s
+endif
+menutrans Settings\ &Window		Nastav&ení\ okna
+" {{{2 Edit -1
+menutrans Startup\ &Settings  Počáteční\ &nastavení
+menutrans &Global\ Settings				&Globální\ nastavení
+menutrans Toggle\ Pattern\ &Highlight<Tab>:set\ hls!	&Přepnout\ zvýraznění\ vzoru<Tab>:set\ hls!
+menutrans Toggle\ &Ignore-case<Tab>:set\ ic!		Přepnout\ ignorování\ &VERZÁLEK<Tab>:set\ ic!
+menutrans Toggle\ &Showmatch<Tab>:set\ sm!		Přepnout\ &Showmatch\ \{\(\[\])\}<Tab>:set\ sm!
+menutrans &Context\ lines				Zobrazit\ konte&xt\ kurzoru
+menutrans &Virtual\ Edit				Virtuální\ p&ozice\ kurzoru
+menutrans Never						Nikdy
+menutrans Block\ Selection				Výběr\ Bloku
+menutrans Insert\ mode					Insert\ mód
+menutrans Block\ and\ Insert				Blok\ a\ Insert
+menutrans Always					Vždycky
+menutrans Toggle\ Insert\ &Mode<Tab>:set\ im!		Přepnout\ Insert\ mó&d<Tab>:set\ im!
+menutrans Toggle\ Vi\ C&ompatible<Tab>:set\ cp!		Přepnout\ kompatibilní\ režim\ s\ 'vi'<Tab>:set\ cp!
+menutrans Search\ &Path\.\.\.				Nastavit\ &cestu\ k\ prohledávání\.\.\.
+menutrans Ta&g\ Files\.\.\.				Ta&g\ soubory\.\.\.
+menutrans Toggle\ &Toolbar				Přepnout\ &Toolbar
+menutrans Toggle\ &Bottom\ Scrollbar			Př&epnout\ dolní\ rolovací\ lištu
+menutrans Toggle\ &Left\ Scrollbar			Přepnout\ &levou\ rolovací\ lištu
+menutrans Toggle\ &Right\ Scrollbar			Přepnout\ p&ravou\ rolovací\ lištu
+" {{{2 Edit -2
+menutrans F&ile\ Settings				Nastavení\ so&uboru
+menutrans Toggle\ Line\ &Numbering<Tab>:set\ nu!	Přepnout\ číslování\ řá&dků<Tab>:set\ nu!
+menutrans Toggle\ relati&ve\ Line\ Numbering<Tab>:set\ rnu! Přepnout\ relativní\ číslování\ řá&dků<Tab>:set\ rnu!
+menutrans Toggle\ &List\ Mode<Tab>:set\ list!		Přepnout\ &List\ mód<Tab>:set\ list!
+menutrans Toggle\ Line\ &Wrap<Tab>:set\ wrap!		Přepnout\ zala&mování\ řádků<Tab>:set\ wrap!
+menutrans Toggle\ W&rap\ at\ word<Tab>:set\ lbr!	Přepnout\ zl&om\ ve\ slově<Tab>:set\ lbr!
+menutrans Toggle\ &expand-tab<Tab>:set\ et!		Přepnout\ &expand-tab<Tab>:set\ et!
+menutrans Toggle\ &auto-indent<Tab>:set\ ai!		Přepnout\ &auto-indent<Tab>:set\ ai!
+menutrans Toggle\ &C-indenting<Tab>:set\ cin!		Přepnout\ &C-indenting<Tab>:set\ cin!
+menutrans &Shiftwidth					Nastav&it\ šířku\ od&sazení
+menutrans Soft\ &Tabstop				Nastavit\ Soft\ &Tabstop
+menutrans Te&xt\ Width\.\.\.				Šířka\ te&xtu\.\.\.
+menutrans &File\ Format\.\.\.				&Formát\ souboru\.\.\.
+" {{{2 Edit -3
+menutrans C&olor\ Scheme		Barevné\ s&chéma
+menutrans &Keymap			Klávesová\ m&apa
+if has("win32") || has("win16") || has("gui_motif") || has("gui_gtk") || has("gui_kde") || has("gui_photon") || has("gui_mac")
+   menutrans Select\ Fo&nt\.\.\.		Vybrat\ pís&mo\.\.\.
+endif
+" }}}1
+
+" {{{ Programming menu
+menutrans &Tools			Nást&roje
+menutrans &Jump\ to\ this\ tag<Tab>g^]	&Skočit\ na\ tag<Tab>g^]
+menutrans Jump\ &back<Tab>^T		Skočit\ &zpět<Tab>^T
+menutrans Build\ &Tags\ File		&Vytvořit\ soubor\ tagů
+
+if has("spell")
+   menutrans &Spelling			&Kontrola\ pravopisu
+   menutrans &Spell\ Check\ On		&Zapnout\ kontrolu\ pravopisu
+   menutrans Spell\ Check\ &Off		&Vypnout \kontrolu\ pravopisu
+   menutrans To\ &Next\ error<Tab>]s	&Další\ chyba<Tab>]s
+   menutrans To\ &Previous\ error<Tab>[s	&Předchozí\ chyba<Tab>[s
+   menutrans Suggest\ &Corrections<Tab>z=	&Navrhnout\ opravy<Tab>z=
+   menutrans &Repeat\ correction<Tab>:spellrepall	Zopakovat\ &opravu<Tab>:spellrepall
+   menutrans Set\ language\ to\ "en"	Nastavit\ jazyk\ na\ "en"
+   menutrans Set\ language\ to\ "en_au"	Nastavit\ jazyk\ na\ "en_au"
+   menutrans Set\ language\ to\ "en_ca"	Nastavit\ jazyk\ na\ "en_ca"
+   menutrans Set\ language\ to\ "en_gb"	Nastavit\ jazyk\ na\ "en_gb"
+   menutrans Set\ language\ to\ "en_nz"	Nastavit\ jazyk\ na\ "en_nz"
+   menutrans Set\ language\ to\ "en_us"	Nastavit\ jazyk\ na\ "en_us"
+   menutrans &Find\ More\ Languages	Nalézt\ další\ &jazyky
+   let g:menutrans_set_lang_to = "Nastavit jazyk na"
+endif
+
+if has("Folding")   
+   menutrans &Folding			&Skládání
+   menutrans &Enable/Disable\ folds<Tab>zi &Ano/Ne<Tab>zi
+   menutrans &View\ Cursor\ Line<Tab>zv	Zobrazit\ řádek\ &kurzoru<Tab>zv
+   menutrans Vie&w\ Cursor\ Line\ only<Tab>zMzx		Zobrazit\ &pouze\ řádek\ kurzoru\ <Tab>zMzx
+   menutrans C&lose\ more\ folds<Tab>zm	Složit\ &jednu\ úroveň\ skladů<Tab>zm
+   menutrans &Close\ all\ folds<Tab>zM	Složit\ všechny\ sklady<Tab>zM
+   menutrans O&pen\ more\ folds<Tab>zr	Přidat\ jednu\ úroveň\ skladů<Tab>zr
+   menutrans &Open\ all\ folds<Tab>zR	&Otevřít\ všechny\ sklady<Tab>zR
+   menutrans Fold\ Met&hod			&Metoda\ skládání
+   menutrans M&anual			&Ručně
+   menutrans I&ndent			&Odsazení
+   menutrans E&xpression	&Výraz
+   menutrans S&yntax			&Syntaxe
+   menutrans &Diff			&Rozdíly
+   menutrans Ma&rker			&Značky
+   menutrans Create\ &Fold<Tab>zf		Vytvořit\ &sklad<Tab>zf
+   menutrans &Delete\ Fold<Tab>zd		Vymazat\ skla&d<Tab>zd
+   menutrans Delete\ &All\ Folds<Tab>zD	Vymazat\ všechny\ sklady<Tab>zD
+   menutrans Fold\ col&umn\ width		Sloupec\ zob&razení\ skladů
+endif
+
+if has("diff")
+   menutrans &Update			&Obnovit
+   menutrans &Get\ Block			&Sejmout\ Blok
+   menutrans &Put\ Block			&Vložit\ Blok
+endif
+
+menutrans &Make<Tab>:make		&Make<Tab>:make
+menutrans &List\ Errors<Tab>:cl		Výpis\ &chyb<Tab>:cl
+menutrans L&ist\ Messages<Tab>:cl!	Výp&is\ zpráv<Tab>:cl!
+menutrans &Next\ Error<Tab>:cn		Další\ ch&yba<Tab>:cn
+menutrans &Previous\ Error<Tab>:cp	&Předchozí\ chyba<Tab>:cp
+menutrans &Older\ List<Tab>:cold	Sta&rší\ seznam<Tab>:cold
+menutrans N&ewer\ List<Tab>:cnew	N&ovější\ seznam<Tab>:cnew
+menutrans Error\ &Window		Chybové\ o&kno
+menutrans SeT\ Compiler			Nas&tavení\ kompilátoru
+menutrans &Update<Tab>:cwin		O&bnovit<Tab>:cwin
+menutrans &Open<Tab>:copen		&Otevřít<Tab>:copen
+menutrans &Close<Tab>:cclose		&Zavřít<Tab>:cclose
+menutrans Se&T\ Compiler		N&astavit\ kompilátor
+
+menutrans &Convert\ to\ HEX<Tab>:%!xxd	Převést\ do\ šestnáctkového\ formát&u<Tab>:%!xxd
+menutrans Conve&rt\ back<Tab>:%!xxd\ -r Př&evést\ zpět<Tab>:%!xxd\ -r
+" }}}
+
+" {{{ Syntax menu
+menutrans &Syntax		Synta&xe
+menutrans Set\ '&syntax'\ only	Nastavit\ pouze\ 'synta&x'
+menutrans Set\ '&filetype'\ too	Nastavit\ také\ '&filetype'
+menutrans &Off			&Vypnout
+menutrans &Manual		&Ručně
+menutrans A&utomatic		A&utomaticky
+menutrans on/off\ for\ &This\ file	&Přepnout\ (pro\ tento\ soubor)
+menutrans o&ff\ (this\ file)	vyp&nout\ (pro\ tento\ soubor)
+menutrans Co&lor\ test		Test\ &barev
+menutrans &Highlight\ test	&Test\ zvýrazňování
+menutrans &Convert\ to\ HTML	Převést\ &do\ HTML
+menutrans &Show\ filetypes\ in\ menu	&Zobrazit\ výběr\ možností
+" }}}
+
+" {{{ Menu Buffers
+menutrans &Buffers		&Buffery
+menutrans &Refresh\ menu	&Obnovit\ menu
+menutrans &Delete		Z&rušit
+menutrans &Alternate		&Změnit
+menutrans &Next			&Další
+menutrans &Previous		&Předchozí
+" }}}
+
+" {{{ Menu Window
+menutrans &Window			&Okna
+menutrans &New<Tab>^Wn			&Nové<Tab>^Wn
+menutrans S&plit<Tab>^Ws		&Rozdělit<Tab>^Ws
+menutrans Sp&lit\ To\ #<Tab>^W^^	Ro&zdělit\ na\ #<Tab>^W^^
+menutrans Split\ &Vertically<Tab>^Wv	Rozdělit\ &vertikálně<Tab>^Wv
+menutrans Split\ File\ E&xplorer	Rozdělit\ -\ File\ E&xplorer
+menutrans Move\ &To			&Přesun
+menutrans &Top<Tab>^WK			&Nahoru<Tab>^WK
+menutrans &Bottom<Tab>^WJ		&Dolu<Tab>^WJ
+menutrans &Left\ side<Tab>^WH		&Vlevo<Tab>^WH
+menutrans &Right\ side<Tab>^WL		Vp&ravo<Tab>^WL
+
+menutrans &Close<Tab>^Wc		Zavří&t<Tab>^Wc
+menutrans Close\ &Other(s)<Tab>^Wo	Zavřít\ &ostatní<Tab>^Wo
+menutrans Ne&xt<Tab>^Ww			&Další<Tab>^Ww
+menutrans P&revious<Tab>^WW		&Předchozí<Tab>^WW
+menutrans &Equal\ Size<Tab>^W=		&Stejná\ výška<Tab>^W=
+menutrans &Max\ Height<Tab>^W_		Maximální\ výš&ka<Tab>^W_
+menutrans M&in\ Height<Tab>^W1_		M&inimální\ výška<Tab>^W1_
+menutrans Max\ &Width<Tab>^W\|		&Maximální\ šířka<Tab>^W\|
+menutrans Min\ Widt&h<Tab>^W1\|		Minimální\ šířk&a<Tab>^W1\|
+menutrans Rotate\ &Up<Tab>^WR		Rotovat\ na&horu<Tab>^WR
+menutrans Rotate\ &Down<Tab>^Wr		Rotovat\ &dolů<Tab>^Wr
+
+" {{{ Help menu
+menutrans &Help			&Nápověda
+menutrans &Overview<Tab><F1>	&Přehled<Tab><F1>
+menutrans &User\ Manual		&Uživatelský\ Manuál
+menutrans &How-to\ links	Ho&wto
+menutrans &GUI			&Grafické\ rozhraní
+menutrans &Credits		&Autoři
+menutrans Co&pying		&Licenční\ politika
+menutrans &Sponsor/Register	Sponzorování/&Registrace
+menutrans &Find\.\.\.		&Hledat\.\.\.
+menutrans O&rphans		O&siřelé\ děti
+menutrans &Version		&Verze
+menutrans &About		&O\ aplikaci
+" }}}
+
+" {{{ The popup menu
+menutrans &Undo			&Zpět
+menutrans Cu&t			&Vyříznout
+menutrans &Copy			&Kopírovat
+menutrans &Paste		&Vložit
+menutrans &Delete		&Smazat
+menutrans Select\ Blockwise	Vybrat\ blokově
+menutrans Select\ &Word		Vybrat\ &slovo
+menutrans Select\ Pa&ragraph Vybrat\ &odstavec
+menutrans Select\ &Sentence   Vybrat\ vě&tu
+menutrans Select\ &Line		Vybrat\ &řádek
+menutrans Select\ &Block	Vybrat\ &blok
+menutrans Select\ &All		Vybrat\ &vše
+" }}}
+
+" {{{ The GUI toolbar
+if has("toolbar")
+   if exists("*Do_toolbar_tmenu")
+      delfun Do_toolbar_tmenu
+   endif
+   fun Do_toolbar_tmenu()
+      tmenu ToolBar.Open		Otevřít soubor
+      tmenu ToolBar.Save		Uložit soubor
+      tmenu ToolBar.SaveAll		Uložit všechny soubory
+      if has("printer") || has("unix")
+         tmenu ToolBar.Print		Tisk
+      endif
+      tmenu ToolBar.Undo		Zpět
+      tmenu ToolBar.Redo		Zrušit vrácení
+      tmenu ToolBar.Cut		Vyříznout
+      tmenu ToolBar.Copy		Kopírovat
+      tmenu ToolBar.Paste		Vložit
+      tmenu ToolBar.Find		Hledat...
+      tmenu ToolBar.FindNext	Hledat další
+      tmenu ToolBar.FindPrev	Hledat předchozí
+      tmenu ToolBar.Replace		Nahradit...
+      if 0	" disabled; These are in the Windows menu
+         tmenu ToolBar.New		Nové okno
+         tmenu ToolBar.WinSplit	Rozdělit okno
+         tmenu ToolBar.WinMax		Maximalizovat okno
+         tmenu ToolBar.WinMin		Minimalizovat okno
+         tmenu ToolBar.WinClose	Zavřít okno
+      endif
+      tmenu ToolBar.LoadSesn	Načíst sezení
+      tmenu ToolBar.SaveSesn	Uložit sezení
+      tmenu ToolBar.RunScript	Spustit skript
+      tmenu ToolBar.Make		Spustit make
+      tmenu ToolBar.Shell		Spustit shell
+      tmenu ToolBar.RunCtags	Spustit ctags
+      tmenu ToolBar.TagJump		Skočit na tag pod kurzorem
+      tmenu ToolBar.Help		Nápověda
+      tmenu ToolBar.FindHelp	Hledat nápovědu k...
+   endfun
+endif
+" }}}
+
+" {{{ DIALOG TEXTS
+let g:menutrans_no_file = "[Žádný soubor]"
+let g:menutrans_help_dialog = "Zadejte hledaný příkaz nebo slovo:\n\n\tPřidejte i_ pro příkazy vkládacího režimu (např. i_CTRL-X)\n\tPřidejte c_ pro příkazy příkazové řádky (např. c_<Del>)\n\tPřidejte ' pro jméno volby (např. 'shiftwidth')"
+let g:menutrans_path_dialog = "Zadejte cesty pro vyhledávání souborů. Jednotlivé cesty oddělte čárkou"
+let g:menutrans_tags_dialog = "Zadejte jména souborů s tagy. Jména oddělte čárkami."
+let g:menutrans_textwidth_dialog = "Zadejte délku řádku (0 pro zakázání formátování):"
+let g:menutrans_fileformat_dialog = "Vyberte typ konce řádků"
+" }}}" 
+
+let &cpo = s:keepcpo
+unlet s:keepcpo
+
+
+
+" vim:set foldmethod=marker expandtab tabstop=3 shiftwidth=3:

runtime/lang/menu_czech_czech_republic.1250.vim

@@ -1,13 +1,13 @@
-" Menu Translations:	Czech for MS-Windows
+" Menu Translations:    Czech (CP1250)
-" Maintainer:		Jiri Brezina <brzj@seznam.cz>
+" Maintainer:           Jiri Sedlak <jiri_sedlak@users.sourceforge.net>
-" vim:set foldmethod=marker:
+" Previous maintainer:  Jiri Brezina
-" $Revision: 1.3 $
+" Based on:             menu.vim (2012-10-21)
-" $Date: 2005/12/19 22:13:30 $
 
 " Quit when menu translations have already been done.
 if exists("did_menu_trans")
-  finish
+   finish
 endif
+
 let did_menu_trans = 1
 let s:keepcpo= &cpo
 set cpo&vim
@@ -18,15 +18,21 @@ scriptencoding cp1250
 menutrans &File				&Soubor
 menutrans &Open\.\.\.<Tab>:e		&Otev<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>t\.\.\.<Tab>:e
 menutrans Sp&lit-Open\.\.\.<Tab>:sp	Otev<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>t\ v\ no&v<EFBFBD>m\ okn<EFBFBD>\.\.\.<Tab>:sp
+menutrans Open\ Tab\.\.\.<Tab>:tabnew	Otev<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>t\ tab\.\.\.<Tab>:tabnew
 menutrans &New<Tab>:enew		&Nov<EFBFBD><Tab>:enew
 menutrans &Close<Tab>:close		&Zav<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>t<Tab>:close
 menutrans &Save<Tab>:w			&Ulo<EFBFBD>it<Tab>:w
 menutrans Save\ &As\.\.\.<Tab>:sav	Ulo<EFBFBD>it\ &jako\.\.\.<Tab>:sav
-menutrans Split\ &Diff\ with\.\.\.	Rozd<EFBFBD>lit\ okno\ -\ &Diff\.\.\.
+if has("printer") || has("unix")
-menutrans Split\ Patched\ &By\.\.\.	Rozd<EFBFBD>lit\ okno\ -\ &Patch\.\.\.
+   menutrans &Print			&Tisk
-menutrans &Print			&Tisk
+endif
-menutrans Sa&ve-Exit<Tab>:wqa		U&lo<EFBFBD>it\ -\ Konec<Tab>:wqa
+menutrans Sa&ve-Exit<Tab>:wqa		U&lo<EFBFBD>it\ a\ ukon<EFBFBD>it<Tab>:wqa
-menutrans E&xit<Tab>:qa			&Konec<Tab>:qa
+menutrans E&xit<Tab>:qa			&Ukon<EFBFBD>it<Tab>:qa
+
+if has("diff")
+   menutrans Split\ &Diff\ with\.\.\.	Rozd<EFBFBD>lit\ okno\ -\ &Diff\.\.\.
+   menutrans Split\ Patched\ &By\.\.\.	Rozd<EFBFBD>lit\ okno\ -\ &Patch\.\.\.
+endif
 " }}}
 
 " {{{ Edit menu
@@ -39,24 +45,32 @@ menutrans &Copy<Tab>"+y			&Kop
 menutrans &Paste<Tab>"+gP		V&lo<6C>it<Tab>"+gP
 menutrans Put\ &Before<Tab>[p		Vlo<EFBFBD>it\ &p<EFBFBD>ed<Tab>[p
 menutrans Put\ &After<Tab>]p		Vlo<EFBFBD>i&t\ za<Tab>]p
-menutrans &Delete<Tab>x			&Smazat<Tab>x
+if has("win32") || has("win16")
+   menutrans &Delete<Tab>x			&Smazat<Tab>x
+endif
 menutrans &Select\ All<Tab>ggVG		Vy&brat\ v<EFBFBD>e<Tab>ggVG
-menutrans &Find\.\.\.			&Hledat\.\.\.
+if has("win32")  || has("win16") || has("gui_gtk") || has("gui_kde") || has("gui_motif")
-menutrans Find\ and\ Rep&lace\.\.\.	&Nahradit\.\.\.
+   menutrans &Find\.\.\.			&Hledat\.\.\.
-menutrans Options\.\.\.			Volb&y\.\.\.
+   menutrans Find\ and\ Rep&lace\.\.\.	&Nahradit\.\.\.
+else
+   menutrans Find<Tab>/ &Hledat<Tab>/
+   menutrans Find\ and\ Rep&lace<Tab>:%s  &Nahradit<Tab>:%s
+   menutrans Find\ and\ Rep&lace<Tab>:s   &Nahradit<Tab>:s
+endif
 menutrans Settings\ &Window		Nastav&en<EFBFBD>\ okna
-	" {{{2 Edit -1
+" {{{2 Edit -1
+menutrans Startup\ &Settings  Po<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>te<EFBFBD>n<EFBFBD>\ &nastaven<EFBFBD>
 menutrans &Global\ Settings				&Glob<EFBFBD>ln<EFBFBD>\ nastaven<EFBFBD>
 menutrans Toggle\ Pattern\ &Highlight<Tab>:set\ hls!	&P<EFBFBD>epnout\ zv<EFBFBD>razn<EFBFBD>n<EFBFBD>\ vzoru<Tab>:set\ hls!
 menutrans Toggle\ &Ignore-case<Tab>:set\ ic!		P<EFBFBD>epnout\ ignorov<EFBFBD>n<EFBFBD>\ &VERZ<EFBFBD>LEK<Tab>:set\ ic!
 menutrans Toggle\ &Showmatch<Tab>:set\ sm!		P<EFBFBD>epnout\ &Showmatch\ \{\(\[\])\}<Tab>:set\ sm!
 menutrans &Context\ lines				Zobrazit\ konte&xt\ kurzoru
 menutrans &Virtual\ Edit				Virtu<EFBFBD>ln<EFBFBD>\ p&ozice\ kurzoru
-	menutrans Never						Nikdy
+menutrans Never						Nikdy
-	menutrans Block\ Selection				V<EFBFBD>b<EFBFBD>r\ Bloku
+menutrans Block\ Selection				V<EFBFBD>b<EFBFBD>r\ Bloku
-	menutrans Insert\ mode					Insert\ m<EFBFBD>d
+menutrans Insert\ mode					Insert\ m<EFBFBD>d
-	menutrans Block\ and\ Insert				Blok\ a\ Insert
+menutrans Block\ and\ Insert				Blok\ a\ Insert
-	menutrans Always					V<EFBFBD>dycky
+menutrans Always					V<EFBFBD>dycky
 menutrans Toggle\ Insert\ &Mode<Tab>:set\ im!		P<EFBFBD>epnout\ Insert\ m<EFBFBD>&d<Tab>:set\ im!
 menutrans Toggle\ Vi\ C&ompatible<Tab>:set\ cp!		P<EFBFBD>epnout\ kompatibiln<EFBFBD>\ re<EFBFBD>im\ s\ 'vi'<Tab>:set\ cp!
 menutrans Search\ &Path\.\.\.				Nastavit\ &cestu\ k\ prohled<EFBFBD>v<EFBFBD>n<EFBFBD>\.\.\.
@@ -65,9 +79,10 @@ menutrans Toggle\ &Toolbar				P
 menutrans Toggle\ &Bottom\ Scrollbar			P<EFBFBD>&epnout\ doln<EFBFBD>\ rolovac<EFBFBD>\ li<EFBFBD>tu
 menutrans Toggle\ &Left\ Scrollbar			P<EFBFBD>epnout\ &levou\ rolovac<EFBFBD>\ li<EFBFBD>tu
 menutrans Toggle\ &Right\ Scrollbar			P<EFBFBD>epnout\ p&ravou\ rolovac<EFBFBD>\ li<EFBFBD>tu
-	" {{{2 Edit -2
+" {{{2 Edit -2
 menutrans F&ile\ Settings				Nastaven<EFBFBD>\ so&uboru
 menutrans Toggle\ Line\ &Numbering<Tab>:set\ nu!	P<EFBFBD>epnout\ <20><>slov<EFBFBD>n<EFBFBD>\ <20><>&dk<EFBFBD><Tab>:set\ nu!
+menutrans Toggle\ relati&ve\ Line\ Numbering<Tab>:set\ rnu! P<EFBFBD>epnout\ relativn<EFBFBD>\ <20><>slov<EFBFBD>n<EFBFBD>\ <20><>&dk<EFBFBD><Tab>:set\ rnu!
 menutrans Toggle\ &List\ Mode<Tab>:set\ list!		P<EFBFBD>epnout\ &List\ m<EFBFBD>d<Tab>:set\ list!
 menutrans Toggle\ Line\ &Wrap<Tab>:set\ wrap!		P<EFBFBD>epnout\ zala&mov<EFBFBD>n<EFBFBD>\ <20><>dk<EFBFBD><Tab>:set\ wrap!
 menutrans Toggle\ W&rap\ at\ word<Tab>:set\ lbr!	P<EFBFBD>epnout\ zl&om\ ve\ slov<EFBFBD><Tab>:set\ lbr!
@@ -78,10 +93,12 @@ menutrans &Shiftwidth					Nastav&it\
 menutrans Soft\ &Tabstop				Nastavit\ Soft\ &Tabstop
 menutrans Te&xt\ Width\.\.\.				<09><><EFBFBD>ka\ te&xtu\.\.\.
 menutrans &File\ Format\.\.\.				&Form<EFBFBD>t\ souboru\.\.\.
-	" {{{2 Edit -3
+" {{{2 Edit -3
 menutrans C&olor\ Scheme		Barevn<EFBFBD>\ s&ch<EFBFBD>ma
 menutrans &Keymap			Kl<EFBFBD>vesov<EFBFBD>\ m&apa
-menutrans Select\ Fo&nt\.\.\.		Vybrat\ p<EFBFBD>s&mo\.\.\.
+if has("win32") || has("win16") || has("gui_motif") || has("gui_gtk") || has("gui_kde") || has("gui_photon") || has("gui_mac")
+   menutrans Select\ Fo&nt\.\.\.		Vybrat\ p<EFBFBD>s&mo\.\.\.
+endif
 " }}}1
 
 " {{{ Programming menu
@@ -90,46 +107,52 @@ menutrans &Jump\ to\ this\ tag<Tab>g^]	&Sko
 menutrans Jump\ &back<Tab>^T		Sko<EFBFBD>it\ &zp<EFBFBD>t<Tab>^T
 menutrans Build\ &Tags\ File		&Vytvo<EFBFBD>it\ soubor\ tag<EFBFBD>
 
-menutrans &Spelling			&Kontrola\ pravopisu
+if has("spell")
-menutrans &Spell\ Check\ On		Kontrola\ pravopisu\ &zapnuta
+   menutrans &Spelling			&Kontrola\ pravopisu
-menutrans Spell\ Check\ &Off		Kontrola\ pravopisu\ &vypnuta
+   menutrans &Spell\ Check\ On		&Zapnout\ kontrolu\ pravopisu
-menutrans To\ Next\ error<Tab>]s	&Dal<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ chyba<Tab>]s
+   menutrans Spell\ Check\ &Off		&Vypnout \kontrolu\ pravopisu
-menutrans To\ Previous\ error<Tab>[s	&P<EFBFBD>edchoz<EFBFBD>\ chyba<Tab>[s
+   menutrans To\ &Next\ error<Tab>]s	&Dal<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ chyba<Tab>]s
-menutrans Suggest\ Corrections<Tab>z?	&N<EFBFBD>vrh\ oprav<Tab>z?
+   menutrans To\ &Previous\ error<Tab>[s	&P<EFBFBD>edchoz<EFBFBD>\ chyba<Tab>[s
-menutrans Repeat\ correction<Tab>:spellrepall	Zopakovat\ &opravu<Tab>:spellrepall
+   menutrans Suggest\ &Corrections<Tab>z=	&Navrhnout\ opravy<Tab>z=
-menutrans Set\ language\ to\ "en"	Nastav\ jazyk\ na\ "en"
+   menutrans &Repeat\ correction<Tab>:spellrepall	Zopakovat\ &opravu<Tab>:spellrepall
-menutrans Set\ language\ to\ "en_au"	Nastav\ jazyk\ na\ "en_au"
+   menutrans Set\ language\ to\ "en"	Nastavit\ jazyk\ na\ "en"
-menutrans Set\ language\ to\ "en_ca"	Nastav\ jazyk\ na\ "en_ca"
+   menutrans Set\ language\ to\ "en_au"	Nastavit\ jazyk\ na\ "en_au"
-menutrans Set\ language\ to\ "en_gb"	Nastav\ jazyk\ na\ "en_gb"
+   menutrans Set\ language\ to\ "en_ca"	Nastavit\ jazyk\ na\ "en_ca"
-menutrans Set\ language\ to\ "en_nz"	Nastav\ jazyk\ na\ "en_nz"
+   menutrans Set\ language\ to\ "en_gb"	Nastavit\ jazyk\ na\ "en_gb"
-menutrans Set\ language\ to\ "en_us"	Nastav\ jazyk\ na\ "en_us"
+   menutrans Set\ language\ to\ "en_nz"	Nastavit\ jazyk\ na\ "en_nz"
-menutrans Set\ language\ to\ "cz"	Nastav\ jazyk\ na\ "cz"
+   menutrans Set\ language\ to\ "en_us"	Nastavit\ jazyk\ na\ "en_us"
-menutrans Set\ language\ to\ "cs_cz"	Nastav\ jazyk\ na\ "cs_cz"
+   menutrans &Find\ More\ Languages	Nal<EFBFBD>zt\ dal<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ &jazyky
-menutrans &Find\ More\ Languages	Nal<EFBFBD>zt\ dal<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ &jazyky
+   let g:menutrans_set_lang_to = "Nastavit jazyk na"
+endif
 
-menutrans &Folding			&Foldy
+if has("Folding")   
-menutrans &Enable/Disable\ folds<Tab>zi &Ano/Ne<Tab>zi
+   menutrans &Folding			&Skl<EFBFBD>d<EFBFBD>n<EFBFBD>
-menutrans &View\ Cursor\ Line<Tab>zv	&Zobrazit\ <20><>dek\ kurzoru<Tab>zv
+   menutrans &Enable/Disable\ folds<Tab>zi &Ano/Ne<Tab>zi
-menutrans Vie&w\ Cursor\ Line\ only<Tab>zMzx		Zo&brazit\ pouze\ <20><>dek\ kurzoru\ <Tab>zMzx
+   menutrans &View\ Cursor\ Line<Tab>zv	Zobrazit\ <20><>dek\ &kurzoru<Tab>zv
-menutrans C&lose\ more\ folds<Tab>zm	&Vyjmout\ jednu\ <20>rove<EFBFBD>\ fold<EFBFBD><Tab>zm
+   menutrans Vie&w\ Cursor\ Line\ only<Tab>zMzx		Zobrazit\ &pouze\ <20><>dek\ kurzoru\ <Tab>zMzx
-menutrans &Close\ all\ folds<Tab>zM	Zav<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>&t\ v<EFBFBD>echny\ foldy<Tab>zM
+   menutrans C&lose\ more\ folds<Tab>zm	Slo<EFBFBD>it\ &jednu\ <20>rove<EFBFBD>\ sklad<EFBFBD><Tab>zm
-menutrans O&pen\ more\ folds<Tab>zr	P<EFBFBD>idat\ jedn&u\ <20>rove<EFBFBD>\ fold<EFBFBD><Tab>zr
+   menutrans &Close\ all\ folds<Tab>zM	Slo<EFBFBD>it\ v<EFBFBD>echny\ sklady<Tab>zM
-menutrans &Open\ all\ folds<Tab>zR	&Otev<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>t\ v<EFBFBD>echny\ foldy<Tab>zR
+   menutrans O&pen\ more\ folds<Tab>zr	P<EFBFBD>idat\ jednu\ <20>rove<EFBFBD>\ sklad<EFBFBD><Tab>zr
-menutrans Fold\ Met&hod			Metoda\ &skl<EFBFBD>d<EFBFBD>n<EFBFBD>
+   menutrans &Open\ all\ folds<Tab>zR	&Otev<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>t\ v<EFBFBD>echny\ sklady<Tab>zR
-	"menutrans M&anual			&Ru<52>n<EFBFBD>
+   menutrans Fold\ Met&hod			&Metoda\ skl<EFBFBD>d<EFBFBD>n<EFBFBD>
-	"menutrans I&ndent			&Odsazen<65>
+   menutrans M&anual			&Ru<EFBFBD>n<EFBFBD>
-	"menutrans E&xpression			&V<>raz
+   menutrans I&ndent			&Odsazen<EFBFBD>
-	"menutrans S&yntax			&Syntax
+   menutrans E&xpression	&V<EFBFBD>raz
-	"menutrans &Diff			&Diff
+   menutrans S&yntax			&Syntaxe
-	"menutrans Ma&rker			Ma&rker
+   menutrans &Diff			&Rozd<EFBFBD>ly
-menutrans Create\ &Fold<Tab>zf		Vytvo<EFBFBD>it\ &fold<Tab>zf
+   menutrans Ma&rker			&Zna<EFBFBD>ky
-menutrans &Delete\ Fold<Tab>zd		Vymazat\ fol&d<Tab>zd
+   menutrans Create\ &Fold<Tab>zf		Vytvo<EFBFBD>it\ &sklad<Tab>zf
-menutrans Delete\ &All\ Folds<Tab>zD	V&ymazat\ v<EFBFBD>echny\ foldy<Tab>zD
+   menutrans &Delete\ Fold<Tab>zd		Vymazat\ skla&d<Tab>zd
-menutrans Fold\ col&umn\ width		Sloupec\ zob&razen<EFBFBD>\ fold<EFBFBD>
+   menutrans Delete\ &All\ Folds<Tab>zD	Vymazat\ v<EFBFBD>echny\ sklady<Tab>zD
+   menutrans Fold\ col&umn\ width		Sloupec\ zob&razen<EFBFBD>\ sklad<EFBFBD>
+endif
+
+if has("diff")
+   menutrans &Update			&Obnovit
+   menutrans &Get\ Block			&Sejmout\ Blok
+   menutrans &Put\ Block			&Vlo<EFBFBD>it\ Blok
+endif
 
-menutrans &Update			&Obnovit
-menutrans &Get\ Block			&Sejmout\ Blok
-menutrans &Put\ Block			&Vlo<EFBFBD>it\ Blok
 menutrans &Make<Tab>:make		&Make<Tab>:make
 menutrans &List\ Errors<Tab>:cl		V<EFBFBD>pis\ &chyb<Tab>:cl
 menutrans L&ist\ Messages<Tab>:cl!	V<EFBFBD>p&is\ zpr<EFBFBD>v<Tab>:cl!
@@ -142,7 +165,7 @@ menutrans SeT\ Compiler			Nas&taven
 menutrans &Update<Tab>:cwin		O&bnovit<Tab>:cwin
 menutrans &Open<Tab>:copen		&Otev<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>t<Tab>:copen
 menutrans &Close<Tab>:cclose		&Zav<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>t<Tab>:cclose
-menutrans &Set\ Compiler		N&astavit\ kompil<EFBFBD>tor
+menutrans Se&T\ Compiler		N&astavit\ kompil<EFBFBD>tor
 
 menutrans &Convert\ to\ HEX<Tab>:%!xxd	P<EFBFBD>ev<EFBFBD>st\ do\ <20>estn<EFBFBD>ctkov<EFBFBD>ho\ form<EFBFBD>t&u<Tab>:%!xxd
 menutrans Conve&rt\ back<Tab>:%!xxd\ -r P<EFBFBD>&ev<EFBFBD>st\ zp<EFBFBD>t<Tab>:%!xxd\ -r
@@ -170,7 +193,6 @@ menutrans &Delete		Z&ru
 menutrans &Alternate		&Zm<EFBFBD>nit
 menutrans &Next			&Dal<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
 menutrans &Previous		&P<EFBFBD>edchoz<EFBFBD>
-menutrans [No\ File]		[<5B><>dn<EFBFBD>\ soubor]
 " }}}
 
 " {{{ Menu Window
@@ -221,6 +243,8 @@ menutrans &Paste		&Vlo
 menutrans &Delete		&Smazat
 menutrans Select\ Blockwise	Vybrat\ blokov<EFBFBD>
 menutrans Select\ &Word		Vybrat\ &slovo
+menutrans Select\ Pa&ragraph Vybrat\ &odstavec
+menutrans Select\ &Sentence   Vybrat\ v<EFBFBD>&tu
 menutrans Select\ &Line		Vybrat\ &<26><>dek
 menutrans Select\ &Block	Vybrat\ &blok
 menutrans Select\ &All		Vybrat\ &v<EFBFBD>e
@@ -228,42 +252,57 @@ menutrans Select\ &All		Vybrat\ &v
 
 " {{{ The GUI toolbar
 if has("toolbar")
-  if exists("*Do_toolbar_tmenu")
+   if exists("*Do_toolbar_tmenu")
-    delfun Do_toolbar_tmenu
+      delfun Do_toolbar_tmenu
-  endif
+   endif
-  fun Do_toolbar_tmenu()
+   fun Do_toolbar_tmenu()
-    tmenu ToolBar.Open		Otev<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>t soubor
+      tmenu ToolBar.Open		Otev<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>t soubor
-    tmenu ToolBar.Save		Ulo<EFBFBD>it soubor
+      tmenu ToolBar.Save		Ulo<EFBFBD>it soubor
-    tmenu ToolBar.SaveAll		Ulo<EFBFBD>it v<EFBFBD>echny soubory
+      tmenu ToolBar.SaveAll		Ulo<EFBFBD>it v<EFBFBD>echny soubory
-    tmenu ToolBar.Print		Tisk
+      if has("printer") || has("unix")
-    tmenu ToolBar.Undo		Zp<EFBFBD>t
+         tmenu ToolBar.Print		Tisk
-    tmenu ToolBar.Redo		Zru<EFBFBD>it vr<EFBFBD>cen<EFBFBD>
+      endif
-    tmenu ToolBar.Cut		Vy<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>znout
+      tmenu ToolBar.Undo		Zp<EFBFBD>t
-    tmenu ToolBar.Copy		Kop<EFBFBD>rovat
+      tmenu ToolBar.Redo		Zru<EFBFBD>it vr<EFBFBD>cen<EFBFBD>
-    tmenu ToolBar.Paste		Vlo<EFBFBD>it
+      tmenu ToolBar.Cut		Vy<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>znout
-    tmenu ToolBar.Find		Hledat...
+      tmenu ToolBar.Copy		Kop<EFBFBD>rovat
-    tmenu ToolBar.FindNext	Hledat dal<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
+      tmenu ToolBar.Paste		Vlo<EFBFBD>it
-    tmenu ToolBar.FindPrev	Hledat p<EFBFBD>edchoz<EFBFBD>
+      tmenu ToolBar.Find		Hledat...
-    tmenu ToolBar.Replace		Nahradit...
+      tmenu ToolBar.FindNext	Hledat dal<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
-    if 0	" disabled; These are in the Windows menu
+      tmenu ToolBar.FindPrev	Hledat p<EFBFBD>edchoz<EFBFBD>
-      tmenu ToolBar.New		Nov<EFBFBD> okno
+      tmenu ToolBar.Replace		Nahradit...
-      tmenu ToolBar.WinSplit	Rozd<EFBFBD>lit okno
+      if 0	" disabled; These are in the Windows menu
-      tmenu ToolBar.WinMax		Maximalizovat okno
+         tmenu ToolBar.New		Nov<EFBFBD> okno
-      tmenu ToolBar.WinMin		Minimalizovat okno
+         tmenu ToolBar.WinSplit	Rozd<EFBFBD>lit okno
-      tmenu ToolBar.WinClose	Zav<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>t okno
+         tmenu ToolBar.WinMax		Maximalizovat okno
-    endif
+         tmenu ToolBar.WinMin		Minimalizovat okno
-    tmenu ToolBar.LoadSesn	Na<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>st sezen<EFBFBD>
+         tmenu ToolBar.WinClose	Zav<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>t okno
-    tmenu ToolBar.SaveSesn	Ulo<EFBFBD>it sezen<EFBFBD>
+      endif
-    tmenu ToolBar.RunScript	Spustit skript
+      tmenu ToolBar.LoadSesn	Na<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>st sezen<EFBFBD>
-    tmenu ToolBar.Make		Spustit make
+      tmenu ToolBar.SaveSesn	Ulo<EFBFBD>it sezen<EFBFBD>
-    tmenu ToolBar.Shell		Spustit shell
+      tmenu ToolBar.RunScript	Spustit skript
-    tmenu ToolBar.RunCtags	Spustit ctags
+      tmenu ToolBar.Make		Spustit make
-    tmenu ToolBar.TagJump		Sko<EFBFBD>it na tag pod kurzorem
+      tmenu ToolBar.Shell		Spustit shell
-    tmenu ToolBar.Help		N<EFBFBD>pov<EFBFBD>da
+      tmenu ToolBar.RunCtags	Spustit ctags
-    tmenu ToolBar.FindHelp	Hledat n<EFBFBD>pov<EFBFBD>du k...
+      tmenu ToolBar.TagJump		Sko<EFBFBD>it na tag pod kurzorem
-  endfun
+      tmenu ToolBar.Help		N<EFBFBD>pov<EFBFBD>da
+      tmenu ToolBar.FindHelp	Hledat n<EFBFBD>pov<EFBFBD>du k...
+   endfun
 endif
 " }}}
 
+" {{{ DIALOG TEXTS
+let g:menutrans_no_file = "[<5B><>dn<64> soubor]"
+let g:menutrans_help_dialog = "Zadejte hledan<61> p<><70>kaz nebo slovo:\n\n\tP<74>idejte i_ pro p<><70>kazy vkl<6B>dac<61>ho re<72>imu (nap<61>. i_CTRL-X)\n\tP<74>idejte c_ pro p<><70>kazy p<><70>kazov<6F> <20><>dky (nap<61>. c_<Del>)\n\tP<74>idejte ' pro jm<6A>no volby (nap<61>. 'shiftwidth')"
+let g:menutrans_path_dialog = "Zadejte cesty pro vyhled<65>v<EFBFBD>n<EFBFBD> soubor<6F>. Jednotliv<69> cesty odd<64>lte <20><>rkou"
+let g:menutrans_tags_dialog = "Zadejte jm<6A>na soubor<6F> s tagy. Jm<4A>na odd<64>lte <20><>rkami."
+let g:menutrans_textwidth_dialog = "Zadejte d<>lku <20><>dku (0 pro zak<61>z<EFBFBD>n<EFBFBD> form<72>tov<6F>n<EFBFBD>):"
+let g:menutrans_fileformat_dialog = "Vyberte typ konce <20><>dk<64>"
+" }}}" 
+
 let &cpo = s:keepcpo
 unlet s:keepcpo
+
+
+
+" vim:set foldmethod=marker expandtab tabstop=3 shiftwidth=3:

runtime/lang/menu_czech_czech_republic.ascii.vim

@@ -1,30 +1,38 @@
-" Menu Translations:	Czech for systems without localization
+" Menu Translations:    Czech (latin1 - w/o diacritics)
-" Maintainer:		Jiri Brezina <brzj@seznam.cz>
+" Maintainer:           Jiri Sedlak <jiri_sedlak@users.sourceforge.net>
-" vim:set foldmethod=marker:
+" Previous maintainer:  Jiri Brezina
-" $Revision: 1.3 $
+" Based on:             menu.vim (2012-10-21)
-" $Date: 2005/12/19 22:06:56 $
 
 " Quit when menu translations have already been done.
 if exists("did_menu_trans")
-  finish
+   finish
 endif
+
 let did_menu_trans = 1
 let s:keepcpo= &cpo
 set cpo&vim
 
+scriptencoding latin1
+
 " {{{ File menu
 menutrans &File				&Soubor
 menutrans &Open\.\.\.<Tab>:e		&Otevrit\.\.\.<Tab>:e
 menutrans Sp&lit-Open\.\.\.<Tab>:sp	Otevrit\ v\ no&vem\ okne\.\.\.<Tab>:sp
+menutrans Open\ Tab\.\.\.<Tab>:tabnew	Otevrit\ tab\.\.\.<Tab>:tabnew
 menutrans &New<Tab>:enew		&Novy<Tab>:enew
 menutrans &Close<Tab>:close		&Zavrit<Tab>:close
 menutrans &Save<Tab>:w			&Ulozit<Tab>:w
 menutrans Save\ &As\.\.\.<Tab>:sav	Ulozit\ &jako\.\.\.<Tab>:sav
-menutrans Split\ &Diff\ with\.\.\.	Rozdelit\ okno\ -\ &Diff\.\.\.
+if has("printer") || has("unix")
-menutrans Split\ Patched\ &By\.\.\.	Rozdelit\ okno\ -\ &Patch\.\.\.
+   menutrans &Print			&Tisk
-menutrans &Print			&Tisk
+endif
-menutrans Sa&ve-Exit<Tab>:wqa		U&lozit\ -\ Konec<Tab>:wqa
+menutrans Sa&ve-Exit<Tab>:wqa		U&lozit\ a\ ukoncit<Tab>:wqa
-menutrans E&xit<Tab>:qa			&Konec<Tab>:qa
+menutrans E&xit<Tab>:qa			&Ukoncit<Tab>:qa
+
+if has("diff")
+   menutrans Split\ &Diff\ with\.\.\.	Rozdelit\ okno\ -\ &Diff\.\.\.
+   menutrans Split\ Patched\ &By\.\.\.	Rozdelit\ okno\ -\ &Patch\.\.\.
+endif
 " }}}
 
 " {{{ Edit menu
@@ -37,24 +45,32 @@ menutrans &Copy<Tab>"+y			&Kopirovat<Tab>"+y
 menutrans &Paste<Tab>"+gP		V&lozit<Tab>"+gP
 menutrans Put\ &Before<Tab>[p		Vlozit\ &pred<Tab>[p
 menutrans Put\ &After<Tab>]p		Vlozi&t\ za<Tab>]p
-menutrans &Delete<Tab>x			&Smazat<Tab>x
+if has("win32") || has("win16")
+   menutrans &Delete<Tab>x			&Smazat<Tab>x
+endif
 menutrans &Select\ All<Tab>ggVG		Vy&brat\ vse<Tab>ggVG
-menutrans &Find\.\.\.			&Hledat\.\.\.
+if has("win32")  || has("win16") || has("gui_gtk") || has("gui_kde") || has("gui_motif")
-menutrans Find\ and\ Rep&lace\.\.\.	&Nahradit\.\.\.
+   menutrans &Find\.\.\.			&Hledat\.\.\.
-menutrans Options\.\.\.			Volb&y\.\.\.
+   menutrans Find\ and\ Rep&lace\.\.\.	&Nahradit\.\.\.
+else
+   menutrans Find<Tab>/ &Hledat<Tab>/
+   menutrans Find\ and\ Rep&lace<Tab>:%s  &Nahradit<Tab>:%s
+   menutrans Find\ and\ Rep&lace<Tab>:s   &Nahradit<Tab>:s
+endif
 menutrans Settings\ &Window		Nastav&eni\ okna
-	" {{{2 Edit -1
+" {{{2 Edit -1
+menutrans Startup\ &Settings  Pocatecni\ &nastaveni
 menutrans &Global\ Settings				&Globalni\ nastaveni
 menutrans Toggle\ Pattern\ &Highlight<Tab>:set\ hls!	&Prepnout\ zvyrazneni\ vzoru<Tab>:set\ hls!
 menutrans Toggle\ &Ignore-case<Tab>:set\ ic!		Prepnout\ ignorovani\ &VERZALEK<Tab>:set\ ic!
 menutrans Toggle\ &Showmatch<Tab>:set\ sm!		Prepnout\ &Showmatch\ \{\(\[\])\}<Tab>:set\ sm!
 menutrans &Context\ lines				Zobrazit\ konte&xt\ kurzoru
 menutrans &Virtual\ Edit				Virtualni\ p&ozice\ kurzoru
-	menutrans Never						Nikdy
+menutrans Never						Nikdy
-	menutrans Block\ Selection				Vyber\ Bloku
+menutrans Block\ Selection				Vyber\ Bloku
-	menutrans Insert\ mode					Insert\ mod
+menutrans Insert\ mode					Insert\ mod
-	menutrans Block\ and\ Insert				Blok\ a\ Insert
+menutrans Block\ and\ Insert				Blok\ a\ Insert
-	menutrans Always					Vzdycky
+menutrans Always					Vzdycky
 menutrans Toggle\ Insert\ &Mode<Tab>:set\ im!		Prepnout\ Insert\ mo&d<Tab>:set\ im!
 menutrans Toggle\ Vi\ C&ompatible<Tab>:set\ cp!		Prepnout\ kompatibilni\ rezim\ s\ 'vi'<Tab>:set\ cp!
 menutrans Search\ &Path\.\.\.				Nastavit\ &cestu\ k\ prohledavani\.\.\.
@@ -63,9 +79,10 @@ menutrans Toggle\ &Toolbar				Prepnout\ &Toolbar
 menutrans Toggle\ &Bottom\ Scrollbar			Pr&epnout\ dolni\ rolovaci\ listu
 menutrans Toggle\ &Left\ Scrollbar			Prepnout\ &levou\ rolovaci\ listu
 menutrans Toggle\ &Right\ Scrollbar			Prepnout\ p&ravou\ rolovaci\ listu
-	" {{{2 Edit -2
+" {{{2 Edit -2
 menutrans F&ile\ Settings				Nastaveni\ so&uboru
 menutrans Toggle\ Line\ &Numbering<Tab>:set\ nu!	Prepnout\ cislovani\ ra&dku<Tab>:set\ nu!
+menutrans Toggle\ relati&ve\ Line\ Numbering<Tab>:set\ rnu! Prepnout\ relativni\ cislovani\ ra&dku<Tab>:set\ rnu!
 menutrans Toggle\ &List\ Mode<Tab>:set\ list!		Prepnout\ &List\ mod<Tab>:set\ list!
 menutrans Toggle\ Line\ &Wrap<Tab>:set\ wrap!		Prepnout\ zala&movani\ radku<Tab>:set\ wrap!
 menutrans Toggle\ W&rap\ at\ word<Tab>:set\ lbr!	Prepnout\ zl&om\ ve\ slove<Tab>:set\ lbr!
@@ -76,10 +93,12 @@ menutrans &Shiftwidth					Nastav&it\ sirku\ od&sazeni
 menutrans Soft\ &Tabstop				Nastavit\ Soft\ &Tabstop
 menutrans Te&xt\ Width\.\.\.				Sirka\ te&xtu\.\.\.
 menutrans &File\ Format\.\.\.				&Format\ souboru\.\.\.
-	" {{{2 Edit -3
+" {{{2 Edit -3
 menutrans C&olor\ Scheme		Barevne\ s&chema
 menutrans &Keymap			Klavesova\ m&apa
-menutrans Select\ Fo&nt\.\.\.		Vybrat\ pis&mo\.\.\.
+if has("win32") || has("win16") || has("gui_motif") || has("gui_gtk") || has("gui_kde") || has("gui_photon") || has("gui_mac")
+   menutrans Select\ Fo&nt\.\.\.		Vybrat\ pis&mo\.\.\.
+endif
 " }}}1
 
 " {{{ Programming menu
@@ -88,46 +107,52 @@ menutrans &Jump\ to\ this\ tag<Tab>g^]	&Skocit\ na\ tag<Tab>g^]
 menutrans Jump\ &back<Tab>^T		Skocit\ &zpet<Tab>^T
 menutrans Build\ &Tags\ File		&Vytvorit\ soubor\ tagu
 
-menutrans &Spelling			&Kontrola\ pravopisu
+if has("spell")
-menutrans &Spell\ Check\ On		Kontrola\ pravopisu\ &zapnuta
+   menutrans &Spelling			&Kontrola\ pravopisu
-menutrans Spell\ Check\ &Off		Kontrola\ pravopisu\ &vypnuta
+   menutrans &Spell\ Check\ On		&Zapnout\ kontrolu\ pravopisu
-menutrans To\ Next\ error<Tab>]s	&Dalsi\ chyba<Tab>]s
+   menutrans Spell\ Check\ &Off		&Vypnout \kontrolu\ pravopisu
-menutrans To\ Previous\ error<Tab>[s	&Predchozi\ chyba<Tab>[s
+   menutrans To\ &Next\ error<Tab>]s	&Dalsi\ chyba<Tab>]s
-menutrans Suggest\ Corrections<Tab>z?	&Navrh\ oprav<Tab>z?
+   menutrans To\ &Previous\ error<Tab>[s	&Predchozi\ chyba<Tab>[s
-menutrans Repeat\ correction<Tab>:spellrepall	Zopakovat\ &opravu<Tab>:spellrepall
+   menutrans Suggest\ &Corrections<Tab>z=	&Navrhnout\ opravy<Tab>z=
-menutrans Set\ language\ to\ "en"	Nastav\ jazyk\ na\ "en"
+   menutrans &Repeat\ correction<Tab>:spellrepall	Zopakovat\ &opravu<Tab>:spellrepall
-menutrans Set\ language\ to\ "en_au"	Nastav\ jazyk\ na\ "en_au"
+   menutrans Set\ language\ to\ "en"	Nastavit\ jazyk\ na\ "en"
-menutrans Set\ language\ to\ "en_ca"	Nastav\ jazyk\ na\ "en_ca"
+   menutrans Set\ language\ to\ "en_au"	Nastavit\ jazyk\ na\ "en_au"
-menutrans Set\ language\ to\ "en_gb"	Nastav\ jazyk\ na\ "en_gb"
+   menutrans Set\ language\ to\ "en_ca"	Nastavit\ jazyk\ na\ "en_ca"
-menutrans Set\ language\ to\ "en_nz"	Nastav\ jazyk\ na\ "en_nz"
+   menutrans Set\ language\ to\ "en_gb"	Nastavit\ jazyk\ na\ "en_gb"
-menutrans Set\ language\ to\ "en_us"	Nastav\ jazyk\ na\ "en_us"
+   menutrans Set\ language\ to\ "en_nz"	Nastavit\ jazyk\ na\ "en_nz"
-menutrans Set\ language\ to\ "cz"	Nastav\ jazyk\ na\ "cz"
+   menutrans Set\ language\ to\ "en_us"	Nastavit\ jazyk\ na\ "en_us"
-menutrans Set\ language\ to\ "cs_cz"	Nastav\ jazyk\ na\ "cs_cz"
+   menutrans &Find\ More\ Languages	Nalezt\ dalsi\ &jazyky
-menutrans &Find\ More\ Languages	Nalezt\ dalsi\ &jazyky
+   let g:menutrans_set_lang_to = "Nastavit jazyk na"
+endif
 
-menutrans &Folding			&Foldy
+if has("Folding")   
-menutrans &Enable/Disable\ folds<Tab>zi &Ano/Ne<Tab>zi
+   menutrans &Folding			&Skladani
-menutrans &View\ Cursor\ Line<Tab>zv	&Zobrazit\ radek\ kurzoru<Tab>zv
+   menutrans &Enable/Disable\ folds<Tab>zi &Ano/Ne<Tab>zi
-menutrans Vie&w\ Cursor\ Line\ only<Tab>zMzx		Zo&brazit\ pouze\ radek\ kurzoru\ <Tab>zMzx
+   menutrans &View\ Cursor\ Line<Tab>zv	Zobrazit\ radek\ &kurzoru<Tab>zv
-menutrans C&lose\ more\ folds<Tab>zm	&Vyjmout\ jednu\ uroven\ foldu<Tab>zm
+   menutrans Vie&w\ Cursor\ Line\ only<Tab>zMzx		Zobrazit\ &pouze\ radek\ kurzoru\ <Tab>zMzx
-menutrans &Close\ all\ folds<Tab>zM	Zavri&t\ vsechny\ foldy<Tab>zM
+   menutrans C&lose\ more\ folds<Tab>zm	Slozit\ &jednu\ uroven\ skladu<Tab>zm
-menutrans O&pen\ more\ folds<Tab>zr	Pridat\ jedn&u\ uroven\ foldu<Tab>zr
+   menutrans &Close\ all\ folds<Tab>zM	Slozit\ vsechny\ sklady<Tab>zM
-menutrans &Open\ all\ folds<Tab>zR	&Otevrit\ vsechny\ foldy<Tab>zR
+   menutrans O&pen\ more\ folds<Tab>zr	Pridat\ jednu\ uroven\ skladu<Tab>zr
-menutrans Fold\ Met&hod			Metoda\ &skladani
+   menutrans &Open\ all\ folds<Tab>zR	&Otevrit\ vsechny\ sklady<Tab>zR
-	"menutrans M&anual			&Rucne
+   menutrans Fold\ Met&hod			&Metoda\ skladani
-	"menutrans I&ndent			&Odsazeni
+   menutrans M&anual			&Rucne
-	"menutrans E&xpression			&Vyraz
+   menutrans I&ndent			&Odsazeni
-	"menutrans S&yntax			&Syntax
+   menutrans E&xpression	&Vyraz
-	"menutrans &Diff			&Diff
+   menutrans S&yntax			&Syntaxe
-	"menutrans Ma&rker			Ma&rker
+   menutrans &Diff			&Rozdily
-menutrans Create\ &Fold<Tab>zf		Vytvorit\ &fold<Tab>zf
+   menutrans Ma&rker			&Znacky
-menutrans &Delete\ Fold<Tab>zd		Vymazat\ fol&d<Tab>zd
+   menutrans Create\ &Fold<Tab>zf		Vytvorit\ &sklad<Tab>zf
-menutrans Delete\ &All\ Folds<Tab>zD	V&ymazat\ vsechny\ foldy<Tab>zD
+   menutrans &Delete\ Fold<Tab>zd		Vymazat\ skla&d<Tab>zd
-menutrans Fold\ col&umn\ width		Sloupec\ zob&razeni\ foldu
+   menutrans Delete\ &All\ Folds<Tab>zD	Vymazat\ vsechny\ sklady<Tab>zD
+   menutrans Fold\ col&umn\ width		Sloupec\ zob&razeni\ skladu
+endif
+
+if has("diff")
+   menutrans &Update			&Obnovit
+   menutrans &Get\ Block			&Sejmout\ Blok
+   menutrans &Put\ Block			&Vlozit\ Blok
+endif
 
-menutrans &Update			&Obnovit
-menutrans &Get\ Block			&Sejmout\ Blok
-menutrans &Put\ Block			&Vlozit\ Blok
 menutrans &Make<Tab>:make		&Make<Tab>:make
 menutrans &List\ Errors<Tab>:cl		Vypis\ &chyb<Tab>:cl
 menutrans L&ist\ Messages<Tab>:cl!	Vyp&is\ zprav<Tab>:cl!
@@ -140,7 +165,7 @@ menutrans SeT\ Compiler			Nas&taveni\ kompilatoru
 menutrans &Update<Tab>:cwin		O&bnovit<Tab>:cwin
 menutrans &Open<Tab>:copen		&Otevrit<Tab>:copen
 menutrans &Close<Tab>:cclose		&Zavrit<Tab>:cclose
-menutrans &Set\ Compiler		N&astavit\ kompilator
+menutrans Se&T\ Compiler		N&astavit\ kompilator
 
 menutrans &Convert\ to\ HEX<Tab>:%!xxd	Prevest\ do\ sestnactkoveho\ format&u<Tab>:%!xxd
 menutrans Conve&rt\ back<Tab>:%!xxd\ -r Pr&evest\ zpet<Tab>:%!xxd\ -r
@@ -168,7 +193,6 @@ menutrans &Delete		Z&rusit
 menutrans &Alternate		&Zmenit
 menutrans &Next			&Dalsi
 menutrans &Previous		&Predchozi
-menutrans [No\ File]		[Zadny\ soubor]
 " }}}
 
 " {{{ Menu Window
@@ -219,6 +243,8 @@ menutrans &Paste		&Vlozit
 menutrans &Delete		&Smazat
 menutrans Select\ Blockwise	Vybrat\ blokove
 menutrans Select\ &Word		Vybrat\ &slovo
+menutrans Select\ Pa&ragraph Vybrat\ &odstavec
+menutrans Select\ &Sentence   Vybrat\ ve&tu
 menutrans Select\ &Line		Vybrat\ &radek
 menutrans Select\ &Block	Vybrat\ &blok
 menutrans Select\ &All		Vybrat\ &vse
@@ -226,42 +252,57 @@ menutrans Select\ &All		Vybrat\ &vse
 
 " {{{ The GUI toolbar
 if has("toolbar")
-  if exists("*Do_toolbar_tmenu")
+   if exists("*Do_toolbar_tmenu")
-    delfun Do_toolbar_tmenu
+      delfun Do_toolbar_tmenu
-  endif
+   endif
-  fun Do_toolbar_tmenu()
+   fun Do_toolbar_tmenu()
-    tmenu ToolBar.Open		Otevrit soubor
+      tmenu ToolBar.Open		Otevrit soubor
-    tmenu ToolBar.Save		Ulozit soubor
+      tmenu ToolBar.Save		Ulozit soubor
-    tmenu ToolBar.SaveAll		Ulozit vsechny soubory
+      tmenu ToolBar.SaveAll		Ulozit vsechny soubory
-    tmenu ToolBar.Print		Tisk
+      if has("printer") || has("unix")
-    tmenu ToolBar.Undo		Zpet
+         tmenu ToolBar.Print		Tisk
-    tmenu ToolBar.Redo		Zrusit vraceni
+      endif
-    tmenu ToolBar.Cut		Vyriznout
+      tmenu ToolBar.Undo		Zpet
-    tmenu ToolBar.Copy		Kopirovat
+      tmenu ToolBar.Redo		Zrusit vraceni
-    tmenu ToolBar.Paste		Vlozit
+      tmenu ToolBar.Cut		Vyriznout
-    tmenu ToolBar.Find		Hledat...
+      tmenu ToolBar.Copy		Kopirovat
-    tmenu ToolBar.FindNext	Hledat dalsi
+      tmenu ToolBar.Paste		Vlozit
-    tmenu ToolBar.FindPrev	Hledat predchozi
+      tmenu ToolBar.Find		Hledat...
-    tmenu ToolBar.Replace		Nahradit...
+      tmenu ToolBar.FindNext	Hledat dalsi
-    if 0	" disabled; These are in the Windows menu
+      tmenu ToolBar.FindPrev	Hledat predchozi
-      tmenu ToolBar.New		Nove okno
+      tmenu ToolBar.Replace		Nahradit...
-      tmenu ToolBar.WinSplit	Rozdelit okno
+      if 0	" disabled; These are in the Windows menu
-      tmenu ToolBar.WinMax		Maximalizovat okno
+         tmenu ToolBar.New		Nove okno
-      tmenu ToolBar.WinMin		Minimalizovat okno
+         tmenu ToolBar.WinSplit	Rozdelit okno
-      tmenu ToolBar.WinClose	Zavrit okno
+         tmenu ToolBar.WinMax		Maximalizovat okno
-    endif
+         tmenu ToolBar.WinMin		Minimalizovat okno
-    tmenu ToolBar.LoadSesn	Nacist sezeni
+         tmenu ToolBar.WinClose	Zavrit okno
-    tmenu ToolBar.SaveSesn	Ulozit sezeni
+      endif
-    tmenu ToolBar.RunScript	Spustit skript
+      tmenu ToolBar.LoadSesn	Nacist sezeni
-    tmenu ToolBar.Make		Spustit make
+      tmenu ToolBar.SaveSesn	Ulozit sezeni
-    tmenu ToolBar.Shell		Spustit shell
+      tmenu ToolBar.RunScript	Spustit skript
-    tmenu ToolBar.RunCtags	Spustit ctags
+      tmenu ToolBar.Make		Spustit make
-    tmenu ToolBar.TagJump		Skocit na tag pod kurzorem
+      tmenu ToolBar.Shell		Spustit shell
-    tmenu ToolBar.Help		Napoveda
+      tmenu ToolBar.RunCtags	Spustit ctags
-    tmenu ToolBar.FindHelp	Hledat napovedu k...
+      tmenu ToolBar.TagJump		Skocit na tag pod kurzorem
-  endfun
+      tmenu ToolBar.Help		Napoveda
+      tmenu ToolBar.FindHelp	Hledat napovedu k...
+   endfun
 endif
 " }}}
 
+" {{{ DIALOG TEXTS
+let g:menutrans_no_file = "[Zadny soubor]"
+let g:menutrans_help_dialog = "Zadejte hledany prikaz nebo slovo:\n\n\tPridejte i_ pro prikazy vkladaciho rezimu (napr. i_CTRL-X)\n\tPridejte c_ pro prikazy prikazove radky (napr. c_<Del>)\n\tPridejte ' pro jmeno volby (napr. 'shiftwidth')"
+let g:menutrans_path_dialog = "Zadejte cesty pro vyhledavani souboru. Jednotlive cesty oddelte carkou"
+let g:menutrans_tags_dialog = "Zadejte jmena souboru s tagy. Jmena oddelte carkami."
+let g:menutrans_textwidth_dialog = "Zadejte delku radku (0 pro zakazani formatovani):"
+let g:menutrans_fileformat_dialog = "Vyberte typ konce radku"
+" }}}" 
+
 let &cpo = s:keepcpo
 unlet s:keepcpo
+
+
+
+" vim:set foldmethod=marker expandtab tabstop=3 shiftwidth=3:

runtime/lang/menu_ja.cp932.vim

@@ -1,5 +1,8 @@
 " Menu Translations:	Japanese (for Windows)
-" Translated By:	MURAOKA Taro  <koron@tka.att.ne.jp>
+" Translated By:	MURAOKA Taro <koron.kaoriya@gmail.com>
-" Last Change:		29-Apr-2004.
+" Last Change:		15-Jun-2012.
+"
+" Copyright (C) 2004,12 MURAOKA Taro <koron.kaoriya@gmail.com>
+" THIS FILE IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE VIM LICENSE.
 
 source <sfile>:p:h/menu_japanese_japan.932.vim

runtime/lang/menu_ja.euc-jp.vim

@@ -1,6 +1,9 @@
 " Menu Translations:	Japanese (for UNIX)
-" Translated By:	Muraoka Taro  <koron@tka.att.ne.jp>
+" Translated By:	MURAOKA Taro <koron.kaoriya@gmail.com>
-" Last Change:		08:50:47 25-Mar-2001.
+" Last Change:		15-Jun-2012.
+"
+" Copyright (C) 2004,12 MURAOKA Taro <koron.kaoriya@gmail.com>
+" THIS FILE IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE VIM LICENSE.
 
 " eucjp is the same as euc-jp.  Source the other one from here.
 source <sfile>:p:h/menu_ja_jp.euc-jp.vim

runtime/lang/menu_ja.eucjp.vim

@@ -1,6 +1,9 @@
 " Menu Translations:	Japanese (for UNIX)
-" Translated By:	Muraoka Taro  <koron@tka.att.ne.jp>
+" Translated By:	MURAOKA Taro <koron.kaoriya@gmail.com>
-" Last Change:		08:50:47 25-Mar-2001.
+" Last Change:		15-Jun-2012.
+"
+" Copyright (C) 2004,12 MURAOKA Taro <koron.kaoriya@gmail.com>
+" THIS FILE IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE VIM LICENSE.
 
 " eucjp is the same as euc-jp.  Source the other one from here.
 source <sfile>:p:h/menu_ja_jp.euc-jp.vim

runtime/lang/menu_ja.ujis.vim

@@ -1,6 +1,9 @@
 " Menu Translations:	Japanese (for UNIX)
-" Translated By:	Muraoka Taro  <koron@tka.att.ne.jp>
+" Translated By:	MURAOKA Taro <koron.kaoriya@gmail.com>
-" Last Change:		08:50:47 25-Mar-2001.
+" Last Change:		15-Jun-2012.
+"
+" Copyright (C) 2004,12 MURAOKA Taro <koron.kaoriya@gmail.com>
+" THIS FILE IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE VIM LICENSE.
 
 " ujis is the same as euc-jp.  Source the other one from here.
 source <sfile>:p:h/menu_ja_jp.euc-jp.vim

runtime/lang/menu_ja_jp.cp932.vim

@@ -1,5 +1,8 @@
 " Menu Translations:	Japanese (for Windows)
-" Translated By:	MURAOKA Taro  <koron@tka.att.ne.jp>
+" Translated By:	MURAOKA Taro <koron.kaoriya@gmail.com>
-" Last Change:		29-Apr-2004.
+" Last Change:		15-Jun-2012.
+"
+" Copyright (C) 2004,12 MURAOKA Taro <koron.kaoriya@gmail.com>
+" THIS FILE IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE VIM LICENSE.
 
 source <sfile>:p:h/menu_japanese_japan.932.vim

runtime/lang/menu_ja_jp.euc-jp.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,10 @@
 "
 " Menu Translations:	Japanese (EUC-JP)
 " Translated By:	MURAOKA Taro  <koron.kaoriya@gmail.com>
-" Last Change:		21-Mar-2011.
+" Last Change:		15-Jun-2012.
+"
+" Copyright (C) 2001-12 MURAOKA Taro <koron.kaoriya@gmail.com>
+" THIS FILE IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE VIM LICENSE.
 
 " Quit when menu translations have already been done.
 if exists("did_menu_trans")

runtime/lang/menu_ja_jp.eucjp.vim

@@ -1,6 +1,9 @@
 " Menu Translations:	Japanese (for UNIX)
-" Translated By:	Muraoka Taro  <koron@tka.att.ne.jp>
+" Translated By:	MURAOKA Taro <koron.kaoriya@gmail.com>
-" Last Change:		08:50:47 25-Mar-2001.
+" Last Change:		15-Jun-2012.
+"
+" Copyright (C) 2004,12 MURAOKA Taro <koron.kaoriya@gmail.com>
+" THIS FILE IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE VIM LICENSE.
 
 " eucjp is the same as euc-jp.  Source the other one from here.
 source <sfile>:p:h/menu_ja_jp.euc-jp.vim

runtime/lang/menu_ja_jp.ujis.vim

@@ -1,6 +1,9 @@
 " Menu Translations:	Japanese (for UNIX)
-" Translated By:	Muraoka Taro  <koron@tka.att.ne.jp>
+" Translated By:	MURAOKA Taro <koron.kaoriya@gmail.com>
-" Last Change:		08:50:47 25-Mar-2001.
+" Last Change:		15-Jun-2012.
+"
+" Copyright (C) 2004,12 MURAOKA Taro <koron.kaoriya@gmail.com>
+" THIS FILE IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE VIM LICENSE.
 
 " ujis is the same as euc-jp.  Source the other one from here.
 source <sfile>:p:h/menu_ja_jp.euc-jp.vim

runtime/lang/menu_ja_jp.utf-8.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,10 @@
 "
 " Menu Translations:	Japanese (UTF-8)
 " Translated By:	MURAOKA Taro  <koron.kaoriya@gmail.com>
-" Last Change:		21-Mar-2011.
+" Last Change:		15-Jun-2012.
+"
+" Copyright (C) 2001-12 MURAOKA Taro <koron.kaoriya@gmail.com>
+" THIS FILE IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE VIM LICENSE.
 
 " Quit when menu translations have already been done.
 if exists("did_menu_trans")

runtime/lang/menu_japanese_japan.932.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,10 @@
 "
 " Menu Translations:	Japanese (CP932)
 " Translated By:	MURAOKA Taro  <koron.kaoriya@gmail.com>
-" Last Change:		21-Mar-2011.
+" Last Change:		15-Jun-2012.
+"
+" Copyright (C) 2001-12 MURAOKA Taro <koron.kaoriya@gmail.com>
+" THIS FILE IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE VIM LICENSE.
 
 " Quit when menu translations have already been done.
 if exists("did_menu_trans")

runtime/macros/justify.vim

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-" Function to left and rigt align text.
+" Function to left and right align text.
 "
 " Written by:	Preben "Peppe" Guldberg <c928400@student.dtu.dk>
 " Created:	980806 14:13 (or around that time anyway)
@@ -256,18 +256,17 @@ function! Justify(...) range
 	let str = substitute(str, '\s\+$', '', '')
 	let str = substitute(str, '^\s\+', '', '')
 	let str = substitute(str, '\s\+', ' ', 'g')
-	" Use substitute() hack to get strlen in characters instead of bytes
+	let str_n = strdisplaywidth(str)
-	let str_n = strlen(substitute(str, '.', 'x', 'g'))
 
 	" Possible addition of space after punctuation
 	if exists("join_str")
 	    let str = substitute(str, join_str, '\1 ', 'g')
 	endif
-	let join_n = strlen(substitute(str, '.', 'x', 'g')) - str_n
+	let join_n = strdisplaywidth(str) - str_n
 
 	" Can extraspaces be added?
 	" Note that str_n may be less than strlen(str) [joinspaces above]
-	if strlen(substitute(str, '.', 'x', 'g')) < tw - indent_n && str_n > 0
+	if strdisplaywidth(str) <= tw - indent_n && str_n > 0
 	    " How many spaces should be added
 	    let s_add = tw - str_n - indent_n - join_n
 	    let s_nr  = strlen(substitute(str, '\S', '', 'g') ) - join_n

runtime/macros/matchit.vim

@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ function! s:Match_wrapper(word, forward, mode) range
     " let default = substitute(escape(&mps, '[$^.*~\\/?]'), '[,:]\+',
     "  \ '\\|', 'g').'\|\/\*\|\*\/\|#if\>\|#ifdef\>\|#else\>\|#elif\>\|#endif\>'
     let default = escape(&mps, '[$^.*~\\/?]') . (strlen(&mps) ? "," : "") .
-      \ '\/\*:\*\/,#if\%(def\)\=:#else\>:#elif\>:#endif\>'
+      \ '\/\*:\*\/,#\s*if\%(def\)\=:#\s*else\>:#\s*elif\>:#\s*endif\>'
     " s:all = pattern with all the keywords
     let match_words = match_words . (strlen(match_words) ? "," : "") . default
     if match_words !~ s:notslash . '\\\d'
@@ -649,7 +649,7 @@ fun! s:MultiMatch(spflag, mode)
   "   s:all	regexp based on s:pat and the default groups
   " This part is copied and slightly modified from s:Match_wrapper().
   let default = escape(&mps, '[$^.*~\\/?]') . (strlen(&mps) ? "," : "") .
-    \ '\/\*:\*\/,#if\%(def\)\=:#else\>:#elif\>:#endif\>'
+    \ '\/\*:\*\/,#\s*if\%(def\)\=:#\s*else\>:#\s*elif\>:#\s*endif\>'
   " Allow b:match_words = "GetVimMatchWords()" .
   if b:match_words =~ ":"
     let match_words = b:match_words

runtime/menu.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " You can also use this as a start for your own set of menus.
 "
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2011 Mar 22
+" Last Change:	2012 Dec 06
 
 " Note that ":an" (short for ":anoremenu") is often used to make a menu work
 " in all modes and avoid side effects from mappings defined by the user.
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ an 10.610 &File.Sa&ve-Exit<Tab>:wqa		:confirm wqa<CR>
 an 10.620 &File.E&xit<Tab>:qa			:confirm qa<CR>
 
 func! <SID>SelectAll()
-  exe "norm gg" . (&slm == "" ? "VG" : "gH\<C-O>G")
+  exe "norm! gg" . (&slm == "" ? "VG" : "gH\<C-O>G")
 endfunc
 
 func! s:FnameEscape(fname)
@@ -434,6 +434,10 @@ if has("spell")
       let enc = &enc
     endif
 
+    if !exists("g:menutrans_set_lang_to")
+      let g:menutrans_set_lang_to = 'Set language to'
+    endif
+
     let found = 0
     let s = globpath(&rtp, "spell/*." . enc . ".spl")
     if s != ""
@@ -441,8 +445,9 @@ if has("spell")
       for f in split(s, "\n")
 	let nm = substitute(f, '.*spell[/\\]\(..\)\.[^/\\]*\.spl', '\1', "")
 	if nm != "en" && nm !~ '/'
+          let _nm = nm
 	  let found += 1
-	  let menuname = '&Tools.&Spelling.Set\ language\ to\ "' . nm . '"'
+	  let menuname = '&Tools.&Spelling.' . escape(g:menutrans_set_lang_to, "\\. \t|") . '\ "' . nm . '"'
 	  exe 'an 40.335.' . n . ' ' . menuname . ' :set spl=' . nm . ' spell<CR>'
 	  let s:undo_spellang += ['aun ' . menuname]
 	endif
@@ -452,7 +457,7 @@ if has("spell")
     if found == 0
       echomsg "Could not find other spell files"
     elseif found == 1
-      echomsg "Found spell file " . nm
+      echomsg "Found spell file " . _nm
     else
       echomsg "Found " . found . " more spell files"
     endif

runtime/mswin.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Set options and add mapping such that Vim behaves a lot like MS-Windows
 "
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last change:	2006 Apr 02
+" Last change:	2012 Jul 25
 
 " bail out if this isn't wanted (mrsvim.vim uses this).
 if exists("g:skip_loading_mswin") && g:skip_loading_mswin
@@ -42,9 +42,10 @@ cmap <S-Insert>		<C-R>+
 " Visual mode without the +virtualedit feature.  They are pasted as if they
 " were characterwise instead.
 " Uses the paste.vim autoload script.
+" Use CTRL-G u to have CTRL-Z only undo the paste.
 
-exe 'inoremap <script> <C-V>' paste#paste_cmd['i']
+exe 'inoremap <script> <C-V> <C-G>u' . paste#paste_cmd['i']
-exe 'vnoremap <script> <C-V>' paste#paste_cmd['v']
+exe 'vnoremap <script> <C-V> ' . paste#paste_cmd['v']
 
 imap <S-Insert>		<C-V>
 vmap <S-Insert>		<C-V>

runtime/plugin/netrwPlugin.vim

@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
 if &cp || exists("g:loaded_netrwPlugin")
  finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_netrwPlugin = "v145"
+let g:loaded_netrwPlugin = "v146"
 if v:version < 702
  echohl WarningMsg | echo "***netrw*** you need vim version 7.2 for this version of netrw" | echohl None
  finish

runtime/plugin/tohtml.vim

@@ -1,40 +1,95 @@
 " Vim plugin for converting a syntax highlighted file to HTML.
 " Maintainer: Ben Fritz <fritzophrenic@gmail.com>
-" Last Change: 2011 May 26
+" Last Change: 2012 Jul 12
 "
 " The core of the code is in $VIMRUNTIME/autoload/tohtml.vim and
 " $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/2html.vim
 "
-" TODO:
+" TODO: {{{
+"   * Bug: still a 1px gap throughout the fold column when html_prevent_copy is
+"     "fn" in some browsers. Specifically, in Chromium on Ubuntu (but not Chrome
+"     on Windows). Perhaps it is font related?
+"   * Bug: still some gaps in the fold column when html_prevent_copy contains
+"     'd' and showing the whole diff (observed in multiple browsers). Only gaps
+"     on diff lines though.
+"   * anchors on each line so you can do file.html#1234 to get to line 1234
+"   * add a modeline to the generated html to set nofoldenable or fdm=manual
+"     because syntax folding takes a terribly long time to work with the weird
+"     formatting the script does.
 "   * Options for generating the CSS in external style sheets. New :TOcss
 "     command to convert the current color scheme into a (mostly) generic CSS
 "     stylesheet which can be re-used. Alternate stylesheet support?
+"   * Undercurl support via CSS3, with fallback to dotted or something:
+"	https://groups.google.com/d/topic/vim_use/BzXA6He1pHg/discussion
+"   * Redo updates for modified default foldtext (v11) when/if the patch is
+"     accepted to modify it.
+"   * Test case +diff_one_file-dynamic_folds+expand_tabs-hover_unfold
+"		+ignore_conceal-ignore_folding+no_foldcolumn+no_pre+no_progress
+"		+number_lines-pre_wrap-use_css+use_xhtml+whole_filler.xhtml
+"     does not show the whole diff filler as it is supposed to.
+"   * Add option for not generating the hyperlink on stuff that looks like a
+"     URL? Or just color the link to fit with the colorscheme (and only special
+"     when hovering)?
+"   * Bug: when 'isprint' is wrong for the current encoding, will generate
+"     invalid content. Can/should anything be done about this? Maybe a separate
+"     plugin to correct 'isprint' based on encoding?
+"   * Check to see if the windows-125\d encodings actually work in Unix without
+"     the 8bit- prefix. Add prefix to autoload dictionaries for Unix if not.
+"   * Font auto-detection similar to
+"     http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=2384 but for a variety of
+"     platforms.
+"   * Error thrown when sourcing 2html.vim directly when plugins are not loaded.
 "   * Pull in code from http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=3113 :
 "	- listchars support
 "	- full-line background highlight
 "	- other?
-"   * Font auto-detection similar to
+"   * Explicitly trigger IE8+ Standards Mode? Doesn't seem necessary yet.
-"     http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=2384
+"   * Make it so deleted lines in a diff don't create side-scrolling (get it
-"   * Explicitly trigger IE8+ Standards Mode?
+"     free with full-line background highlight above).
-"   * Make it so deleted lines in a diff don't create side-scrolling
 "   * Restore open/closed folds and cursor position after processing each file
-"     with option not to restore for speed increase
+"     with option not to restore for speed increase.
-"   * Undercurl support via dotted bottom border?
 "   * Add extra meta info (generation time, etc.)?
 "   * Tidy up so we can use strict doctype in even more situations
 "   * Implementation detail: add threshold for writing the lines to the html
 "     buffer before we're done (5000 or so lines should do it)
 "   * TODO comments for code cleanup scattered throughout
-"
+"}}}
 
 if exists('g:loaded_2html_plugin')
   finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_2html_plugin = 'vim7.3_v10'
+let g:loaded_2html_plugin = 'vim7.3_v12'
 
 "
-" Changelog:
+" Changelog: {{{
-"   7.3_v10 (this version): Fix error E684 when converting a range wholly inside
+"
+"   7.3_v12 (this version): Fix modeline mangling to also work for when multiple
+"                           highlight groups make up the start-of-modeline text.
+"                           Improve render time of page with uncopyable regions
+"                           by not using one-input-per-char. Change name of
+"                           uncopyable option from html_unselectable to
+"                           html_prevent_copy. Added html_no_invalid option and
+"                           default to inserting invalid markup for uncopyable
+"                           regions to prevent MS Word from pasting undeletable
+"                           <input> elements. Fix 'cpo' handling (Thilo Six).
+"                7.3_v12b1: Add html_unselectable option. Rework logic to
+"                           eliminate post-processing substitute commands in
+"                           favor of doing the work up front. Remove unnecessary
+"                           special treatment of 'LineNr' highlight group. Minor
+"                           speed improvements. Fix modeline mangling in
+"                           generated output so it works for text in the first
+"                           column. Fix missing line number and fold column in
+"                           diff filler lines. Fix that some fonts have a 1px
+"                           gap (using a dirty hack, improvements welcome). Add
+"                           "colorscheme" meta tag. Does NOT include support for
+"                           the new default foldtext added in v11, as the patch
+"                           adding it has not yet been included in Vim.
+"   7.3_v11 ( unreleased ): Support new default foldtext from patch by Christian
+"                           Brabandt in
+"                           http://groups.google.com/d/topic/vim_dev/B6FSGfq9VoI/discussion.
+"                           This patch has not yet been included in Vim, thus
+"                           these changes are removed in the next version.
+"   7.3_v10 (fd09a9c8468e): Fix error E684 when converting a range wholly inside
 "                           multiple nested folds with dynamic folding on.
 "                           Also fix problem with foldtext in this situation.
 "   7.3_v9  (0877b8d6370e): Add html_pre_wrap option active with html_use_css
@@ -81,14 +136,15 @@ let g:loaded_2html_plugin = 'vim7.3_v10'
 "                           diff colors and the normal syntax colors
 "   7.3_v1  (e7751177126b): Add conceal support and meta tags in output
 "   Pre-v1 baseline: Mercurial changeset 3c9324c0800e
+"}}}
 
 " Define the :TOhtml command when:
 " - 'compatible' is not set
 " - this plugin was not already loaded
-" - user commands are available.
+" - user commands are available. {{{
 if !&cp && !exists(":TOhtml") && has("user_commands")
   command -range=% TOhtml :call tohtml#Convert2HTML(<line1>, <line2>)
-endif
+endif "}}}
 
 " Make sure any patches will probably use consistent indent
-"   vim: ts=8 sw=2 sts=2 noet
+"   vim: ts=8 sw=2 sts=2 noet fdm=marker

runtime/scripts.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim support file to detect file types in scripts
 "
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last change:	2010 Sep 22
+" Last change:	2012 Aug 30
 
 " This file is called by an autocommand for every file that has just been
 " loaded into a buffer.  It checks if the type of file can be recognized by
@@ -198,7 +198,8 @@ else
     " - "=== ", line of "=", "---", "+++ " (SVK diff)
     " - "=== ", "--- ", "+++ " (bzr diff, common case)
     " - "=== (removed|added|renamed|modified)" (bzr diff, alternative)
-  elseif s:line1 =~ '^\(diff\>\|Only in \|\d\+\(,\d\+\)\=[cda]\d\+\>\|# It was generated by makepatch \|Index:\s\+\f\+\r\=$\|===== \f\+ \d\+\.\d\+ vs edited\|==== //\f\+#\d\+\)'
+    " - "# HG changeset patch" in first line (Mercurial export format)
+  elseif s:line1 =~ '^\(diff\>\|Only in \|\d\+\(,\d\+\)\=[cda]\d\+\>\|# It was generated by makepatch \|Index:\s\+\f\+\r\=$\|===== \f\+ \d\+\.\d\+ vs edited\|==== //\f\+#\d\+\|# HG changeset patch\)'
 	\ || (s:line1 =~ '^--- ' && s:line2 =~ '^+++ ')
 	\ || (s:line1 =~ '^\* looking for ' && s:line2 =~ '^\* comparing to ')
 	\ || (s:line1 =~ '^\*\*\* ' && s:line2 =~ '^--- ')

runtime/spell/br/br_FR.diff

@@ -1,13 +1,23 @@
-*** br_FR.orig.aff	2010-04-14 18:44:36.365731271 +0200
+*** br_FR.aff.orig	2012-08-01 22:40:24.000000000 +0200
---- br_FR.aff	2010-04-14 18:43:31.069137439 +0200
+--- br_FR.aff	2012-08-01 22:46:03.028851510 +0200
 ***************
-*** 9,14 ****
+*** 13,20 ****
---- 9,16 ----
+  SET UTF-8
+  TRY esiaùnñrtolcdugmphbyfvkwzESIAÙNÑRTOLCDUGMPHBYFVKWZ'
+  
+  # Permet à l'utilitaire en ligne de commande hunspell de fonctionner avec les mots contenant des quotes (lec'hienn, ...)
+! WORDCHARS '
+  
+  FLAG long
+  
+--- 13,22 ----
   SET UTF-8
   TRY esiaùnñrtolcdugmphbyfvkwzESIAÙNÑRTOLCDUGMPHBYFVKWZ'
   
 + MIDWORD '
 + 
-  PFX m Y 1
+  # Permet à l'utilitaire en ligne de commande hunspell de fonctionner avec les mots contenant des quotes (lec'hienn, ...)
-  PFX m   0          m'         [aehiouy]
+! WORDCHARS '-
+  
+  FLAG long
   

runtime/spell/br/main.aap

@@ -25,16 +25,16 @@ $SPELLDIR/br.utf-8.spl : $FILES
 #
 # Fetching the files from OpenOffice.org.
 #
-OODIR = http://extensions.services.openoffice.org/e-files/2207/3
+OODIR = http://extensions.services.openoffice.org/e-files/2207/6
-:attr {fetch = $OODIR/%file%} dict-br_0.3.oxt
+:attr {fetch = $OODIR/%file%} dict-br_0.8.oxt
 
 # The files don't depend on the .zip file so that we can delete it.
 # Only download the zip file if the targets don't exist.
 br_FR.aff br_FR.dic: {buildcheck=}
         :assertpkg unzip patch
-        :fetch dict-br_0.3.oxt
+        :fetch dict-br_0.8.oxt
-        :sys $UNZIP dict-br_0.3.oxt
+        :sys $UNZIP dict-br_0.8.oxt
-        :delete dict-br_0.3.oxt
+        :delete dict-br_0.8.oxt
         :copy dictionaries/br_FR.aff br_FR.aff
         :copy dictionaries/br_FR.dic br_FR.dic
         # The br_FR.aff file contains a BOM, remove it.
@@ -65,12 +65,12 @@ diff:
 
 check:
         :assertpkg unzip diff
-        :fetch dict-br_0.3.oxt
+        :fetch dict-br_0.8.oxt
         :mkdir tmp
         :cd tmp
         @try:
             @import stat
-            :sys $UNZIP ../dict-br_0.3.oxt
+            :sys $UNZIP ../dict-br_0.8.oxt
             :sys {force} diff ../dictionaries/br_FR.aff br_FR.aff >d
             @if os.stat('d')[stat.ST_SIZE] > 0:
                 :copy br_FR.aff ../br_FR.new.aff
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ check:
         @finally:
             :cd ..
             :delete {r}{f}{q} tmp
-            :delete dict-br_0.3.oxt
+            :delete dict-br_0.8.oxt
 
 
 # vim: set sts=4 sw=4 :

runtime/spell/hu/main.aap

@@ -7,19 +7,20 @@
     :progsearch VIM vim
 
 SPELLDIR = ..
+VIMRC = ../spell.vim
 FILES    = hu_HU.aff hu_HU.dic
 
 all: $SPELLDIR/hu.iso-8859-2.spl $SPELLDIR/hu.utf-8.spl \
         $SPELLDIR/hu.cp1250.spl ../README_hu.txt
 
 $SPELLDIR/hu.iso-8859-2.spl : $FILES
-        :sys env LANG=hu_HU.ISO8859-2 $VIM -u NONE -e -c "mkspell! $SPELLDIR/hu hu_HU" -c q
+        :sys env LANG=hu_HU.ISO8859-2 $VIM -u $VIMRC -e -c "mkspell! $SPELLDIR/hu hu_HU" -c q
 
 $SPELLDIR/hu.utf-8.spl : $FILES
-        :sys env LANG=hu_HU.UTF-8 $VIM -u NONE -e -c "mkspell! $SPELLDIR/hu hu_HU" -c q
+        :sys env LANG=hu_HU.UTF-8 $VIM -u $VIMRC -e -c "mkspell! $SPELLDIR/hu hu_HU" -c q
 
 $SPELLDIR/hu.cp1250.spl : $FILES
-        :sys $VIM -u NONE -e -c "set enc=cp1250" -c "mkspell! $SPELLDIR/hu hu_HU" -c q
+        :sys $VIM -u $VIMRC -e -c "set enc=cp1250" -c "mkspell! $SPELLDIR/hu hu_HU" -c q
 
 ../README_hu.txt: README_hu_HU.txt
         :copy $source $target